Table of Contents

As confidentially submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 5, 2019 as Amendment No. 1 to the Confidential Submission dated May 1, 2019, File No. 377-02620

Registration No. 333-            

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

FULCRUM THERAPEUTICS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  2834
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  47-4839948
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

26 Landsdowne Street
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
(617) 651-8851

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Robert J. Gould, Ph.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer
Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.
26 Landsdowne Street
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
(617) 651-8851
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Lia Der Marderosian, Esq.
Steven D. Singer, Esq.
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
(617) 526-6000

 

Bryan Stuart
Chief Operating Officer
Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.
26 Landsdowne Street
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
(617) 651-8851

 

Patrick O'Brien, Esq.
Emily Oldshue, Esq.
Ropes & Gray LLP
Prudential Tower
800 Boylston Street
Boston, MA 02199
(617) 951-7000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.    o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý   Smaller reporting company o

Emerging growth company ý

          If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to Be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(2)

 

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $             $          

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.



          The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                             , 2019

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                   Shares

LOGO

Common Stock



This is an initial public offering of common stock by Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc. We are selling               shares of common stock. The estimated initial public offering price is between $               and $               per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "FULC."

We are an emerging growth company as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

 
 
Per Share
 
     Total     

Initial public offering price

  $            $         

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

  $            $         

Proceeds to Fulcrum, before expenses

  $            $         

(1)
We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses. See "Underwriters" on page 195.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                             shares of common stock. The underwriters may exercise this right at any time within 30 days after the date of this prospectus.



Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about                           , 2019.



MORGAN STANLEY   BofA MERRILL LYNCH   SVB LEERINK

   

                           , 2019


TABLE OF CONTENTS



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  10

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

  67

USE OF PROCEEDS

  69

DIVIDEND POLICY

  71

CAPITALIZATION

  72

DILUTION

  74

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  77

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  79

BUSINESS

  95

MANAGEMENT

  157

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  163

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

  178

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

  182

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  185

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  189

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

  191

UNDERWRITERS

  195

LEGAL MATTERS

  205

EXPERTS

  205

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  205

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1



        Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

        For investors outside the United States: we have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

        Trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ® and ™ symbols.

i


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth in the sections titled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "company," "we," "us" and "our" in this prospectus to refer to Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Overview

        We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on improving the lives of patients with genetically defined diseases in areas of high unmet medical need, with an initial focus on rare diseases. We have developed a proprietary product engine that we employ to systematically identify and validate cellular drug targets that can potentially modulate gene expression to treat the known root cause of genetically defined diseases. We are using our product engine to identify targets that can be drugged by small molecules regardless of the particular underlying mechanism of gene mis-expression. We have identified drug targets to treat the root causes of facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy, or FSHD, and certain hemoglobinopathies, namely sickle cell disease, or SCD, and b-thalassemia. We expect to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial of losmapimod, our product candidate for FSHD, in mid-2019. We commenced a Phase 1 clinical trial in February 2019 to obtain safety and tolerability data for losmapimod in patients with FSHD. We plan to submit an investigational new drug application, or IND, for FTX-HbF, our product candidate for certain hemoglobinopathies, in mid-2020.

        We are using our proprietary product engine to identify and validate drug targets and develop product candidates to address diseases caused by the mis-expression of certain genes. Our product engine integrates patient-derived tissue-relevant cell models and drug target screens with our pharmacologically-diverse small molecule compound library and customized CRISPR libraries. We also employ computational biology and FulcrumSeek, our proprietary relational database, to guide target selection and to generate hypotheses on other targets that might be relevant along a gene regulatory pathway.

        Our first product candidate, losmapimod, is a small molecule that we are developing for the treatment of FSHD, a rare, progressive and disabling muscle wasting disorder that leads to significant physical impairments and disability. Losmapimod selectively targets p38a/b mitogen activated protein kinase, or p38a/b. We utilized our product engine to discover that inhibition of p38a/b reduced expression of the DUX4 gene in muscle cells derived from patients with FSHD. The mis-expression of the DUX4 gene is the known root cause of FSHD. There are no approved therapies for FSHD, one of the most common forms of muscular dystrophy, with an estimated patient population of 16,000 to 38,000 in the United States.

        Following our discovery of the role of p38a/b inhibitors in the reduction of DUX4 expression, we performed an extensive review of known compounds. As a result of our evaluation, we identified losmapimod as the preferred developmental candidate based on the substantial and attractive preclinical and clinical data. We in-licensed losmapimod from affiliates of GlaxoSmithKline, or GSK, in February 2019. GSK had previously treated nearly 3,500 subjects with losmapimod across multiple clinical trials, including one Phase 3 clinical trial. GSK did not conduct a clinical trial of losmapimod in patients with FSHD or any other muscle disorder. We have conducted extensive preclinical testing of losmapimod in patient-derived tissue-relevant cell models and have observed that losmapimod selectively reduced DUX4-driven gene expression and restored a healthy gene expression signature with minimal impact on healthy human muscle cells or other cell types.

        We plan to conduct a randomized, double-blind placebo-controlled Phase 2b clinical trial to investigate whether treatment with losmapimod reduces DUX4-driven gene expression in affected skeletal muscle. In this Phase 2b clinical trial, we will also evaluate the safety and tolerability of losmapimod. We

1


Table of Contents

plan to concurrently conduct an open label Phase 2 clinical trial to investigate the safety and tolerability of chronic treatment with losmapimod in patients with FSHD. In this open label trial, we will also evaluate the ability of losmapimod to reduce DUX4-driven gene expression in affected skeletal muscle over varying treatment durations. We expect to initiate the Phase 2b clinical trial at multiple sites in the United States and Europe and the open label Phase 2 clinical trial in Europe in mid-2019. We are completing a Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy volunteers and patients with FSHD. We utilized data from GSK's clinical trials of losmapimod to submit in May 2019 an IND, and clinical trial applications, or CTAs, in Europe and Canada, that will enable us to advance our clinical development plan for losmapimod in FSHD, including initiating a Phase 2b clinical trial in mid-2019. The FDA accepted the IND in June 2019. The timing of the initiation of the Phase 2b clinical trial is not dependent on the completion of the Phase 1 clinical trial.

        We are additionally conducting several preparatory studies to assess biomarker endpoints and clinical outcome assessments and are participating in a natural history study that will follow 150 subjects with FSHD in the United States and 70 subjects in Europe over 18 months. We expect to utilize the data generated from our preparatory studies and the natural history study to inform future clinical trial designs and discussions with regulatory agencies. We believe that these preparatory studies and the safety data from GSK's prior losmapimod clinical trials, together with safety and efficacy data generated from our Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials, may enable us to apply for accelerated approval of losmapimod for the treatment of FSHD. If we observe positive results in our Phase 2b clinical trial based on our proposed biomarker efficacy endpoint of measuring DUX4-driven gene expression in muscle biopsies, we plan to discuss accelerated approval with regulatory agencies and may seek accelerated approval if such regulatory agencies agree that our biomarker endpoint is sufficiently predictive of clinical benefit. The FDA or other regulatory authorities may require us to conduct comparability assessments of GSK-manufactured tablets to tablets manufactured by us or another party.

        Our second product candidate, FTX-HbF, is a small molecule designed to upregulate fetal hemoglobin in patients with SCD and b-thalassemia. SCD is a genetic blood disorder caused by a mutation in the b-subunit gene, or HBB gene. This mutation results in the formation of abnormal hemoglobin, which causes red blood cells, or RBCs, to change from a round shape into a sickle shape that significantly impairs their function. b-thalassemia is a rare blood disorder caused by various genetic mutations in the HBB gene that can significantly impair the production of RBCs.

        We designed FTX-HbF to compensate for the root cause of these hemoglobinopathies by inducing the expression of the two g-globin genes, HBG1/2, whose expression is normally silenced shortly after birth. The HBG1/2 genes encode for g-globin, a component of fetal hemoglobin, which is known to compensate for the presence of abnormal hemoglobin in SCD and b-thalassemia. We have observed in vitro and in vivo activation of the HBG1/2 genes in preclinical studies with FTX-HbF. We have also observed that FTX-HbF demonstrated robust levels of fetal hemoglobin elevation with no adverse effect on important cellular health markers. We have initiated IND-enabling studies and plan to submit an IND for FTX-HbF in mid-2020.

        According to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, there are approximately 7,000 rare, genetically defined human diseases, many of which have inadequate or no approved treatments. We plan to utilize our product engine to complete four new drug target identification screens in 2019 in Duchenne muscular dystrophy, Friedreich ataxia, myotonic dystrophy 1 and a-synucleinopathies. We also expect to complete an additional six screens in 2020. Our current drug target identification and development efforts are focused on rare neuromuscular disorders, hemoglobinopathies and central nervous system, or CNS, diseases. We also anticipate utilizing our product engine to discover drug targets for genetically defined diseases in other therapeutic areas. In addition to drug targets that we prioritize for internal development, we may identify other drug targets that we would consider for development through partnerships.

2


Table of Contents

Our Pipeline

        We designed our proprietary product engine with potential application across a broad array of genetically defined diseases with a known root cause. The following chart summarizes key information about our lead product candidates.

GRAPHIC

Our Discovery Screening Programs

        We are leveraging the broad applicability of our product engine to discover drug targets for other rare, genetically defined neuromuscular and CNS diseases. We plan to complete four additional screens in 2019, seeking to identify and validate drug targets that can potentially modulate gene expression to address the root causes of Duchenne muscular dystrophy (UTRN gene), Friedreich ataxia (FXN gene), Myotonic dystrophy 1 (DMPK gene) and a-Synucleinopathies (SNCA gene).

GRAPHIC

Our Strategy

        We are leveraging the broad applicability of our proprietary product engine to discover and develop small molecule therapies that modulate gene expression to address the known root cause of genetically defined diseases in areas of high unmet medical need, with an initial focus on rare diseases. We believe that our initial product candidates for the treatment of FSHD, SCD and b-thalassemia may have the potential to treat patients with these debilitating and, in some cases, life-threatening illnesses. The key components of our strategy include:

    Rapidly develop losmapimod for the treatment of FSHD.

    Advance FTX-HbF into clinical development.

    Continue to apply our proprietary product engine to grow our portfolio of product candidates for the treatment of genetically defined diseases.

    Further expand our product engine capabilities.

    Maximize the commercial potential of our product candidates.

    Selectively enter into strategic partnerships to maximize the value of our product engine and pipeline.

3


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with Our Business

        Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

    We have incurred significant losses since our inception. We expect to incur losses over the next several years and may never achieve or maintain profitability. As of March 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $105.0 million.

    We will need substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

    Our limited operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

    We have identified conditions and events, namely our need to raise additional capital, that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, and our independent registered public accounting firm's report on our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus includes a going concern uncertainty paragraph.

    We are early in our development efforts, and we only have one product candidate in a clinical trial. Our other product candidate is in IND-enabling studies. If we are unable to commercialize our product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

    We may not be successful in our efforts to use our product engine to build a pipeline of product candidates.

    Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials may not be predictive of future results. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

    Because we are developing some of our product candidates for the treatment of diseases in which there is little clinical experience and, in some cases, using new endpoints or methodologies, such as the measurement of DUX4-driven gene expression in muscle biopsies in our Phase 2b clinical trial of losmapimod for the treatment of FSHD, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may not consider the endpoints of our clinical trials to predict or provide clinically meaningful results.

    If serious adverse events or unacceptable side effects are identified during the development of our product candidates, we may need to abandon or limit our development of some of our product candidates.

    We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

    We expect to rely on contract manufacturing organizations to manufacture our product candidates. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements as expected or if such organizations do not meet our supply requirements, development and/or commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed.

    We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties to conduct our clinical trials, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such trials, which may harm our business.

4


Table of Contents

    If we are unable to obtain, maintain, enforce and protect patent protection for our technology and product candidates or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully develop and commercialize our technology and product candidates may be adversely affected. The composition of matter patents for losmapimod licensed from GSK are expected to expire in 2023. Although we have filed patent applications directed to new methods of using losmapimod and other p38 inhibitors to treat FSHD that, if granted, would be expected to expire in 2038, we cannot be certain that any patents will be granted in respect of these patent applications. We do not own or in-license any patented intellectual property related to our product engine.

    If we fail to comply with our obligations in our intellectual property licenses and funding arrangements with third parties, or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our licensors, we could lose intellectual property rights that are important to our business.

Our Corporate Information

        We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware on August 18, 2015 under the name Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 26 Landsdowne Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139, and our telephone number is (617) 651-8851. Our website address is http://www.fulcrumtx.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

        As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years or until such earlier time as we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is more than $700 million or we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure and other requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

5


Table of Contents



THE OFFERING

Common stock offered

              shares

Common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering

 

            shares

Option to purchase additional shares

 

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to            additional shares of our common stock.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to advance losmapimod for FSHD, to advance our hemoglobinopathies program, to fund our ongoing product engine and discovery efforts and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

You should read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

 

"FULC"

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 19,430,506 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2019, including 6,972,076 shares of unvested restricted stock subject to repurchase by us, and 112,500,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the closing of this offering.

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

    10,503,582 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of April 30, 2019 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.09 per share, and an additional 658,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted subsequent to April 30, 2019, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.58 per share;

    2,565,912 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2016 Plan, as of April 30, 2019; and

                and            additional shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan and our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, respectively, each of which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under these plans.

6


Table of Contents

        Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

    no exercise of the outstanding options described above;

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock;

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 112,500,000 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering; and

    the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws upon the closing of this offering.

7


Table of Contents



SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        You should read the following summary consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" sections of this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 from our annual consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2019 have been derived from our interim consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the interim data reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for any full year or any other period.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                         

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

  $ 18,494   $ 25,184   $ 5,573   $ 34,629  

General and administrative

    4,499     8,314     1,737     2,598  

Total operating expenses

    22,993     33,498     7,310     37,227  

Loss from operations

    (22,993 )   (33,498 )   (7,310 )   (37,227 )

Other income, net:

                         

Interest income, net

    1     518         377  

Other income

    28     392     370     7  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (22,964 ) $ (32,588 ) $ (6,940 ) $ (36,843 )

Cumulative convertible preferred stock dividends

  $ (2,407 ) $ (6,559 )   (828 )   (3,041 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (25,371 ) $ (39,147 ) $ (7,768 ) $ (39,884 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

  $ (5.09 ) $ (4.45 ) $ (1.09 ) $ (3.47 )

Weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

    4,980     8,799     7,134     11,497  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

        $ (0.43 )       $ (0.31 )

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

          76,655           118,580  

(1)
See Note 12 to our annual and interim consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

8


Table of Contents

 
  As of March 31, 2019  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma(2)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted(3)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 62,452   $ 62,452        

Working capital(1)

    59,306     59,306        

Total assets

    75,588     75,588        

Convertible preferred stock

    165,136            

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (99,687 )   65,449        

(1)
We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

(2)
The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 112,500,000 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

(3)
The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data give further effect to our issuance and sale of            shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity by $             million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

9


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially. In such event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We have incurred significant losses since our inception. We expect to incur losses over the next several years and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

        Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $36.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $105.0 million. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the issuance of convertible notes and convertible preferred stock. We have devoted substantially all of our financial resources and efforts to research and development, including clinical trials and preclinical studies. We are still in the early stages of development of our product candidates, and we have not completed development of any product candidates. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses over the next several years. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we:

10


Table of Contents

        To become and remain profitable, we must succeed in developing, and eventually commercializing, a product or products that generate significant revenue. The ability to achieve this success will require us to be effective in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical testing and clinical trials of our product candidates, discovering additional product candidates, obtaining regulatory approval for these product candidates and manufacturing, marketing and selling any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. We are only in the preliminary stages of most of these activities. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, may never generate revenues that are significant enough to achieve profitability. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with pharmaceutical product development, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when, or if, we will be able to achieve profitability. Our expenses will increase if, among other things:

        Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would depress the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our pipeline of product candidates or even continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

We will need substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

        We expect to devote substantial financial resources to our ongoing and planned activities, particularly as we continue our Phase 1 clinical trial of losmapimod and prepare for a planned Phase 2b clinical trial and Phase 2 open label clinical trial of losmapimod and planned Phase 1 clinical trial of FTX-HbF; and continue research and development and initiate additional clinical trials of, and seek regulatory approval for, these and other product candidates. We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance our preclinical activities and clinical trials. In addition, if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

        Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

11


Table of Contents

        As of March 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $62.5 million. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2019, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                                    . However, we have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and our operating plan may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us. As a result, we could deplete our capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

        Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain regulatory approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Commercial revenues, if any, will not be derived unless and until we can achieve sales of products, which we do not anticipate for many years, if at all. Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If adequate funds are not available to us on a timely basis, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate preclinical studies, clinical trials or other development activities for one or more of our product candidates or discovery stage programs or delay, limit, reduce or terminate our establishment of sales and marketing capabilities or other activities that may be necessary to commercialize our product candidates.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of our common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

        Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, selling or licensing our assets, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

12


Table of Contents

        If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Our limited operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

        We commenced activities in 2015 and are an early-stage company. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, developing our technology, identifying drug targets and potential product candidates, undertaking preclinical studies and conducting one early-stage clinical trial. We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully develop any product candidate, obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture a commercial scale product or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a history of successfully developing and commercializing products.

        In addition, as our business grows, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors. We will need to transition at some point from a company with a research and development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.

        We expect our financial condition and operating results to fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, you should not rely upon the results of any quarterly or annual periods as indications of future operating performance.

We have identified conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

        We may be forced to delay or reduce the scope of our development programs and/or limit or cease our operations if we are unable to obtain additional funding to support our current operating plan. We have identified conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As of March 31, 2019, we had approximately $62.5 million in cash and cash equivalents. Based on our available cash resources, we believe we do not have sufficient cash on hand to support current operations for at least one year from the date that the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2019 appearing at the end of this prospectus were issued. This condition raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for at least one year from the date of issuance of the financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus, and our independent registered public accounting firm's report on our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus includes a going concern uncertainty paragraph. We will need to raise additional capital in this offering and/or otherwise to fund our future operations and remain as a going concern. However, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain sufficient additional funding in this offering or otherwise or that such funding, if available, will be obtainable on terms satisfactory to us. In the event that we are unable to obtain sufficient additional funding, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue as a going concern.

13


Table of Contents

Comprehensive tax reform legislation passed in 2017 could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

        On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the TCJA, which significantly reformed the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The TCJA, among other things, contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, limitation of the tax deduction for net interest expense to 30% of adjusted earnings (except for certain small businesses), limitation of the deduction for net operating losses, or NOLs, to 80% of current year taxable income and elimination of NOL carrybacks, in each case, for losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 (though any such NOLs may be carried forward indefinitely), one-time taxation of offshore earnings at reduced rates regardless of whether they are repatriated, elimination of U.S. tax on foreign earnings (subject to certain important exceptions), immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of the TCJA remains uncertain and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, how various states will respond to the TCJA continues to be uncertain. The impact of this tax reform on holders of our common stock is also uncertain and could be adverse. We urge prospective investors in our common stock to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to TCJA and the potential tax consequences of investing in or holding our common stock.

Our ability to use our NOLs and research and development tax credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

        As of December 31, 2018, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $60.7 million and $60.5 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2035. Approximately $29.7 million of the federal net operating losses can be carried forward indefinitely. As of December 31, 2018, we also had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $1.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2035. These net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities.

        We have a history of cumulative losses and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses in the foreseeable future; thus, we do not know whether or when we will generate taxable income necessary to utilize our NOLs or research and development tax credit carryforwards.

        In general, under Section 382 of the Code and corresponding provisions of state law, a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs and research and development tax credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income. We have not conducted a study to assess whether any such ownership changes have occurred. We may have experienced such ownership changes in the past and may experience such ownership changes in the future as a result of this offering and/or subsequent changes in our stock ownership (which may be outside our control). As a result, if, and to the extent that, we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change NOLs and research and development tax credit carryforwards to offset such taxable income may be subject to limitations. Our NOLs or credits may also be impaired under state law.

        In addition, as described above in "Comprehensive tax reform legislation passed in 2017 could adversely affect our business and financial condition," the TCJA includes changes to U.S. federal tax rates and the rules governing NOL carryforwards that may significantly impact our ability to utilize our NOLs to offset taxable income in the future.

14


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Discovery and Development of our Product Candidates

We are early in our development efforts, and we only have one product candidate in a clinical trial. Our other product candidate is in IND-enabling studies. If we are unable to commercialize our product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

        We are early in our development efforts, and we have advanced only one candidate into clinical trials, losmapimod for the treatment of facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy, or FSHD. FTX-HbF, our other product candidate, is in IND-enabling studies. We have invested substantially all of our efforts and financial resources in our proprietary product engine to identify and validate cellular drug targets that can potentially modulate gene expression to address the root cause of rare diseases. Our ability to generate product revenues, which we do not expect will occur for many years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development, regulatory approval and eventual commercialization of our product candidates. The success of our product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:

        If we do not achieve one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates, which would materially harm our business.

We may not be successful in our efforts to use our product engine to build a pipeline of product candidates.

        A key element of our strategy is to use our proprietary product engine to identify and validate cellular drug targets that can potentially modulate gene expression to address the root cause of rare diseases, with an initial focus on identifying small molecules specific to the identified cellular target. Even if we are

15


Table of Contents

successful in identifying drug targets and potential product candidates, such candidates that we identify may not be suitable for clinical development, including as a result of being shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to receive marketing approval and achieve market acceptance. Identifying, developing, obtaining regulatory approval for and commercializing additional product candidates will require substantial additional funding and is prone to the risks of failure inherent in product development. We cannot provide you any assurance that we will be able to successfully identify additional product candidates with our product engine, advance any of these additional product candidates through the development process or successfully commercialize any such additional product candidates. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. As a result of these factors, it is difficult for us to predict the time and cost of product candidate development. There can be no assurance that any development problems we experience in the future related to our proprietary product engine or any of our research or development programs will not cause significant delays or unanticipated costs, or that such development problems can be solved. If we do not successfully identify, develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize product candidates based upon our technological approach, we will not be able to generate product revenues.

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials may not be predictive of future results. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

        We have one product candidate in clinical development and one product candidate in IND-enabling studies. The risk of failure for each of our product candidates is high. It is impossible to predict when or if any of our product candidates will prove effective or safe in humans or will receive regulatory approval. Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of any product candidate, we must complete preclinical development and then conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans. We have not yet begun or completed a pivotal clinical trial of any product candidate. Clinical trials may fail to demonstrate that our product candidates are safe for humans and effective for indicated uses. Even if the clinical trials are successful, changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment or promulgation of additional statutes, regulations or guidance or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application.

        Before we can commence clinical trials for a product candidate, we must complete extensive preclinical testing and studies that support our planned INDs and other regulatory filings in the United States and abroad. We cannot be certain of the timely completion or outcome of our preclinical testing and studies and cannot predict if the FDA or other regulatory agencies will accept our proposed clinical programs or if the outcome of our preclinical testing and studies will ultimately support the further development of our current or future product candidates. As a result, we cannot be sure that we will be able to submit INDs or similar applications for our preclinical programs on the timelines we expect, if at all, and we cannot be sure that submission of INDs or similar applications will result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities allowing clinical trials to begin. Furthermore, product candidates are subject to continued preclinical safety studies, which may be conducted concurrent with our clinical testing. The outcomes of these safety studies may delay the launch of or enrollment in future clinical trials and could impact our ability to continue to conduct our clinical trials.

        Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is uncertain as to outcome. We cannot guarantee that any clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, or at all. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing, which may result from a multitude of factors, including, but not limited to, flaws in study design, dose selection issues, placebo effects, patient enrollment criteria and failure to demonstrate favorable safety or

16


Table of Contents

efficacy traits. The outcome of preclinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and preliminary or interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. For example, our product candidates may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy in clinical development despite positive results in preclinical studies or having successfully advanced through initial clinical trials. Losmapimod may not be effective at reducing DUX4-driven gene expression or, even if losmapimod successfully reduces expression of DUX4-driven genes, such reduction may not result in overall clinical benefit. A lack of clinical benefit may be due to insufficient dosing or for other reasons. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in preclinical testing and earlier-stage clinical trials, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their products. Furthermore, the failure of any of our product candidates to demonstrate safety and efficacy in any clinical trial could negatively impact the perception of our other product candidates and/or cause the FDA or other regulatory authorities to require additional testing before approving any of our product candidates.

        In February 2019, we entered into a right of reference and license agreement, or the GSK Agreement, with affiliates of GSK pursuant to which, among other things, GSK granted us a right of reference to certain INDs filed with the FDA and controlled by GSK or its affiliates relating to losmapimod and an exclusive worldwide license to certain of GSK's preclinical and clinical data with respect to losmapimod. Although losmapimod was originally evaluated by GSK in nearly 3,500 subjects, GSK did not evaluate losmapimod in FSHD or in any other muscular dystrophy, and most of the subjects in these trials were given a dose that was lower than our planned dosage of 15 mg of losmapimod twice per day, so the safety data generated from GSK's clinical trials of losmapimod may not be predictive or indicative of the results of our clinical trials. Similarly, while we believe the safety data from GSK's clinical trials may, in part, enable us to apply for accelerated approval, there can be no assurance that this will happen. Regulatory authorities may also raise questions regarding the transition in the future from GSK-manufactured tablets to tablets manufactured by us or another party, and we may be required to conduct comparability assessments, which could result in delays in development and additional costs.

        We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize our product candidates, including:

17


Table of Contents

        If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of our product candidates beyond those that we currently contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of our product candidates or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not positive or are only modestly positive or if there are safety concerns, we may:

        Our product development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or in obtaining marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our preclinical studies or clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. We may also determine to change the design or protocol of one or more of our clinical trials, including to add additional patients or arms, which could result in increased costs and expenses and/or delays. Significant preclinical study or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may harm our business and results of operations.

18


Table of Contents

Because we are developing some of our product candidates for the treatment of diseases in which there is little clinical experience and, in some cases, using new endpoints or methodologies, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may not consider the endpoints of our clinical trials to predict or provide clinically meaningful results.

        There are currently no therapies approved to treat FSHD, and there may be no therapies approved to treat the underlying causes of diseases that we attempt to address or may address in the future. As a result, the design and conduct of clinical trials of product candidates for the treatment of these diseases may take longer, be more costly or be less effective as part of the novelty of development in these diseases. In some cases, we may use new or novel endpoints or methodologies, such as the optimized time up and go test we intend to use in our losmapimod clinical trials, which we refer to as the FSHD-TUG test, and the FDA or other regulatory authorities may not consider the endpoints of our clinical trials to provide clinically meaningful results. Even if applicable regulatory authorities do not object to our proposed endpoints in an earlier stage clinical trial, such regulatory authorities may require evaluation of additional or different clinical endpoints in later-stage clinical trials. Additionally, if we pursue accelerated approval for certain product candidates, the FDA or another regulatory authority may determine that the biomarker efficacy endpoint we select for evaluation is not sufficiently predictive of clinical benefit to support accelerated approval. For example, if we pursue accelerated approval with the FDA for losmapimod for the treatment of FSHD, the FDA may determine that our proposed biomarker efficacy endpoint of measuring DUX4-driven gene expression as a biomarker in muscle biopsies is inadequate to accurately capture treatment effects in muscle over time or is not sufficiently predictive of clinical benefit to support accelerated approval. The FDA may also determine that the measurement interval for our Phase 2b clinical trial is too short to evaluate the potential clinical benefit of losmapimod for FSHD where the progression of symptoms is relatively slow and chronic dosing is required.

        Even if the FDA does find our clinical trial success criteria to be sufficiently validated and clinically meaningful, we may not achieve the pre-specified endpoint to a degree of statistical significance in any pivotal or other clinical trials we may conduct for our product candidates. Further, even if we do achieve the pre-specified criteria, our trials may produce results that are unpredictable or inconsistent with the results of the more traditional efficacy endpoints in the trial. The FDA also could give overriding weight to other efficacy endpoints over a primary endpoint, even if we achieve statistically significant results on that primary endpoint, if we do not do so on our secondary efficacy endpoints. The FDA also weighs the benefits of a product against its risks and the FDA may view the efficacy results in the context of safety as not being supportive of approval. Other regulatory authorities in Europe and other countries may make similar findings with respect to these endpoints.

If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in clinical trials, our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.

        Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical trials for our product candidates is critical to our success. Successful and timely completion of clinical trials will require that we enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the trial until its conclusion. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States. Because of our primary focus on rare diseases, we may have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of eligible patients.

        Patient enrollment is affected by a variety of other factors, including:

19


Table of Contents

        Our inability to locate and enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials would result in significant delays, could require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether and could delay or prevent our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals. Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our product candidates, which would cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing.

If serious adverse events or unacceptable side effects are identified during the development of our product candidates, we may need to abandon or limit our development of some of our product candidates.

        If our product candidates are associated with serious adverse events or undesirable side effects in clinical trials or have characteristics that are unexpected in clinical trials or preclinical testing, we may need to abandon their development or limit development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the serious adverse events, undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. In pharmaceutical development, many compounds that initially show promise in early-stage or clinical testing are later found to cause side effects that delay or prevent further development of the compound.

        Additionally, if results of our clinical trials reveal unacceptable side effects, we, the FDA or the IRBs at the institutions in which our studies are conducted could suspend or terminate our clinical trials or the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease clinical trials or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Treatment-related side effects could also affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete any of our clinical trials. If we elect or are forced to suspend or terminate any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of such product candidate will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenue from such product candidate will be delayed or eliminated. Any of these occurrences could materially harm our business.

If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval and we, or others, later discover that the drug is less effective than previously believed or causes undesirable side effects that were not previously identified, our ability to market the drug could be compromised.

        Clinical trials of our product candidates are conducted in carefully defined subsets of patients who have agreed to enter into clinical trials. Consequently, it is possible that our clinical trials may indicate an apparent positive effect of a product candidate that is greater than the actual positive effect, if any, or alternatively fail to identify undesirable side effects. If one or more of our product candidates receives regulatory approval, and we, or others, later discover that they are less effective than previously believed,

20


Table of Contents

or cause undesirable side effects, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

        Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of a particular product candidate, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

        Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we are focusing our research and development efforts on rare neuromuscular disorders, hemoglobinopathies and central nervous system diseases. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate. Failure to allocate resources or capitalize on strategies in a successful manner will have an adverse impact on our business.

We are conducting a Phase 1 clinical trial of losmapimod in patients with FSHD in Europe and currently plan to conduct additional clinical trials for our product candidates at sites outside the United States, and the FDA may not accept data from trials conducted in such locations.

        We are currently conducting a Phase 1 clinical trial of losmapimod in patients with FSHD in Europe, and we plan to conduct additional clinical trials outside the United States. Although the FDA may accept data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States, acceptance of these data is subject to conditions imposed by the FDA. For example, the clinical trial must be well designed and conducted and be performed by qualified investigators in accordance with ethical principles. The trial population must

21


Table of Contents

also adequately represent the U.S. population, and the data must be applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice in ways that the FDA deems clinically meaningful. In addition, while these clinical trials are subject to the applicable local laws, FDA acceptance of the data will depend on its determination that the trials also complied with all applicable U.S. laws and regulations. If the FDA does not accept the data from any trial that we conduct outside the United States, it would likely result in the need for additional trials, which would be costly and time-consuming and could delay or permanently halt our development of the applicable product candidates.

Risks Related to the Commercialization of our Product Candidates

Even if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success, and the market opportunity for any of our product candidates, if approved, may be smaller than we estimate.

        If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. Efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources and may not be successful. If our product candidates do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

        Our assessment of the potential market opportunity for our product candidates is based on industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, one of which we commissioned. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe these industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable, we have not independently verified such data. We commissioned Clarion Healthcare, LLC to conduct market research

22


Table of Contents

with physicians and payors to better understand the commercial landscape and to assist in our commercial planning. A total of 14 physicians in the United States, the European Union and Asia and nine payors and payor experts in the United States and the European Union were surveyed. As the survey involved a limited number of physicians and payors, the results from such survey may be less reflective of market opportunity than a survey conducted with a larger sample size. Our estimates of the potential market opportunities for our product candidates include several key assumptions based on our industry knowledge, industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies, which may be based on a small sample size and fail to accurately reflect market opportunities. While we believe that our internal assumptions are reasonable, no independent source has verified such assumptions. If any of our assumptions or estimates, or these publications, research, surveys or studies prove to be inaccurate, then the actual market for any of our product candidates may be smaller than we expect, and as a result our product revenue may be limited and it may be more difficult for us to achieve or maintain profitability.

If we are unable to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities or enter into sales, marketing and distribution agreements with third parties, we may not be successful in commercializing our product candidates if and when they are approved.

        We do not have a sales or marketing infrastructure and have no experience in the sale, marketing or distribution of pharmaceutical products. To achieve commercial success for any product for which we have obtained marketing approval, we will need to establish a sales, marketing and distribution organization, either ourselves or through collaborations or other arrangements with third parties.

        In the future, we expect to build a focused, specialty sales and marketing infrastructure to market some of our product candidates in the United States, if and when they are approved. There are risks involved with establishing our own sales, marketing and distribution capabilities. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time-consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. These efforts may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

        Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize our products on our own include:

        If we are unable to establish our own sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and we enter into arrangements with third parties to perform these services, our product revenues and our profitability, if

23


Table of Contents

any, are likely to be lower than if we were to market, sell and distribute any products that we develop ourselves. In addition, we may not be successful in entering into arrangements with third parties to sell, market and distribute our product candidates or may be unable to do so on terms that are acceptable to us. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we do not establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing our product candidates.

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

        The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We face competition with respect to our current product candidates, and will face competition with respect to any product candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future, from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide. There are a number of large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that currently market and sell products or are pursuing the development of products for the treatment of many of the disease indications for which we are developing our product candidates. Some of these competitive products and therapies are based on scientific approaches that are the same as or similar to our approach, and others are based on entirely different approaches. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization.

        For example, we are aware of several product candidates in clinical development that could be competitive with product candidates that we may successfully develop and commercialize. Acceleron Pharma, Inc., or Acceleron, has a product candidate currently in Phase 2a clinical development for FSHD. Novartis AG, Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., GlycoMimetics Inc., Pfizer, Inc., bluebird bio, Inc., Aruvant Sciences, Inc., EpiDestiny, Inc., or EpiDestiny (in collaboration with Novo Nordisk A/S), Imara, Inc. and Sangamo Therapeutics Inc., or Sangamo (in collaboration with Bioverativ Inc.), are developing therapeutic approaches for patients with sickle cell disease, or SCD. Acceleron (in collaboration with Celgene Corp.), Bellicum Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Kiadis Pharma, EpiDestiny (in collaboration with Novo Nordisk A/S), Orchard Therapeutics plc, Sangamo (in collaboration with Bioverativ, Inc.) and CRISPR Therapeutics AG (in collaboration with Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) are developing therapeutic approaches for patients with b-thalassemia.

        See "Business—Competition" for additional information regarding competing products and product candidates.

        Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of generic products. If our product candidates achieve marketing approval, we expect that they will be priced at a significant premium over competitive generic products.

        Many of the companies against which we are competing or against which we may compete in the future have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do.

24


Table of Contents

        Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller and other early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

If the market opportunities for our product candidates are smaller than we believe they are, our revenue may be adversely affected, and our business may suffer. Because the target patient populations of our product candidates are small, and the addressable patient population even smaller, we must be able to successfully identify patients and capture a significant market share to achieve profitability and growth.

        We focus our research and product development on treatments for rare diseases. Given the small number of patients who have the diseases that we are targeting, it is critical to our ability to grow and become profitable that we continue to successfully identify patients with these rare diseases. Our projections of both the number of people who have these diseases, as well as the subset of people with these diseases who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including the scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations or market research that we conducted, and may prove to be incorrect or contain errors. New studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases. The number of patients may turn out to be lower than expected. The effort to identify patients with diseases we seek to treat is in early stages, and we cannot accurately predict the number of patients for whom treatment might be possible. Additionally, the potentially addressable patient population for each of our product candidates may be limited or may not be amenable to treatment with our product candidates, and new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business. Further, even if we obtain significant market share for our product candidates, because the potential target populations are very small, we may never achieve profitability despite obtaining such significant market share.

        Our target patient populations are relatively small, and there is currently no standard of care treatment directed at some of our target indications, such as FSHD. As a result, the pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved, is uncertain, but must be adequate to support commercial infrastructure. If we are unable to obtain adequate levels of reimbursement, our ability to successfully market and sell our product candidates will be adversely affected.

We expect to rely on contract manufacturing organizations to manufacture our product candidates. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements as expected or if such organizations do not meet our supply requirements, development and/or commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed.

        We expect to rely on third parties to manufacture clinical supplies of our product candidates and commercial supplies of our products, if and when approved for marketing by applicable regulatory authorities, as well as for packaging, sterilization, storage, distribution and other production logistics. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements on the terms or timeline we expect, development and/or commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or manufacture our product candidates in accordance with regulatory requirements, if there are disagreements between us and such parties or if such parties are unable to expand capacities to support commercialization of any of our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval, we may not be able to fulfill, or may be delayed in producing sufficient product candidates to meet, our supply requirements. These facilities may also be affected by natural disasters, such as floods or fire, or such facilities could face manufacturing issues, such as contamination or regulatory concerns following a regulatory inspection of such facility. In such instances, we may need to locate an appropriate replacement third-party facility and establish a contractual

25


Table of Contents

relationship, which may not be readily available or on acceptable terms, which would cause additional delay and increased expense, including as a result of additional required FDA approvals, and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

        Our third-party manufacturers will be subject to inspection and approval by the FDA before we can commence the manufacture and sale of any of our product candidates, and thereafter subject to FDA inspection from time to time. Failure by our third-party manufacturers to pass such inspections and otherwise satisfactorily complete the FDA approval regimen with respect to our product candidates may result in regulatory actions such as the issuance of FDA Form 483 notices of observations, warning letters or injunctions or the loss of operating licenses.

        We or our third-party manufacturers may also encounter shortages in the raw materials or API necessary to produce our product candidates in the quantities needed for our clinical trials or, if our product candidates are approved, in sufficient quantities for commercialization or to meet an increase in demand, as a result of capacity constraints or delays or disruptions in the market for the raw materials or API, including shortages caused by the purchase of such raw materials or API by our competitors or others. The failure of us or our third-party manufacturers to obtain the raw materials or API necessary to manufacture sufficient quantities of our product candidates, may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Even if we are able to commercialize any product candidates, the products may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party coverage or reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives, which could harm our business.

        The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing, coverage and reimbursement for new drug products vary widely from country to country. Current and future legislation may significantly change the approval requirements in ways that could involve additional costs and cause delays in obtaining approvals. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a drug before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we might obtain marketing approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay our commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, and negatively impact the revenues we are able to generate from the sale of the product in that country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if our product candidates obtain marketing approval.

        Our ability to commercialize any product candidates successfully also will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. Coverage and reimbursement may not be available for any product that we commercialize and, even if these are available, the level of reimbursement may not be satisfactory. Reimbursement may affect the demand for, or the price of, any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. Obtaining and maintaining adequate reimbursement for our products may be difficult. We may be required to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies to justify coverage and reimbursement or the level of reimbursement relative to other therapies. If coverage and adequate reimbursement are not available or reimbursement is

26


Table of Contents

available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval.

        There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the drug is approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States. Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that a drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution expenses. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may not be made permanent. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.

        There can be no assurance that our product candidates, even if they are approved for sale in the United States or in other countries, will be considered medically reasonable and necessary for a specific indication or cost-effective by third-party payors, or that coverage and an adequate level of reimbursement will be available or that third-party payors' reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our product candidates profitably.

Our future growth depends, in part, on our ability to penetrate foreign markets, where we would be subject to additional regulatory burdens and other risks and uncertainties that, if they materialize, could harm our business.

        Our future profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to commercialize our product candidates in markets outside of the United States and the European Union. If we commercialize our product candidates in foreign markets, we will be subject to additional risks and uncertainties, including:

27


Table of Contents

        If risks related to any of these uncertainties materializes, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Clinical trial and product liability lawsuits against us could divert our resources and could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

        We face an inherent risk of clinical trial and product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in human clinical trials, and we will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any products that we may develop. While we currently have no products that have been approved for commercial sale, the current and future use of product candidates by us in clinical trials, and the sale of any approved products in the future, may expose us to liability claims. These claims might be made by patients that use the product, healthcare providers, pharmaceutical companies or others selling such products. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

        We currently hold $10 million in clinical trial liability insurance coverage in the aggregate, with a per incident limit of $10 million, which may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials or if we commence commercialization of our product candidates. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. If a successful clinical trial or product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of insured liabilities, our assets may not be sufficient to cover such claims and our business operations could be impaired.

Risks Related to our Dependence on Third Parties

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties to conduct our clinical trials, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such trials, which may harm our business.

        We currently rely on third-party clinical research organizations to conduct our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial of losmapimod and plan to rely on third-party clinical research organizations or third-party research collaboratives to conduct our planned clinical trials. We do not plan to independently conduct clinical trials

28


Table of Contents

of our other product candidates. We expect to continue to rely on third parties, such as clinical research organizations, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions and clinical investigators, to conduct our clinical trials. These agreements might terminate for a variety of reasons, including a failure to perform by the third parties. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, our product development activities might be delayed.

        Our reliance on these third parties for research and development activities will reduce our control over these activities but will not relieve us of our responsibilities. For example, we will remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practices, or GCPs, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. We also are required to register ongoing clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within specified timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

        If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, we will not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for our product candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates. Furthermore, these third parties may also have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors.

        We also expect to rely on other third parties to store and distribute drug supplies for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing approval of our product candidates or commercialization of our products, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

We plan to contract with third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical and clinical testing and expect to continue to do so for commercialization. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost or quality, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

        We do not have any manufacturing facilities. Although we believe we have obtained sufficient losmapimod tablets from GSK to complete our planned Phase 2 clinical trials and that we have received a sufficient quantity of losmapimod API to complete further clinical trials in FSHD, we cannot be sure we have correctly estimated our drug product and API requirements or that such drug product or API will not expire before we want to use it. We intend to identify and engage a contract manufacturing organization to prepare our own API and to manufacture losmapimod tablets, but we may not be successful in entering into such arrangement or may be unable to do so on terms that are acceptable to us. Even if we have sufficient API to complete further clinical trials in FSHD, we would need to contract with a third-party manufacturer to convert the API into losmapimod tablets. While we believe that we have all the necessary information from GSK to enable any required technology transfer to a contract manufacturing organization, there can be no assurances that we will be able to effect such transfer in a timely manner.

        We expect to rely on third parties for the manufacture of FTX-HbF and any future product candidates for preclinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture if any of our product candidates receive marketing approval. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost or quality, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

29


Table of Contents

        We also expect to rely on third-party manufacturers or third-party collaborators for the manufacture of commercial supply of any other product candidates for which we or our collaborators obtain marketing approval. We may be unable to establish any agreements with third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms. Even if we are able to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

        Third-party manufacturers may not be able to comply with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, regulations or similar regulatory requirements outside of the United States. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our products.

        Our product candidates and any products that we may develop may compete with other product candidates and products for access to manufacturing facilities. There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that might be capable of manufacturing for us.

        Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future manufacturers could delay clinical development or marketing approval. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a source for bulk drug substance. If any of our future contract manufacturers cannot perform as agreed, we may be required to replace such manufacturers. Although we believe that there are several potential alternative manufacturers who could manufacture our product candidates, we may incur added costs and delays in identifying and qualifying any such replacement.

        Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates or products may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any products that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

We may enter into collaborations with third parties for the development or commercialization of our product candidates. If our collaborations are not successful, we may not be able to capitalize on the market potential of these product candidates and our business could be adversely affected.

        While we have retained all rights to and are developing on our own our current product candidates, we may in the future enter into development, distribution or marketing arrangements with third parties with respect to our existing or future product candidates. Our likely collaborators for any sales, marketing, distribution, development, licensing or broader collaboration arrangements include large and mid-size pharmaceutical companies, regional and national pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies. We are not currently party to any such arrangement. However, if we do enter into any such arrangements with any third parties in the future, we will likely have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements will depend on our collaborators' abilities and efforts to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements.

30


Table of Contents

        Collaborations that we enter into may not be successful, and any success will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of such collaborators. Collaborations pose a number of risks, including the following:

31


Table of Contents

        Collaboration agreements may not lead to development or commercialization of product candidates in the most efficient manner, or at all. If any collaborations that we enter into do not result in the successful development and commercialization of products or if one of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may not receive any future research funding or milestone or royalty payments under the collaboration. If we do not receive the funding we expect under these agreements, our development of our product candidates could be delayed and we may need additional resources to develop our product candidates. All of the risks relating to product development, regulatory approval and commercialization described in this prospectus also apply to the activities of our collaborators.

        Additionally, subject to its contractual obligations to us, if a collaborator of ours is involved in a business combination, the collaborator might deemphasize or terminate the development or commercialization of any product candidate licensed to it by us. If one of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new collaborators and our perception in the business and financial communities could be adversely affected.

If we are not able to establish or maintain collaborations, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans and our business could be adversely affected.

        For some of our product candidates, we may decide to collaborate with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of those product candidates. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators, and a number of more established companies may also be pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we consider attractive. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, financial resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator's resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator's evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States, the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, the potential of competing products, the existence of uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology, which can exist if there is a challenge to such ownership without regard to the merits of the challenge, and industry and market conditions generally. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. We are also restricted by GSK's right of first negotiation under our current license agreement with them and may in the future be restricted under other license agreements from entering into agreements on certain terms with potential collaborators. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators.

        If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable collaborators on a timely basis, on acceptable terms or at all, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or

32


Table of Contents

reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to fund and undertake development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional expertise and additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we fail to enter into collaborations and do not have sufficient funds or expertise to undertake the necessary development and commercialization activities, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market or continue to develop our product engine.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain, maintain, enforce and protect patent protection for our technology and product candidates or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully develop and commercialize our technology and product candidates may be adversely affected.

        Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain protection of the intellectual property we may own solely and jointly with others or may license from others, particularly patents, in the United States and other countries with respect to any proprietary technology and product candidates we develop. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our product candidates that are important to our business and by in-licensing intellectual property related to our technologies and product candidates. If we are unable to obtain or maintain patent protection with respect to any proprietary technology or product candidate, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed.

        The patent prosecution process is expensive, time-consuming and complex, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, defend or license all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, in some circumstances, we do not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain, enforce and defend the patents, covering technology that we license from third parties. Therefore, these in-licensed patents and applications may not be prepared, filed, prosecuted, maintained, defended and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

        The patent position of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. In addition, the scope of patent protection outside of the United States is uncertain and laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States or vice versa. For example, European patent law restricts the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than United States law does. With respect to both owned and in-licensed patent rights, we cannot predict whether the patent applications we and our licensors are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient protection from competitors. Further, we may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our product candidates. In addition, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not published at all. Therefore, neither we nor our licensors can know with certainty whether either we or our licensors were the first to make the inventions claimed in the patents and patent applications we own or in-license now or in the future, or that either we or our licensors were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our owned and in-licensed patent rights are highly uncertain. Moreover, our owned and in-licensed pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our technology and product candidates, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Changes in

33


Table of Contents

either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents and our ability to obtain, protect, maintain, defend and enforce our patent rights, narrow the scope of our patent protection and, more generally, could affect the value or narrow the scope of our patent rights.

        Currently, our patent portfolio related to FTX-HbF is in its earliest stages, including only provisional patent applications which do not themselves issue as patents. We have no issued patents related to FTX-HbF or our SCD or b-thalassemia programs. In order to continue to pursue protection based on provisional patent applications, we will need to file Patent Cooperation Treaty applications, foreign applications and/or U.S. non-provisional patent applications prior to applicable deadlines. Even then, as highlighted above, patents may never issue from our patent applications, or the scope of any patent may not be sufficient to provide a competitive advantage. With respect to losmapimod, the patents to losmapimod licensed from GSK as a composition of matter and pharmaceutical composition are expected to expire on February 10, 2023. Our owned patent applications are not to the composition but, rather, are directed to certain methods of treating FSHD. We cannot be certain that any patents will be granted in respect of these patent applications. Even if such patent applications issue as patents, they will not prevent third parties from commercializing losmapimod for other indications.

        Moreover, we or our licensors may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or product candidates and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize drugs without infringing third-party patent rights. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, regardless of the outcome, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

        Additionally, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Even if our owned and in-licensed patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our owned and in-licensed patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and product candidates. Such proceedings also may result in substantial cost and require significant time from our management and employees, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. Furthermore, our competitors may be able to circumvent our owned or in-licensed patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. As a result, our owned and in-licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing technology and products similar or identical to any of our technology and product candidates.

34


Table of Contents

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.

        Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products, including generics or biosimilars. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. For example, the composition of matter patents covering losmapimod, licensed from GSK, are expected to expire on February 10, 2023. Given the near term expiration date of these patents, and the fact that safe harbor protections in many jurisdictions permit third parties to engage in development, including clinical trials, these patents may not provide us with any meaningful competitive advantage.

If we are unable to obtain licenses from third parties on commercially reasonable terms or fail to comply with our obligations under such agreements, our business could be harmed.

        It may be necessary for us to use the patented or proprietary technology of third parties to commercialize our products, in which case we would be required to obtain a license from these third parties. If we are unable to license such technology, or if we are forced to license such technology on unfavorable terms, our business could be materially harmed. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates, which could materially harm our business and the third parties owning such intellectual property rights could seek either an injunction prohibiting our sales or an obligation on our part to pay royalties and/or other forms of compensation. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us.

        If we are unable to obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our technology, product candidates, or the methods for manufacturing them or to develop or license replacement technology, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected technology and product candidates, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects significantly.

        Additionally, if we fail to comply with our obligations under license agreements, our counterparties may have the right to terminate these agreements, in which event we might not be able to develop, manufacture or market, or may be forced to cease developing, manufacturing or marketing, any product that is covered by these agreements or may face other penalties under such agreements. Such an occurrence could materially adversely affect the value of the product candidate being developed under any such agreement. Termination of these agreements or reduction or elimination of our rights under these agreements, or restrictions on our ability to freely assign or sublicense our rights under such agreements when it is in the interest of our business to do so, may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated agreements with less favorable terms, cause us to lose our rights under these agreements, including our rights to important intellectual property or technology or impede, or delay or prohibit the further development or commercialization of one or more product candidates that rely on such agreements.

35


Table of Contents

If we do not obtain patent term extension in the United States under the Hatch-Waxman Act and in foreign countries under similar legislation, thereby potentially extending the term of our marketing exclusivity for any product candidates we may develop, our business may be materially harmed.

        In the United States, the patent term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved drug may be eligible for limited patent term extension, which permits patent term restoration as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, also known as the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. Patent extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and certain other non-United States jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. While, in the future, if and when our product candidates receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on patents covering those product candidates, there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and even if granted, the length of such extensions. We may not be granted patent term extension either in the United States or in any foreign country because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the term of extension, as well as the scope of patent protection during any such extension, afforded by the governmental authority could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain any patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following the expiration of our patent rights, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed.

        It is possible that we will not obtain patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act for a U.S. patent covering any of our product candidates that we may identify even where that patent is eligible for patent term extension, or if we obtain such an extension, it may be for a shorter period than we had sought. Further, for our licensed patents, we may not have the right to control prosecution, including filing with the USPTO a petition for patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act. Thus, if one of our licensed patents is eligible for patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act, we may not be able to control whether a petition to obtain a patent term extension is filed, or obtained, from the USPTO.

        Also, there are detailed rules and requirements regarding the patents that may be submitted to the FDA for listing in the Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, or the Orange Book. We may be unable to obtain patents covering our product candidates that contain one or more claims that satisfy the requirements for listing in the Orange Book. Even if we submit a patent for listing in the Orange Book, the FDA may decline to list the patent, or a manufacturer of generic drugs may challenge the listing. If one of our product candidates is approved and a patent covering that product candidate is not listed in the Orange Book, a manufacturer of generic drugs would not have to provide advance notice to us of any abbreviated new drug application filed with the FDA to obtain permission to sell a generic version of such product candidate.

Changes to patent laws in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

        Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of patent laws in the United States, including patent reform legislation such as the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our owned and in-licensed patent applications and the maintenance, enforcement or defense of our owned and in-licensed issued patents.

36


Table of Contents

The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to United States patent law. These changes include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art, provide more efficient and cost-effective avenues for competitors to challenge the validity of patents, and enable third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent at USPTO-administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings. Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. After March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith Act, the United States transitioned to a first-to-file system in which, assuming that the other statutory requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. As such, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

        In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of biologics and pharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. This combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the validity and enforceability of patents once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could have a material adverse effect on our patent rights and our ability to protect, defend and enforce our patent rights in the future.

Although we or our licensors are not currently involved in any litigation, we may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patent or other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.

        Competitors and other third parties may infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate our or our licensor's issued patents or other intellectual property. As a result, we or our licensors may need to file infringement, misappropriation or other intellectual property related claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke such parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, such parties could counterclaim that the patents we or our licensors have asserted are invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may institute such claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable.

        An adverse result in any such proceeding could put one or more of our owned or in-licensed patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, and could put any of our owned or in-licensed patent applications at risk of not yielding an issued patent. A court may also refuse to stop the third party from using the technology at issue in a proceeding on the grounds that our owned or in-licensed patents do not cover such technology. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information or trade secrets could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. Any of the foregoing could allow such third parties to develop and commercialize competing technologies and products and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

37


Table of Contents

        Interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us or declared by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or if a non-exclusive license is offered and our competitors gain access to the same technology. Our defense of litigation or interference or derivation proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our research programs, license necessary technology from third parties, or enter into development partnerships that would help us bring our product candidates to market.

        Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

        Our commercial success depends upon our ability and the ability of our collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and proprietary rights of third parties. There is considerable patent and other intellectual property litigation in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. We may become party to, or threatened with, adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our technology and product candidates, including interference proceedings, post grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings before the USPTO and similar proceedings in foreign jurisdictions such as oppositions before the European Patent Office. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are pursuing development candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our technologies or product candidates that we may identify may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties.

        The legal threshold for initiating litigation or contested proceedings is low, so that even lawsuits or proceedings with a low probability of success might be initiated and require significant resources to defend. Litigation and contested proceedings can also be expensive and time-consuming, and our adversaries in these proceedings may have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to prosecuting these legal actions than we can. The risks of being involved in such litigation and proceedings may increase if and as our product candidates near commercialization and as we gain the greater visibility associated with being a public company. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future, regardless of merit. We may not be aware of all such intellectual property rights potentially relating to our technology and product candidates and their uses, or we may incorrectly conclude that third party intellectual property is invalid or that our activities and product candidates do not infringe such intellectual property. Thus, we do not know with certainty that our technology and product candidates, or our development and commercialization thereof, do not and will not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any third party's intellectual property.

        Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations or methods,

38


Table of Contents

such as methods of manufacture or methods for treatment, related to the discovery, use or manufacture of the product candidates that we may identify or related to our technologies. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that the product candidates that we may identify may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. Moreover, as noted above, there may be existing patents that we are not aware of or that we have incorrectly concluded are invalid or not infringed by our activities. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover, for example, the manufacturing process of the product candidates that we may identify, any molecules formed during the manufacturing process or any final product itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize such product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire.

        Parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize the product candidates that we may identify. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys' fees for willful infringement, pay royalties, redesign our infringing products or obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure.

        We may choose to take a license or, if we are found to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate a third party's intellectual property rights, we could also be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing, manufacturing and marketing our technology and product candidates. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us and could require us to make substantial licensing and royalty payments. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease developing, manufacturing and commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, we could be found liable for significant monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys' fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right and could be forced to indemnify our customers or collaborators. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. In addition, we may be forced to redesign our product candidates, seek new regulatory approvals and indemnify third parties pursuant to contractual agreements. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Intellectual property litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

        Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and may also have an advantage in such proceedings due to their more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties

39


Table of Contents

resulting from the initiation and continuation of intellectual property litigation or other proceedings could compromise our ability to compete in the marketplace.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

        Periodic maintenance, renewal and annuity fees and various other government fees on any issued patent and pending patent application must be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages or annually over the lifetime of our owned and in-licensed patents and patent applications. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In certain circumstances, we rely on our licensing partners to pay these fees to, or comply with the procedural and documentary rules of, the relevant patent agency. With respect to our patents, we rely on an annuity service, outside firms and outside counsel to remind us of the due dates and to make payment after we instruct them to do so. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. In such an event, potential competitors might be able to enter the market with similar or identical products or technology. If we or our licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our product candidates, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we fail to comply with our obligations in our intellectual property licenses and funding arrangements with third parties, or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our licensors, we could lose intellectual property rights that are important to our business.

        We are party to license and funding agreements, such as the GSK Agreement, that impose, and we may enter into additional licensing and funding arrangements with third parties that may impose, diligence, development and commercialization timelines, milestone payment, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. Under our existing licensing and funding agreements, we are obligated to pay royalties on net product sales of product candidates or related technologies to the extent they are covered by the agreements. If we fail to comply with such obligations under current or future license and funding agreements, our counterparties may have the right to terminate these agreements or require us to grant them certain rights. Such an occurrence could materially adversely affect the value of any product candidate being developed under any such agreement. Termination of these agreements or reduction or elimination of our rights under these agreements may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated agreements with less favorable terms, or cause us to lose our rights under these agreements, including our rights to important intellectual property or technology, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We also have licenses and agreements to certain technologies used in our product engine, all of which are non-exclusive. While we still face all of the risks described herein with respect to those agreements, we cannot prevent third parties from also accessing those technologies. In addition, our licenses may place restrictions on our future business opportunities. For example, under our license with GSK, GSK has certain rights of first negotiation if we wish to sublicense any of the patent or data rights licensed by GSK to us to a third party for use outside the United States. This may prevent or delay certain transactions, which could have an adverse effect on the development and commercialization of losmapimod and on our business.

40


Table of Contents

        Disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including:

        In addition, the agreements under which we currently license intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected technology and product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

        Our current or future licensors may have relied on third-party consultants or collaborators or on funds from third parties such that our licensors are not the sole and exclusive owners of the patents and patent applications we in-license. If other third parties have ownership rights to patents or patent applications we in-license, they may be able to license such patents to our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. This could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

        In spite of our best efforts, our licensors might conclude that we have materially breached our license agreements and might therefore terminate the license agreements, thereby removing our ability to develop and commercialize product candidates and technology covered by these license agreements. If these in-licenses are terminated, or if the underlying intellectual property fails to provide the intended exclusivity, competitors would have the freedom to seek regulatory approval of, and to market, products and technologies identical to ours. This could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights throughout the world.

        Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States, and even where such protection is nominally available, judicial and governmental enforcement of such intellectual property rights may be lacking. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection or licenses but

41


Table of Contents

enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

        Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets, and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our intellectual property and proprietary rights generally. In addition, certain jurisdictions do not protect to the same extent or at all inventions that constitute new methods of treatment.

        Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

        Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we or any of our licensors is forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.

        We or our licensors may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, we or our licensors may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of employees, consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or our or our licensors' ownership of our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property. If we or our licensors fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property that is important to our product candidates. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our employees, consultants or contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties, or we have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their current or former employers or claims asserting we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

        Many of our employees, consultants and contractors were previously employed at universities or other pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that these individuals or we have used

42


Table of Contents

or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual's current or former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

        In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees, consultants and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. Our intellectual property assignment agreements with them may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

        If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could have a material adverse effect on our competitive business position and prospects. Such intellectual property rights could be awarded to a third party, and we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to commercialize our technology or products, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or such license may be non-exclusive. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management and employees.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

        In addition to seeking patents for our product candidates, we also rely on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position, including certain aspects of our proprietary product engine. We seek to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary technology, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract research organizations, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants, but we cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or has had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Detecting the disclosure or misappropriation of a trade secret and enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside of the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, our competitive position would be materially and adversely harmed.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.

        The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

43


Table of Contents

        Should any of these events occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of our Product Candidates and Other Legal Compliance Matters

Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the marketing approval process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain and may prevent us from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of some or all of our product candidates. If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals, we will not be able to commercialize our product candidates, and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

        Our product candidates and the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including design, testing, manufacture, packaging, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution, export, import and adverse event reporting, are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory agencies in the United States and by the EMA and similar

44


Table of Contents

regulatory authorities outside of the United States. Marketing approval of drugs in the United States requires the submission of a new drug application, or NDA, to the FDA and we are not permitted to market any drug candidate in the United States until we obtain approval from the FDA of the NDA for that product. An NDA must be supported by extensive clinical and preclinical data, as well as extensive information regarding pharmacology, chemistry, manufacturing and controls. We have not submitted an application for or received marketing approval for any of our product candidates in the United States or in any other jurisdiction.

        We have only limited experience in filing and supporting the applications necessary to gain marketing approvals and expect to rely on third-party clinical research organizations or other third-party consultants or vendors to assist us in this process. Securing marketing approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate's safety and efficacy. Securing marketing approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the regulatory authorities. Our product candidates may not be effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use. If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, the accompanying label may limit the approved use of our drug, which could limit sales of the product.

        The process of obtaining marketing approvals, both in the United States and abroad, is expensive, may take many years, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data is insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

        If we experience delays in obtaining approval or if we fail to obtain approval of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for our product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate revenues will be materially impaired.

We may not be able to obtain or maintain orphan drug designation or exclusivity for our product candidates and, even if we do, that exclusivity may not prevent the FDA or the EMA from approving other competing products.

        We plan to apply for orphan drug designation for FSHD in the United States and Europe, and we may seek orphan drug designation for our other current or future product candidates. Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States.

        Generally, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA or the EMA from approving another marketing application for the same drug for that time period. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and ten years in Europe. The exclusivity period in Europe can be reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation or if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified. Orphan drug exclusivity may be lost if the FDA or EMA determines that

45


Table of Contents

the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

        Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because competing drugs containing a different active ingredient can be approved for the same condition. In addition, even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve the same drug for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care.

        On August 3, 2017, the U.S. Congress passed the FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017, or FDARA. FDARA, among other things, codified the FDA's pre-existing regulatory interpretation to require that a drug sponsor demonstrate the clinical superiority of an orphan drug that is otherwise the same as a previously approved drug for the same rare disease in order to receive orphan drug exclusivity. The new legislation reverses prior precedent holding that the Orphan Drug Act unambiguously requires that the FDA recognize the orphan exclusivity period regardless of a showing of clinical superiority. The FDA may further reevaluate the Orphan Drug Act and its regulations and policies. We do not know if, when or how the FDA may change the orphan drug regulations and policies in the future, and it is uncertain how any changes might affect our business. Depending on what changes the FDA may make to its orphan drug regulations and policies, our business could be adversely impacted.

A Fast Track designation by the FDA may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

        We may seek Fast Track designation for some of our product candidates. If a drug is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the drug demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the drug sponsor may apply for FDA Fast Track designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive Fast Track designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw Fast Track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program.

A Breakthrough Therapy designation by the FDA for our product candidates may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and it does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive marketing approval.

        We may seek a Breakthrough Therapy designation for some of our product candidates. A Breakthrough Therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For drugs and biologics that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA are also eligible for accelerated approval.

        Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. Even if we receive Breakthrough Therapy designation, the receipt of such designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to drugs considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of

46


Table of Contents

our product candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, the FDA may later decide that the products no longer meet the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

Accelerated approval by the FDA, even if granted for our product candidates, may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process and it does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive marketing approval.

        We may seek approval of our product candidates using the FDA's accelerated approval pathway. A product may be eligible for accelerated approval if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and generally provides a meaningful advantage over available therapies. In addition, it must demonstrate an effect on a biomarker efficacy endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit. The FDA or other applicable regulatory agency makes the determination regarding whether a biomarker efficacy endpoint is reasonably likely to predict long-term clinical benefit.

        Prior to seeking such accelerated approval, we will seek feedback from the FDA and otherwise evaluate our ability to seek and receive such accelerated approval. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug or biologic product candidate receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. These confirmatory trials must be completed with due diligence and we may be required to evaluate different or additional endpoints in these post-marketing confirmatory trials. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product.

        There can be no assurance that the FDA will agree with our biomarker efficacy endpoints or intermediate clinical endpoints, such as measuring DUX4-driven gene expression in muscle tissue biopsies or measuring the fraction of muscle tissue by replaced by fat, or that we will decide to pursue or submit an NDA for accelerated approval or any other form of expedited development, review or approval. Similarly, there can be no assurance that, after feedback from FDA, we will continue to pursue or apply for accelerated approval or any other form of expedited development, review or approval, even if we initially decide to do so. Furthermore, if we decide to submit an application for accelerated approval or under another expedited regulatory designation, there can be no assurance that such submission or application will be accepted or that any expedited review or approval will be granted on a timely basis, or at all.

        Moreover, as noted above, for drugs granted accelerated approval, the FDA typically requires post-marketing confirmatory trials to evaluate the anticipated effect on IMM or other clinical benefit. These confirmatory trials must be completed with due diligence. We may be required to evaluate additional or different clinical endpoints in these post-marketing confirmatory trials. These confirmatory trials may require enrollment of more patients than we currently anticipate and will result in additional costs, which may be greater than the estimated costs we currently anticipate. The FDA may withdraw approval of a product candidate approved under the accelerated approval pathway if, for example, the trial required to verify the predicted clinical benefit of our product candidate fails to verify such benefit or does not demonstrate sufficient clinical benefit to justify the risks associated with the drug. The FDA may also withdraw approval if other evidence demonstrates that our product candidate is not shown to be safe or effective under the conditions of use, we fail to conduct any required post approval trial of our product candidate with due diligence or we disseminate false or misleading promotional materials relating to our product candidate. A failure to obtain accelerated approval or any other form of expedited development, review or approval for our product candidates, or withdrawal of a product candidate, would result in a longer time period for commercialization of such product candidate, could increase the cost of development of such product candidate and could harm our competitive position in the marketplace.

47


Table of Contents

        Even if we do receive accelerated approval, we may not experience a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and receiving accelerated approval does not provide assurance of ultimate FDA approval.

Failure to obtain marketing approval in foreign jurisdictions would prevent our product candidates from being marketed abroad.

        In order to market and sell our products in the European Union and many other foreign jurisdictions, we or our potential third-party collaborators must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval may differ substantially from that required to obtain FDA approval. The regulatory approval process outside of the United States generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. In addition, in many countries outside of the United States, it is required that the product be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We or our potential third-party collaborators may not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside of the United States on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory authority outside of the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in other countries. We may not be able to file for marketing approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market.

        Additionally, on June 23, 2016, the electorate in the United Kingdom voted in favor of leaving the European Union, commonly referred to as Brexit. On March 29, 2017, the United Kingdom formally notified the European Union of its intention to withdraw pursuant to Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty. The United Kingdom had a period of a maximum of two years from the date of its formal notification to negotiate the terms of its withdrawal from, and future relationship with, the European Union. If no formal withdrawal agreement can be reached between the United Kingdom and the European Union, then it is expected that the United Kingdom's membership of the European Union would automatically terminate on the deadline, which was initially March 29, 2019. That deadline has been extended to October 31, 2019 to allow the parties to negotiate a withdrawal agreement, which has proven to be extremely difficult to date. Discussions between the United Kingdom and the European Union will continue to focus on withdrawal issues and transition agreements. However, limited progress to date in these negotiations and ongoing uncertainty within the government of the United Kingdom sustains the possibility of the United Kingdom leaving the European Union without a withdrawal agreement and associated transition period in place, which is likely to cause significant market and economic disruption.

        Since a significant proportion of the regulatory framework in the United Kingdom is derived from European Union directives and regulations, Brexit could materially impact the regulatory regime with respect to the approval of our product candidates in the United Kingdom or the European Union. Any delay in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, any marketing approvals, as a result of Brexit or otherwise, would prevent us from commercializing our product candidates in the United Kingdom and/or the European Union and restrict our ability to generate revenue and achieve and sustain profitability. If any of these outcomes occur, we may be forced to restrict or delay efforts to seek regulatory approval in the United Kingdom and/or European Union for our product candidates, which could significantly and materially harm our business.

48


Table of Contents

Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval could be subject to post-marketing restrictions or withdrawal from the market and we may be subject to substantial penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, when and if any of them are approved.

        Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval, along with the manufacturing processes, post-approval clinical data, labeling, advertising and promotional activities for such product, will be subject to continual requirements of and review by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, cGMP requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping. Even if marketing approval of a product candidate is granted, the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, including the requirement to implement a REMS. If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, the accompanying label may limit the approved use of our drug, which could limit sales of the product.

        The FDA may also impose requirements for costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product, including the adoption and implementation of REMS. The FDA and other agencies, including the Department of Justice, or the DOJ, closely regulate and monitor the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs to ensure they are marketed and distributed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. The FDA and DOJ impose stringent restrictions on manufacturers' communications regarding off-label use, and if we do not market our products for their approved indications, we may be subject to enforcement action for off-label marketing. Violations of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and other statutes, including the False Claims Act, relating to the promotion and advertising of prescription drugs may lead to investigations and enforcement actions alleging violations of federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, as well as state consumer protection laws.

        In addition, later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may have various consequences, including:

49


Table of Contents

        Non-compliance with European Union requirements regarding safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance, and with requirements related to the development of products for the pediatric population, can also result in significant financial penalties. Similarly, failure to comply with the European Union's requirements regarding the protection of personal information can also lead to significant penalties and sanctions.

        In addition, manufacturers of approved products and those manufacturers' facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMPs applicable to drug manufacturers or quality assurance standards applicable to medical device manufacturers, which include requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and reporting requirements. We, any contract manufacturers we may engage in the future, our future collaborators and their contract manufacturers will also be subject to other regulatory requirements, including submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to clinicians, recordkeeping, and costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product such as the requirement to implement a REMS.

The efforts of the Trump administration to pursue regulatory reform may limit the FDA's ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, and that could negatively impact our business.

        The Trump administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of executive orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA's ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications. On January 30, 2017, President Trump issued an executive order, applicable to all executive agencies, including the FDA, requiring that for each notice of proposed rulemaking or final regulation to be issued in fiscal year 2017, the agency shall identify at least two existing regulations to be repealed, unless prohibited by law. These requirements are referred to as the "two-for-one" provisions. This executive order includes a budget neutrality provision that requires the total incremental cost of all new regulations in the 2017 fiscal year, including repealed regulations, to be no greater than zero, except in limited circumstances. For fiscal years 2018 and beyond, the executive order requires agencies to identify regulations to offset any incremental cost of a new regulation. In interim guidance issued by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs within the Office of Management and on February 2, 2017, the Trump administration indicates that the "two-for-one" provisions may apply not only to agency regulations, but also to significant agency guidance documents. It is difficult to predict how these requirements will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA's ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on FDA's ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.

50


Table of Contents

Our relationships with healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, transparency, health information privacy and security, and other healthcare laws and regulations, which, in the event of a violation, could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens and diminished profits and future earnings.

        If we obtain regulatory approval and commercialize any products, healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. In addition, we may be subject to transparency laws and patient privacy regulation by U.S. federal and state governments and by governments in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations include the following:

        Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. Additionally,

51


Table of Contents

some state and local laws require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives in the jurisdiction. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

        Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations, including anticipated activities that would be conducted by our sales team, are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion of products from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from participation in government funded healthcare programs.

Compliance with global privacy and data security requirements could result in additional costs and liabilities to us or inhibit our ability to collect and process data globally, and the failure to comply with such requirements could subject us to significant fines and penalties, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

        The regulatory framework for the collection, use, safeguarding, sharing, transfer and other processing of information worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Globally, virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate has established its own data security and privacy frameworks with which we must comply. For example, the collection, use, disclosure, transfer, or other processing of personal data regarding individuals in the European Union, including personal health data, is subject to the EU General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR, which took effect across all member states of the European Economic Area, or EEA, in May 2018. The GDPR is wide-ranging in scope and imposes numerous requirements on companies that process personal data, including requirements relating to processing health and other sensitive data, obtaining consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, providing information to individuals regarding data processing activities, implementing safeguards to protect the security and confidentiality of personal data, providing notification of data breaches, and taking certain measures when engaging third-party processors. The GDPR increases our obligations with respect to clinical trials conducted in the EEA by expanding the definition of personal data to include coded data and requiring changes to informed consent practices and more detailed notices for clinical trial subjects and investigators. In addition, the GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data to countries outside the European Union, including the United States and, as a result, increases the scrutiny that clinical trial sites located in the EEA should apply to transfers of personal data from such sites to countries that are considered to lack an adequate level of data protection, such as the United States. The GDPR also permits data protection authorities to require destruction of improperly gathered or used personal information and/or impose substantial fines for violations of the GDPR, which can be up to four percent of global revenues or 20 million Euros, whichever is greater, and it also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies, and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of the GDPR. In addition, the GDPR provides that EU member states may make their own further laws and regulations limiting the processing of personal data, including genetic, biometric or health data.

        Given the breadth and depth of changes in data protection obligations, preparing for and complying with the GDPR's requirements is rigorous and time intensive and requires significant resources and a review of our technologies, systems and practices, as well as those of any third-party collaborators, service

52


Table of Contents

providers, contractors or consultants that process or transfer personal data collected in the European Union. The GDPR and other changes in laws or regulations associated with the enhanced protection of certain types of sensitive data, such as healthcare data or other personal information from our clinical trials, could require us to change our business practices and put in place additional compliance mechanisms, may interrupt or delay our development, regulatory and commercialization activities and increase our cost of doing business, and could lead to government enforcement actions, private litigation and significant fines and penalties against us and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Similarly, failure to comply with federal and state laws regarding privacy and security of personal information could expose us to fines and penalties under such laws. Even if we are not determined to have violated these laws, government investigations into these issues typically require the expenditure of significant resources and generate negative publicity, which could harm our reputation and our business.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain for any products that are approved in the United States or foreign jurisdictions.

        In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. The pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by legislative initiatives. Current laws, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any FDA approved product.

        In the United States, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. The legislation expanded Medicare coverage for drug purchases by the elderly and introduced a new reimbursement methodology based on average sales prices for physician-administered drugs. In addition, this legislation provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class. Cost reduction initiatives and other provisions of this legislation could decrease the coverage and price that we receive for any approved products. While the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

        In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the ACA. Among the provisions of the ACA of potential importance to our business, including, without limitation, our ability to commercialize and the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates that are approved for sale, are the following:

53


Table of Contents

        In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes include the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, led to aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year that started in 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will stay in effect through 2027 unless additional congressional action is taken, and the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used. Further, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries and proposed state and federal legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products.

        We expect that these healthcare reforms, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product and/or the level of reimbursement physicians receive for administering any approved product we might bring to market. Reductions in reimbursement levels may negatively impact the prices we receive or the frequency with which our products are prescribed or administered. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

        With enactment of the TCJA, which was signed by the President on December 22, 2017, Congress repealed the "individual mandate." The repeal of this provision, which requires most Americans to carry a minimal level of health insurance, is effective as of 2019. According to the Congressional Budget Office, the repeal of the individual mandate will cause an estimated 13 million fewer Americans to be insured in 2027 and premiums in insurance markets may rise. Additionally, on January 22, 2018, President Trump signed a continuing resolution on appropriations for fiscal year 2018 that delayed the implementation of certain ACA-mandated fees, including the so-called "Cadillac" tax on certain high cost employer-sponsored insurance plans, the annual fee imposed on certain health insurance providers based on market share, and the medical device excise tax on non-exempt medical devices. Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, among other things, amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to increase from 50% to 70% the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D and to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the "donut hole".

54


Table of Contents

        The Trump administration has also taken executive actions to undermine or delay implementation of the ACA. Since January 2017, President Trump has signed two Executive Orders designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the ACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. One Executive Order directs federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the ACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the ACA that would impose a fiscal or regulatory burden on states, individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. The second Executive Order terminates the cost-sharing subsidies that reimburse insurers under the ACA. Several state Attorneys General filed suit to stop the administration from terminating the subsidies, but their request for a restraining order was denied by a federal judge in California on October 25, 2017.

        In addition, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, has recently proposed regulations that would give states greater flexibility in setting benchmarks for insurers in the individual and small group marketplaces, which may have the effect of relaxing the essential health benefits required under the ACA for plans sold through such marketplaces. Further, on June 14, 2018, U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit ruled that the federal government was not required to pay more than $12 billion in ACA risk corridor payments to third-party payors who argued were owed to them. The effects of this gap in reimbursement on third-party payors, the viability of the ACA marketplace, providers, and potentially our business, are not yet known. On November 30, 2018, CMS announced a proposed rule that would amend the Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D prescription drug benefit regulations to reduce out of pocket costs for plan enrollees and allow Medicare plans to negotiate lower rates for certain drugs. Among other things, the proposed rule changes would allow Medicare Advantage plans to use pre authorization (PA) and step therapy (ST) for six protected classes of drugs, with certain exceptions; permit plans to implement PA and ST in Medicare Part B drugs; and change the definition of "negotiated prices" as well as add a definition of "price concession" in the regulations. It is unclear whether these proposed changes we be accepted, and if so, what effect such changes will have on our business. Litigation and legislation over the ACA are likely to continue, with unpredictable and uncertain results.

        Further, on December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court judge in the Northern District of Texas ruled that the individual mandate portion of the ACA is an essential and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore because the mandate was repealed as part of the TCJA, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. The Trump administration and CMS have both stated that the ruling will have no immediate effect, and on December 30, 2018 the same judge issued an order staying the judgment pending appeal. The Trump administration has recently represented to the Court of Appeals considering this judgment that it does not oppose the lower court's ruling. It is unclear how this decision and any subsequent appeals and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA and our business. Litigation and legislation over the ACA are likely to continue, with unpredictable and uncertain results.

        The costs of prescription pharmaceuticals have also been the subject of considerable discussion in the United States, and members of Congress and the Trump administration have stated that they will address such costs through new legislative and administrative measures. To date, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted state and federal legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the federal level, the Trump administration's budget proposal for fiscal year 2019 contains further drug price control measures that could be enacted during the 2019 budget process or in other future legislation, including, for example, measures to permit Medicare Part D plans to negotiate the price of certain drugs under Medicare Part B, to allow some states to negotiate drug prices under Medicaid, and to eliminate cost sharing for generic drugs for low-income patients. While any proposed measures will require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, Congress and the Trump administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new

55


Table of Contents

legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. At the state level, legislatures are increasingly passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

        Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries and proposed federal and proposed and enacted state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the federal level, Congress and the Trump administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. For example, on May 11, 2018, the Trump administration issued a plan to lower drug prices. Under this blueprint for action, the Trump administration indicated that the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, will: take steps to end the gaming of regulatory and patent processes by drug makers to unfairly protect monopolies; advance biosimilars and generics to boost price competition; evaluate the inclusion of prices in drug makers' advertisements to enhance price competition; speed access to and lower the cost of new drugs by clarifying policies for sharing information between insurers and drug makers; avoid excessive pricing by relying more on value-based pricing by expanding outcome-based payments in Medicare and Medicaid; work to give Part D plan sponsors more negotiation power with drug makers; examine which Medicare Part B drugs could be negotiated for a lower price by Part D plans, and improving the design of the Part B Competitive Acquisition Program; update Medicare's drug-pricing dashboard to increase transparency; prohibit Part D contracts that include "gag rules" that prevent pharmacists from informing patients when they could pay less out-of-pocket by not using insurance; and require that Part D plan members be provided with an annual statement of plan payments, out-of-pocket spending, and drug price increases. More recently, on January 31, 2019, the HHS Office of Inspector General proposed modifications to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute discount safe harbor for the purpose of reducing the cost of drug products to consumers which, among other things, if finalized, will affect discounts paid by manufacturers to Medicare Part D plans, Medicaid managed care organizations and pharmacy benefit managers working with these organizations.

        At the state level, individual states are increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. These measures could reduce the ultimate demand for our products, once approved, or put pressure on our product pricing. We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our product candidates or additional pricing pressures.

        Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. Increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA's approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

56


Table of Contents

Governments outside of the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

        In some countries, particularly the countries of the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed, possibly materially.

If we or any third-party manufacturers we engage now or in the future fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs or liabilities that could harm our business.

        We and third-party manufacturers we engage now are, and any third-party manufacturers we may engage in the future will be, subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. Liability under certain environmental laws governing the release and cleanup of hazardous materials is joint and several and could be imposed without regard to fault. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties or become subject to injunctions limiting or prohibiting our activities for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

        Although we maintain general liability insurance as well as workers' compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

        In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

        Further, with respect to the operations of our current and any future third-party contract manufacturers, it is possible that if they fail to operate in compliance with applicable environmental, health and safety laws and regulations or properly dispose of wastes associated with our products, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, suffer reputational harm or experience a disruption in the manufacture and supply of our product candidates or products. In addition, our supply chain may be adversely impacted if any of our third-party contract manufacturers become subject to injunctions or other sanctions as a result of their non-compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations.

57


Table of Contents

We are subject to anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures and legal expenses, be precluded from developing manufacturing and selling certain products outside the United States or be required to develop and implement costly compliance programs, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business and may do business in the future. The Bribery Act, FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us, our officers, and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. Compliance with the FCPA, in particular, is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

        We may in the future operate in jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential Bribery Act or FCPA violations, and we may participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the Bribery Act, FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted. If we expand our operations outside of the United States, we will need to dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate.

        We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United Kingdom and the United States, and authorities in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws. In addition, various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

        There is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Bribery Act, the FCPA or other legal requirements, including Trade Control laws. If we are not in compliance with the Bribery Act, the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA's accounting provisions. Any investigation of any potential violations of the Bribery Act, the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws by United Kingdom, U.S. or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

58


Table of Contents

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading, which could cause significant liability for us and harm our reputation.

        We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, independent contractors, consultants and vendors. Misconduct by these partners could include intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations or similar regulations of comparable foreign regulatory authorities, provide accurate information to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, comply with manufacturing standards, comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and similar laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable foreign regulatory authorities, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. This could include violations of HIPAA, other U.S. federal and state law, and requirements of non-U.S. jurisdictions, including the European Union Data Protection Directive. We are also exposed to risks in connection with any insider trading violations by employees or others affiliated with us. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws, standards, regulations, guidance or codes of conduct. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

Our internal computer systems, or those of our collaborators or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our product development programs.

        Our internal computer systems and those of any collaborators, contractors or consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. Such systems are also vulnerable to service interruptions or to security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees, third-party vendors and/or business partners, or from cyber-attacks by malicious third parties. Cyber-attacks are increasing in their frequency, sophistication and intensity, and have become increasingly difficult to detect. Cyber-attacks could include the deployment of harmful malware, ransomware, denial-of-service attacks, unauthorized access to or deletion of files, social engineering and other means to affect service reliability and threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information. For example, we make extensive use of cloud-based storage systems, and in October 2018, we experienced a breach of one such system. While this breach did not result in the permanent loss or theft of any of our critical information or any other material consequences, it could have, and while we took steps to remediate this breach, such as establishing multi-factor authentication and implementing improvements to our data securities protocols, we cannot guarantee that the measures we have taken to date, and actions we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate any future breaches. Cyber-attacks also could include phishing attempts or e-mail fraud to cause payments or information to be transmitted to an unintended recipient.

        While we have not experienced any material system failure, accident, cyber-attack or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other proprietary information or other similar disruptions. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability, our competitive position could be harmed and the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.

59


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing Growth

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

        We are highly dependent on the research and development, clinical, financial, operational and other business expertise of our executive officers, as well as the other principal members of our management, scientific and clinical teams. Although we have entered into employment offer letters with our executive officers, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain "key person" insurance for any of our executives or other employees. Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, clinical, manufacturing, accounting, legal and sales and marketing personnel will also be critical to our success.

        The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key employees could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval of and commercialize products. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. Our success as a public company also depends on implementing and maintaining internal controls and the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be limited.

We expect to expand our development and regulatory capabilities and potentially implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

        We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of drug development, clinical, regulatory affairs and, if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, sales, marketing and distribution. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

Risks Related to our Common Stock

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

        Upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers and directors and our stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering will, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately        % of our capital stock. As a result, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for

60


Table of Contents

approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would control the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

        This concentration of ownership control may:

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current directors and members of management.

        Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

        Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

61


Table of Contents

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

        The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, you will incur further dilution. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $            per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering, and the assumed initial public offering price.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. Although we have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares or at all.

If securities analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports or publish misleading, inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price and trading volume of our stock could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will rely, in part, on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no, or few, analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, or provides more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

        Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for smaller biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

62


Table of Contents

        In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against that company. Any lawsuit to which we are a party, with or without merit, may result in an unfavorable judgment. We also may decide to settle lawsuits on unfavorable terms. Any such negative outcome could result in payments of substantial damages or fines, damage to our reputation or adverse changes to our offerings or business practices. Such litigation may also cause us to incur other substantial costs to defend such claims and divert management's attention and resources. Furthermore, negative public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments could have a negative effect on the market price of our common stock.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

        Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are eligible to be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

        Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have                    shares of common stock outstanding based on the number of shares outstanding as of                              , 2019. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing stockholders. The remaining shares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will become eligible to be sold at various times after the offering. Moreover, beginning 180 days after the completion of this offering, holders of an aggregate of                    shares of our common stock will have rights, along with holders of an additional                    shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, subject to specified conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of

63


Table of Contents

common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the "Underwriters" section of this prospectus.

We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," or EGC, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We may remain an EGC until the end of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs, although if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time or if we have annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more in any fiscal year, we would cease to be an EGC as of December 31 of the applicable year. We also would cease to be an EGC if we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. For so long as we remain an EGC, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs. These exemptions include:

        We have taken advantage of reduced reporting obligations in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an EGC.

        We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

        In addition, the JOBS Act permits an EGC to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected not to "opt out" of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we will adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard and will do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to "opt out" of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an EGC.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

        As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an EGC, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

64


Table of Contents

2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, particularly as we hire additional financial and accounting employees to meet public company internal control and financial reporting requirements, and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

        We are evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

        Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. However, while we remain an EGC, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, including through hiring additional financial and accounting personnel, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. If we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

Our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering designates the state courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could discourage lawsuits against the company and our directors, officers and employees.

        Our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders to our company or our

65


Table of Contents

stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (4) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws (in each case, as they may be amended from time to time) or governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to actions arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        This exclusive forum provision may limit the ability of our stockholders to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholders find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

66


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management, are forward-looking statements. The words "anticipate," "believe," "continue" "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "might," "plan," "potential," "predict," "project," "should," "target," "would," and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.

        The forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:

        We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or

67


Table of Contents

events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the "Risk Factors" section, that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, collaborations, joint ventures or investments we may make or enter into.

        You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are made as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.

        This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties as well as our own estimates of potential market opportunities. All of the market data used in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such data. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. Our estimates of the potential market opportunities for our product candidates include several key assumptions based on our industry knowledge, industry publications, third-party research and other surveys, which may be based on a small sample size and may fail to accurately reflect market opportunities. While we believe that our internal assumptions are reasonable, no independent source has verified such assumptions.

68


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of                        shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, we estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million.

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        As of March 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of $62.5 million. We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

        This expected use of net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development programs, the status of and results from clinical trials, the timing of regulatory submissions and the outcome of regulatory review, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates, and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

        Based on our planned use of the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, we estimate that such funds will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into                        . We anticipate that the net proceeds from this offering together with our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to allow us to                        . We will require additional capital to advance losmapimod through additional clinical trials, if required, to advance FTX-HbF through necessary clinical trials and to commercialize any of our product candidates, if we receive regulatory approval. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, including assumptions regarding the clinical trials necessary for FDA approval of our product candidates, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, including the risks and uncertainties with respect to successful enrollment and completion of clinical trials, at this time, we cannot reasonably estimate the amount of additional funding that will be necessary to complete the clinical development of losmapimod or any future product candidates. If we receive regulatory approval for losmapimod or other product

69


Table of Contents

candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution.

        Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

70


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare and pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

71


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2019:

        The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read the information in this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" sections of this prospectus.

 
  As of March 31, 2019  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 62,452   $ 62,452   $    

Convertible preferred stock (Series A and B), $0.001 par value; 112,500,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    165,136            

Stockholders' (deficit) equity

                   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;            shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                   

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 147,500,000 shares authorized, 19,235,125 shares issued and 12,054,235 shares outstanding, actual; 147,500,000 shares authorized, 131,735,125 shares issued and 124,554,235 shares outstanding, pro forma;                    shares authorized,             shares issued and            shares outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    12     125        

Additional paid-in capital

    5,268     170,291        

Accumulated deficit

    (104,967 )   (104,967 )      

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (99,687 )   65,449        

Total capitalization

  $ 65,449   $ 65,449   $    

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming that the number of shares

72


Table of Contents

offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, common stock, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The table above does not include:

73


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

        Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2019 was $(99.9) million, or $(5.19) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and the carrying value of our preferred stock, which is not included within stockholders' (deficit) equity. Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the 19,235,125 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2019, including 7,180,890 shares of unvested restricted stock subject to repurchase by us.

        Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2019 was $65.3 million, or $0.50 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 112,500,000 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2019, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above.

        After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of            shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2019 would have been $             million, or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $            to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $            in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

             

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2019

  $ (5.19 )      

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

    5.69        

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2019

  $ 0.50        

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering

             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

             

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering

             

        The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            and dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting

74


Table of Contents

estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            and decrease the dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering by $            , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            and increase the dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering by $            , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $            , representing an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $            to existing stockholders and immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $            to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2019, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us on an as converted to common stock basis, the total consideration paid or to be paid and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percentage  

Existing stockholders

                                                              $             

Investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering

                              %                             % $             

Total

                   100 %                  100 %               

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $             million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by                         percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by                          percentage points, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $             million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by                         percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by                         percentage points, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price.

75


Table of Contents

        The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering would be increased to        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

        The tables and discussion above are based on 19,235,125 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2019, including 7,180,890 shares of unvested restricted stock subject to repurchase by us, and exclude:

        To the extent that outstanding stock options are exercised, new stock options are issued, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

76


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section of this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 from our annual consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2019 have been derived from our interim consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the interim data reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for any full year or any other period.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                         

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

  $ 18,494   $ 25,184   $ 5,573   $ 34,629  

General and administrative

    4,499     8,314     1,737     2,598  

Total operating expenses

    22,993     33,498     7,310     37,227  

Loss from operations

    (22,993 )   (33,498 )   (7,310 )   (37,227 )

Other income, net:

                         

Interest income, net

    1     518         377  

Other income

    28     392     370     7  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (22,964 ) $ (32,588 ) $ (6,940 ) $ (36,843 )

Cumulative convertible preferred stock dividends

  $ (2,407 ) $ (6,559 )   (828 )   (3,041 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (25,371 ) $ (39,147 ) $ (7,768 ) $ (39,884 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

  $ (5.09 ) $ (4.45 ) $ (1.09 ) $ (3.47 )

Weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

    4,980     8,799     7,134     11,497  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

        $ (0.43 )       $ (0.31 )

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

          76,655           118,580  

(1)
See Note 12 to our annual and interim consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

77


Table of Contents

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
March 31,
2019
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 407   $ 72,797   $ 62,452  

Working (deficit) capital(1)

    (1,447 )   69,866     59,306  

Total assets

    4,340     85,771     75,588  

Convertible preferred stock

    34,587     139,670     165,136  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (33,265 )   (63,670 )   (99,687 )

(1)
We define working (deficit) capital as current assets less current liabilities.

78


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

        We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on improving the lives of patients with genetically defined diseases in areas of high unmet medical need, with an initial focus on rare diseases. We have developed a proprietary product engine that we employ to systematically identify and validate cellular drug targets that can potentially modulate gene expression to treat the known root cause of genetically defined diseases. We are using our product engine to identify targets that can be drugged by small molecules regardless of the particular underlying mechanism of gene mis-expression. We have identified drug targets to treat the root causes of facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy, or FSHD, and certain hemoglobinopathies, namely sickle cell disease, or SCD, and b-thalassemia. We expect to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial of losmapimod, our product candidate for FSHD, in mid-2019. We commenced a Phase 1 clinical trial in February 2019 to obtain safety and tolerability data for losmapimod in patients with FSHD. We plan to submit an investigational new drug application, or IND, for FTX-HbF, our product candidate for certain hemoglobinopathies, in mid-2020.

        Since inception, our operations have focused on organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, establishing our intellectual property, building our discovery platform, including our proprietary compound library and product engine, identifying drug targets and potential product candidates, in-licensings, producing drug substance and drug product material for use in clinical trials and conducting pre-clinical studies and early clinical trials. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through the issuance of convertible notes and convertible preferred stock. Since inception, we have raised an aggregate of $140.0 million of gross proceeds to fund our operations through the issuance of convertible notes and convertible preferred stock.

        We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and we expect to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future. Our ability to generate product revenue sufficient to achieve profitability, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of one or more of our product candidates. Our net losses were $23.0 million and $32.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and $36.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $105.0 million. We expect our expenses and operating losses will increase substantially over the next several years in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

79


Table of Contents

        As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through the sale of equity, debt financings or other capital sources, including collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. We may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital or enter into such agreements as, and when, needed, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development and commercialization of one or more of our product candidates, or grant rights to develop and market our product candidates even if we would otherwise prefer to develop and market such product candidates ourselves.

        Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with drug development, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or the timing of when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to generate product sales, we may not become profitable. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce or terminate our operations.

        As of March 31, 2019, we had $62.5 million in cash and cash equivalents. We believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                        . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

        Without giving effect to the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, based on our current operating plan, we expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into the first quarter of 2020. To finance our operations beyond that point we will need to raise additional capital, which cannot be assured. We have concluded that this circumstance raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for at least one year from the date that our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 and our consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2019 were issued. See Note 1 to our annual and interim consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for additional information on our assessment.

80


Table of Contents

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

        We have not generated any revenue from product sales and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products for several years, if at all. If our development efforts for our current or future product candidates are successful and result in marketing approval, we may generate revenue in the future from product sales. We cannot predict if, when or to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of our product candidates. We may never succeed in obtaining regulatory approval for any of our product candidates.

        We may also in the future enter into license or collaboration agreements for our product candidates or intellectual property, and we may generate revenue in the future from payments as a result of such license or collaboration agreements.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development expenses represent costs incurred by us for the discovery, development, and manufacture of our product candidates and include:

        We expense research and development costs as incurred. We recognize expenses for certain development activities, such as clinical trials and manufacturing, based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data such as patient enrollment or other information provided to us by our vendors. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual agreements, which may differ from the pattern of expenses incurred. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities are recorded as prepaid expenses. These amounts are recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed, or until it is no longer expected that the goods will be delivered or the services rendered.

        External costs represent a significant portion of our research and development expenses, which we track on a program-by-program basis following the nomination of a development candidate. Our internal research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation expense. We do not track our internal research and development expenses on a program-by-program basis as the resources are deployed across multiple projects.

        The following table summarizes our external research and development expenses by program following nomination as a development candidate for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019. Pre-development candidate expenses, unallocated expenses and internal research and development expenses are classified separately. We nominated

81


Table of Contents

losmapimod as a development candidate in December 2017. FSHD external expenses include IPR&D expenses.

(in thousands)
  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
  Year Ended
December 31,
2018
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2018
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2019
 

FSHD external expenses

  $ 134   $ 3,108   $ 454   $ 27,802  

Pre-development candidate expenses and unallocated expenses

    11,143     13,534     3,058     4,029  

Internal research and development expenses

    7,217     8,542     2,061     2,798  

Total research and development expenses

  $ 18,494   $ 25,184   $ 5,573   $ 34,629  

        The successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing, and estimated costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the remainder of the development of our product candidates. We are also unable to predict when, if ever, material net cash inflows will commence from our product candidates, if approved. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing our product candidates, including the uncertainty related to:

82


Table of Contents

        A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of any of our product candidates would significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate, and potentially other candidates.

        Research and development activities account for a significant portion of our operating expenses. We expect our research and development expenses to increase significantly in future periods as we continue to implement our business strategy, which includes advancing losmapimod and FTX-HbF through clinical development, expanding our research and development efforts, including hiring additional personnel to support our research and development efforts, and seeking regulatory approvals for our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials. In addition, product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally incur higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. As a result, we expect our research and development expenses to increase as our product candidates advance into later stages of clinical development. However, we do not believe that it is possible at this time to accurately project total program-specific expenses through commercialization. There are numerous factors associated with the successful commercialization of any of our product candidates, including future trial design and various regulatory requirements, many of which cannot be determined with accuracy at this time based on our stage of development.

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses consist of personnel-related costs, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense, for our personnel in executive, finance and accounting, human resources, business operations and other administrative functions, legal fees related to patent, intellectual property and corporate matters, fees paid for accounting and tax services, consulting fees and facility-related costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses.

        We expect our general and administrative expenses will increase for the foreseeable future to support our expanded infrastructure and increased costs of expanding our operations and operating as a public company. These increases will likely include increased expenses related to accounting, audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance premiums, and investor relations costs associated with operating as a public company.

Other Income, Net

        Other income, net consists primarily of interest income related to our investments in cash equivalents and proceeds from the sale of drug material to a third party during February 2018.

83


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2019

        The following summarizes our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, along with the changes in those items in dollars:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Change  
(in thousands)
  2018   2019   $  

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

  $ 5,573   $ 34,629   $ 29,056  

General and administrative

    1,737     2,598     861  

Total operating expenses

    7,310     37,227     29,917  

Loss from operations

    (7,310 )   (37,227 )   (29,917 )

Other income, net

    370     384     14  

Net loss

  $ (6,940 ) $ (36,843 ) $ (29,903 )

Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development expense increased by $29.0 million from $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 to $34.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to the following:

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses increased by $0.9 million from $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 to $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

Other Income, Net

        Other income, net increased by less than $0.1 million from $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 to $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. Other income, net during the three months ended March 31, 2019 was primarily attributable to investment income of $0.4 million from cash equivalents. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, other income, net related primarily to the sale of drug material to a third party for $0.4 million.

84


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

        The following summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, along with the changes in those items in dollars:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
(in thousands)
  2017   2018   $  

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

  $ 18,494   $ 25,184   $ 6,690  

General and administrative

    4,499     8,314     3,815  

Total operating expenses

    22,993     33,498     10,505  

Loss from operations

    (22,993 )   (33,498 )   (10,505 )

Other income, net

    29     910     881  

Net loss

  $ (22,964 ) $ (32,588 ) $ (9,624 )

Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development expense increased by $6.7 million from $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $25.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to the following:

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses increased by $3.8 million from $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

Other Income, Net

        Other income, net increased by $0.9 million from less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in other income, net was primarily attributable to an increase in investment income of $0.5 million during the year ended

85


Table of Contents

December 31, 2018 due to higher cash equivalents in 2018 and the sale of drug material to a third party in February 2018 for $0.4 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

        We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and expect to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future and may never become profitable. We have not yet commercialized any of our product candidates, which are in various phases of preclinical and clinical development, and we do not expect to generate revenue from sales of any products for several years, if at all. We have primarily funded our operations through March 31, 2019 with aggregate gross proceeds of $140.0 million from the issuance of convertible notes and convertible preferred stock. As of March 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of $62.5 million.

Cash Flows

        The following table provides information regarding our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019:

(in thousands)
  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
  Year Ended
December 31,
2018
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2018
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2019
 

Net cash used in operating activities

  $ (20,074 ) $ (22,562 ) $ (6,632 ) $ (9,897 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,908 )   (8,981 )   (783 )   (401 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    17,662     105,025     12,640     (47 )

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

  $ (4,320 ) $ 73,482   $ 5,225   $ (10,345 )

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

        Net cash used in operating activities was $9.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $6.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018. The increase in net cash used in operating activities of $3.3 million was due to an increase in net loss of $29.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018, partially offset by a net increase in non-cash expenses of $26.3 million primarily due to an increase in IPR&D expenses of $25.6 million and an increase in stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million, and a net increase in cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.3 million.

        Net cash used in operating activities was $22.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $20.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in net cash used in operating activities of $2.5 million was due to an increase in net loss of $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, partially offset by a net increase in cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $5.7 million, primarily due to the receipt of $4.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 associated with the leasehold improvement allowance related to our new facility lease that commenced in December 2017, and a net increase in non-cash expenses of $1.4 million.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

        Net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $0.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018. Net cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 primarily consisted of purchases of property and equipment.

86


Table of Contents

        Net cash used in investing activities was $9.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $1.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 consisted of purchases of property and equipment. The increase in net cash used in investing activities of $7.1 million was primarily due to an increase in purchases of property and equipment associated with our new facility lease that commenced in December 2017.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

        Net cash used in financing activities was less than $0.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $12.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018. The cash provided by financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2018 was primarily the result of $12.7 million of net proceeds received from private placements of our Series A preferred stock. The net cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was primarily the result of the payment of costs associated with the issuance of Series B preferred stock.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $105.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $17.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. The cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily the result of $105.1 million of net proceeds received from private placements of our Series A and Series B preferred stock. The cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily the result of $17.6 million of net proceeds received from private placements of our Series A preferred stock.

Funding Requirements

        We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing research and development activities, particularly as we continue the research and development of, initiate clinical trials of, and seek marketing approval for, our product candidates. In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. As a result, we expect to incur substantial operating losses and negative operating cash flows for the foreseeable future.

        Based on our current operating plan, we expect that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                        . However, we have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong and we could exhaust our capital resources sooner than we expect.

        Our funding requirements and timing and amount of our operating expenditures will depend largely on:

87


Table of Contents

        A change in the outcome of any of these or other variables with respect to the development of any of our product candidates could significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. We will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives.

        In addition to the variables described above, if and when any of our product candidates successfully complete development, we will incur substantial additional costs associated with regulatory filings, marketing approval, post-marketing requirements, maintaining our intellectual property rights, and regulatory protection, in addition to other commercial costs. We cannot reasonably estimate these costs at this time.

        Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity or debt financings and collaboration arrangements. We currently have no credit facility or committed sources of capital. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the future sale of equity securities, the ownership interests of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing common stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities, these securities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We may require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts, and additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds through collaboration arrangements or other strategic transactions in the future, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018 and the effects that these obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

(in thousands)
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 to 3
Years
  3 to 5
Years
  More Than
5 Years
 

Operating lease commitments(1)

  $ 23,966   $ 2,219   $ 4,639   $ 4,921   $ 12,187  

Capital lease obligation

    124     53     71          

  $ 24,090   $ 2,272   $ 4,710   $ 4,921   $ 12,187  

(1)
Represents future minimum lease payments under our non-cancelable operating lease, which expires in June 2028. The minimum lease payments above do not include any related common area maintenance charges or real estate taxes.

        Under our right of reference and license agreement that we entered into in February 2019 with affiliates of GSK, we have payment obligations that are contingent upon the occurrence of future events

88


Table of Contents

such as our achievement of specified clinical, regulatory and sales milestones and are required to make royalty payments in connection with the sale of products developed under the agreement. Specifically, we may owe GSK up to $37.5 million in certain specified clinical and regulatory milestones, of which $2.5 million is due upon the initiation of a Phase 2 clinical trial, and up to $60.0 million in certain specified sales milestones and royalties on product sales, if any. We have not included any such contingent milestone or royalty payment obligations in the table above, which is presented as of December 31, 2018. In addition, the amount (in the case of potential royalty payments), timing and likelihood of such payments are not always known. For additional information regarding this license agreement, including our payment obligations thereunder, see "Business—Right of Reference and License Agreement with GlaxoSmithKline," Note 14 to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and Note 9 to our interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with CROs, CMOs and other third parties for clinical trials, pre-clinical research studies, synthetic chemistry and testing and manufacturing services. These contracts are generally cancelable by us upon up to 30 days' prior written notice. Payments due upon cancellation consist only of payments for services provided or expenses incurred, including noncancelable obligations of our service providers, up to and through the date of cancellation. These payments are not included in the preceding table as the amount and timing of these payments are not known.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We did not have, during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of expenses during the reported periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience, known trends and events, and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and amount of expense recognized that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. The effects of material revisions in estimates, if any, will be reflected in the consolidated financial statements prospectively from the date of change in estimates.

        We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the most significant areas involving management's judgments and estimates. See Note 2 to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of our other significant accounting policies.

Accrued Research and Development Expenses

        As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed or when contractual milestones are met. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers

89


Table of Contents

and make adjustments if necessary. The significant estimates in our accrued research and development expenses include the costs incurred for services performed by our vendors in connection with research and development activities for which we have not yet been invoiced.

        We base our expenses related to research and development activities on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to quotes and contracts with vendors that conduct research and development on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the research and development expense. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepaid expense accordingly. Non-refundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made.

        Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, if our estimates of the status and timing of services performed differ from the actual status and timing of services performed, it could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences between our estimates of such expenses and the amounts actually incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

        We measure stock-based compensation expense related to all restricted stock awards and stock options based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant. We recognize compensation expense for these awards over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Generally, we issue awards with only service-based vesting conditions and record the expense for these awards using the straight-line method. We have also granted certain stock-based awards with performance-based vesting conditions. We recognize compensation expense for awards with performance-based vesting conditions over the remaining service period using an accelerated attribution method when management determines that achievement of the performance condition is probable. At each reporting date, we evaluate if the achievement of a performance-based milestone is probable based on the expected satisfaction of the performance conditions.

        We determine the fair value of restricted stock awards based on the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of grant, less any applicable purchase price. We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The determination of the grant date fair value of stock options using an option pricing model is affected principally by our estimated fair value of our common stock and requires management to make a number of other assumptions, including the expected term of the option, the estimated volatility of the underlying shares, the risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. The assumptions used in the determination of the grant date fair value of stock options represent management's best estimates at the time of measurement. As a result of the lack of a public market for the trading of our common stock and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we base the estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a representative group of publicly traded companies for which historical information is available. The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with the assumption used for the expected term. We use the simplified method to calculate the expected term for all stock options. We utilize this method as we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on a U.S. treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected term of the stock options. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as we have never paid dividends and do not have current plans to pay any dividends on common stock.

90


Table of Contents

        In future periods, we expect stock-based compensation expense to increase, due in part to our existing unrecognized stock-based compensation expense and as we grant additional stock-based awards to continue to attract and retain our employees.

Fair Value of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock

        As previously described, we are required to estimate the fair value of our common stock underlying our stock-based awards when estimating the grant date fair value of those awards. Additionally, we were required to estimate the fair value of the Series B preferred stock issued pursuant to the right of reference and license agreement that we entered into with GSK in February 2019. As there has been no public market for our common stock or Series B preferred stock to date, the estimated fair value of our common stock and Series B preferred stock has been determined by our board of directors and management, respectively, as of the date of each equity issuance considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock or Series B preferred stock, and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors. These third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Our common stock valuations were prepared using the guideline public company method and/or the precedent transaction method to estimate our equity value, and we utilized the option-pricing method, or OPM, or the hybrid method to allocate equity value to our common stock and preferred stock. The hybrid method is a probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, where the equity value in one or more of the scenarios is allocated using an OPM. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company's securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceeded the value of the preferred stock liquidation preferences at the time of the liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or a merger or an initial public offering, or IPO. The PWERM is a scenario-based method that estimates the fair value of common stock and preferred stock based upon an analysis of future values for the company, assuming various outcomes. The common stock and preferred stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available, as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock and preferred stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock. In our application of the hybrid method, we considered an IPO scenario under the PWERM framework, in which the shares of convertible preferred stock are assumed to convert to common stock, and a non-IPO scenario modeled using an OPM. Our Series B preferred stock valuation was prepared using the hybrid method. The relative probability of the IPO scenario was determined based on an analysis of market conditions at the time and our expectations as to the timing and likely prospects of the IPO at each valuation date. In our application of the guideline public company method, we considered recently completed IPOs as indicators of our estimated future value in an IPO.

        Based on our early stage of development and other relevant factors, our board of directors determined that the OPM was the most appropriate method for allocating our enterprise value to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock for the valuations performed as of December 31, 2016, December 31, 2017 and June 1, 2018, which resulted in our board of directors determining that the fair value of our common stock was $0.42 per share, $0.47 per share and $0.69 per share, respectively. Following the issuance of the Series B preferred stock in August 2018, our board of directors determined that the hybrid method was the most appropriate method for allocating our enterprise value to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock for valuations performed as of August 24, 2018, November 30, 2018, March 15, 2019 and May 10, 2019, which resulted in our board of directors determining that the fair value of our common stock was $1.09 per share, $1.12 per share, $1.19 per share and $1.58 per share, respectively. Our board of directors determined that it was appropriate to change the methodology for determining the fair value of our common stock to the hybrid method beginning with the

91


Table of Contents

August 24, 2018 valuation as greater certainty developed regarding a possible IPO upon the issuance of the Series B preferred stock. Management determined that the value of our Series B preferred stock was $2.04 per share as of February 8, 2019.

        Our board of directors and management considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock and Series B preferred stock, respectively, including:

        The assumptions underlying these valuations represent our best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense or in-process research and development expense could be materially different.

        Once a public trading market for our common stock has been established in connection with the completion of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for granted stock options and other such awards we may grant, as the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock.

Grants of Stock-Based Awards

        The following table presents the grant dates, numbers of underlying shares of common stock, the per share purchase prices and exercise prices, and the fair values of the underlying common stock as of the grant dates for awards granted between January 1, 2018 and May 31, 2019, along with the fair value per award on the date of grant:

92


Table of Contents

Grant Date
  Type of Award   Number of
Shares Subject
to Awards
Granted
  Per Share
Exercise Price
or Purchase
Price
  Per Share
Fair Value of
Common
Stock on
Grant Date
  Per Share
Estimated Fair
Value of Award
on Grant
Date(1)
 

1/23/2018

  Restricted Stock     1,580,013   $ 0.01   $ 0.47 (2) $ 0.46  

2/23/2018

  Restricted Stock     170,000   $ 0.01   $ 0.47 (2) $ 0.46  

6/20/2018

  Restricted Stock     47,000   $ 0.01   $ 0.69   $ 0.68  

6/20/2018

  Stock Options     578,932   $ 0.69   $ 0.69   $ 0.49  

7/11/2018

  Stock Options     240,500   $ 0.69   $ 0.69   $ 0.50  

10/17/2018

  Stock Options     502,370   $ 1.09   $ 1.09   $ 0.77  

12/13/2018

  Stock Options     108,500   $ 1.12   $ 1.12   $ 0.79  

12/18/2018

  Stock Options     2,125,000   $ 1.12   $ 1.12   $ 0.79  

1/22/2019

  Stock Options     7,043,661   $ 1.12   $ 1.12   $ 0.79  

3/20/2019

  Stock Options     100,000   $ 1.19   $ 1.19   $ 0.84  

5/21/2019

  Stock Options     658,000   $ 1.58   $ 1.58   $ 1.11  

(1)
For restricted stock, the Per Share Estimated Fair Value of Award on Grant Date reflects the weighted average fair value of restricted stock at the date of grant, which is equal to the fair value of our common stock as of the date of grant as determined by our board of directors, less the applicable purchase price of the restricted stock. For stock options, the Per Share Estimated Fair Value of Award on Grant Date reflects the weighted average fair value of stock options as estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

(2)
We undertook a retrospective valuation of the fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2017 and this value represents our estimated fair value per common share in accordance with such retrospective valuation.

Income Taxes

        We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements or in our tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of the assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance against deferred tax assets is recorded if, based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Potential for recovery of deferred tax assets is evaluated by considering several factors, including estimating the future taxable profits expected, estimating future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, considering taxable profits in carryback periods, and considering prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

        We account for uncertain tax positions using a more-likely-than-not threshold for recognizing and resolving uncertain tax positions. The evaluation of uncertain tax positions is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in the law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity, and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position. As of each balance sheet date, we did not have any uncertain tax positions.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

        We have reviewed all recently issued standards and have determined that, other than as disclosed in Note 2 to our annual and interim consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus, these standards will not have a material impact on our financial statements or do not otherwise apply to our operations.

93


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because our cash equivalents are in the form of money market funds that are invested in U.S. Treasury securities. As of March 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of $62.5 million. Interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates; however, due to the nature of these investments, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our investment portfolio.

        We are also exposed to market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We contract with vendors that are located outside of the United States and certain invoices are denominated in foreign currencies. We are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency rates in connection with these arrangements. We do not currently hedge our foreign currency exchange rate risk. As of March 31, 2019, we had minimal or no liabilities denominated in foreign currencies.

        Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and clinical trial costs. We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 or the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019.

Emerging Growth Company Status

        As an emerging growth company, or EGC, under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, we may delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. Other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act for EGCs include presentation of only two years of audited financial statements in a registration statement for an IPO, an exemption from the requirement to provide an auditor's report on internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, an exemption from any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation, and less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements. Additionally, the JOBS Act provides that an EGC can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an EGC to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, while we are an EGC, we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

        We may remain classified as an EGC until the end of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs, although if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time or if we have annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more in any fiscal year, we would cease to be an EGC as of December 31 of the applicable year. We also would cease to be an EGC if we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

94


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on improving the lives of patients with genetically defined diseases in areas of high unmet medical need, with an initial focus on rare diseases. We have developed a proprietary product engine that we employ to systematically identify and validate cellular drug targets that can potentially modulate gene expression to treat the known root cause of genetically defined diseases. We are using our product engine to identify targets that can be drugged by small molecules regardless of the particular underlying mechanism of gene mis-expression. We have identified drug targets to treat the root causes of facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy, or FSHD, and certain hemoglobinopathies, namely sickle cell disease, or SCD, and b-thalassemia. We expect to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial of losmapimod, our product candidate for FSHD, in mid-2019. We commenced a Phase 1 clinical trial in February 2019 to obtain safety and tolerability data for losmapimod in patients with FSHD. We plan to submit an investigational new drug application, or IND, for FTX-HbF, our product candidate for certain hemoglobinopathies, in mid-2020.

        We are using our proprietary product engine to identify and validate drug targets and develop product candidates to address diseases caused by the mis-expression of certain genes. Our product engine integrates patient-derived tissue-relevant cell models and drug target screens with our pharmacologically-diverse small molecule compound library and customized CRISPR libraries. We also employ computational biology and FulcrumSeek, our proprietary relational database, to guide target selection and to generate hypotheses on other targets that might be relevant along a gene regulatory pathway.

        Our first product candidate, losmapimod, is a small molecule that we are developing for the treatment of FSHD, a rare, progressive and disabling muscle wasting disorder that leads to significant physical impairments and disability. Losmapimod selectively targets p38a/b mitogen activated protein kinase, or p38a/b. We utilized our product engine to discover that inhibition of p38a/b reduced expression of the DUX4 gene in muscle cells derived from patients with FSHD. The mis-expression of the DUX4 gene is the known root cause of FSHD. There are no approved therapies for FSHD, one of the most common forms of muscular dystrophy, with an estimated patient population of 16,000 to 38,000 in the United States.

        Following our discovery of the role of p38a/b inhibitors in the reduction of DUX4 expression, we performed an extensive review of known compounds. As a result of our evaluation, we identified losmapimod as the preferred developmental candidate based on the substantial and attractive preclinical and clinical data. We in-licensed losmapimod from affiliates of GlaxoSmithKline, or GSK, in February 2019. GSK had previously treated nearly 3,500 subjects with losmapimod across multiple clinical trials, including one Phase 3 clinical trial. GSK did not conduct a clinical trial of losmapimod in patients with FSHD or any other muscle disorder. We have conducted extensive preclinical testing of losmapimod in patient-derived tissue-relevant cell models and have observed that losmapimod selectively reduced DUX4-driven gene expression and restored a healthy gene expression signature with minimal impact on healthy human muscle cells or other cell types.

        We plan to conduct a randomized, double-blind placebo-controlled Phase 2b clinical trial to investigate whether treatment with losmapimod reduces DUX4-driven gene expression in affected skeletal muscle. In this Phase 2b clinical trial, we will also evaluate the safety and tolerability of losmapimod. We plan to concurrently conduct an open label Phase 2 clinical trial to investigate the safety and tolerability of chronic treatment with losmapimod in patients with FSHD. In this open label trial, we will also evaluate the ability of losmapimod to reduce DUX4-driven gene expression in affected skeletal muscle over varying treatment durations. We expect to initiate the Phase 2b clinical trial at multiple sites in the United States and Europe and the open label Phase 2 clinical trial in Europe in mid-2019. We are completing a Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy volunteers and patients with FSHD. We utilized data from GSK's clinical trials of losmapimod to submit in May 2019 an IND, and clinical trial applications, or CTAs, in Europe and Canada, that will enable us to advance our clinical development plan for losmapimod in FSHD, including

95


Table of Contents

initiating a Phase 2b clinical trial in mid-2019. The FDA accepted the IND in June 2019. The timing of the initiation of the Phase 2b clinical trial is not dependent on the completion of the Phase 1 clinical trial.

        We are additionally conducting several preparatory studies to assess biomarker endpoints and clinical outcome assessments and are participating in a natural history study that will follow 150 subjects with FSHD in the United States and 70 subjects in Europe over 18 months. We expect to utilize the data generated from our preparatory studies and the natural history study to inform future clinical trial designs and discussions with regulatory agencies. We believe that these preparatory studies and the safety data from GSK's prior losmapimod clinical trials, together with safety and efficacy data generated from our Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials, may enable us to apply for accelerated approval of losmapimod for the treatment of FSHD. If we observe positive results in our Phase 2b clinical trial based on our proposed biomarker efficacy endpoint of measuring DUX4-driven gene expression in muscle biopsies, we plan to discuss accelerated approval with regulatory agencies and may seek accelerated approval if such regulatory agencies agree that our biomarker endpoint is sufficiently predictive of clinical benefit. The FDA or other regulatory authorities may require us to conduct comparability assessments of GSK-manufactured tablets to tablets manufactured by us or another party.

        Our second product candidate, FTX-HbF, is a small molecule designed to upregulate fetal hemoglobin in patients with SCD and b-thalassemia. SCD is a genetic blood disorder caused by a mutation in the b-subunit gene, or HBB gene. This mutation results in the formation of abnormal hemoglobin, which causes red blood cells, or RBCs, to change from a round shape into a sickle shape that significantly impairs their function. b-thalassemia is a rare blood disorder caused by various genetic mutations in the HBB gene that can significantly impair the production of RBCs.

        We designed FTX-HbF to compensate for the root cause of these hemoglobinopathies by inducing the expression of the two g-globin genes, HBG1/2, whose expression is normally silenced shortly after birth. The HBG1/2 genes encode for g-globin, a component of fetal hemoglobin, which is known to compensate for the presence of abnormal hemoglobin in SCD and b-thalassemia. We have observed in vitro and in vivo activation of the HBG1/2 genes in preclinical studies with FTX-HbF. We have also observed that FTX-HbF demonstrated robust levels of fetal hemoglobin elevation with no adverse effect on important cellular health markers. We have initiated IND-enabling studies and plan to submit an IND for FTX-HbF in mid-2020.

        According to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, there are approximately 7,000 rare, genetically defined human diseases, many of which have inadequate or no approved treatments. We plan to utilize our product engine to complete four new drug target identification screens in 2019 in Duchenne muscular dystrophy, Friedreich ataxia, myotonic dystrophy 1 and a-synucleinopathies. We also expect to complete an additional six screens in 2020. Our current drug target identification and development efforts are focused on rare neuromuscular disorders, hemoglobinopathies and central nervous system, or CNS, diseases. We also anticipate utilizing our product engine to discover drug targets for genetically defined diseases in other therapeutic areas. In addition to drug targets that we prioritize for internal development, we may identify other drug targets that we would consider for development through partnerships.

Our Pipeline

        We designed our proprietary product engine with potential application across a broad array of genetically defined diseases with a known root cause. The following chart summarizes key information about our lead product candidates.

96


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

        The following chart summarizes key information about our discovery stage pipeline:

GRAPHIC

Our Strategy

        We are leveraging the broad applicability of our proprietary product engine to discover and develop small molecule therapies that modulate gene expression to address the known root cause of genetically defined diseases in areas of high unmet medical need, with an initial focus on rare diseases. We believe that our initial product candidates for the treatment of FSHD, SCD and b-thalassemia may have the potential to treat patients with these debilitating and, in some cases, life-threatening illnesses. The key components of our strategy include:

97


Table of Contents

Gene Regulation

        The human genome provides the blueprint, or genetic code, for life. The sequencing of the human genome has enabled significant insights into understanding the genetic underpinnings of many diseases. Genes are the fundamental units of biology, but the gene itself is rather static. The identity and function of each cell is determined by a specific set of factors that activate or repress mechanisms that regulate genes in the desired manner. There are many mechanisms that control the human genome by up or down regulating gene expression, and these regulatory mechanisms are controlled by various pathways and signals. Defects in a gene or any of these regulatory mechanisms can result in aberrant expression or silencing of a gene that may lead to disease.

        The graphic below illustrates the key steps in the gene expression process in cells and how they are under the control of a variety of regulatory signals and pathways.

GRAPHIC

Our Opportunity

        We have the ability to develop, scale and characterize complex cellular models of human disorders of gene mis-regulation. Our current drug target identification and development efforts are focused on rare neuromuscular disorders, hemoglobinopathies and CNS diseases. We also anticipate utilizing our product engine to discover drug targets for genetically defined diseases in other therapeutic areas. Our target identification and validation process provides a systematic way to approach the identification of unique drug targets that, when activated or inhibited, may increase or decrease gene expression in genetically

98


Table of Contents

defined diseases with the aim of restoring a healthy or functional phenotype. Our product engine is designed to be agnostic to cell type, pathway and therapeutic modality. While our drug target selection process is guided by our strategy to advance small molecule therapeutics that treat the root cause of disease into clinical development, we also may identify drug targets that might be addressable by other treatment modalities, such as antisense oligonucleotides, or ASOs, small interfering RNAs, or siRNAs, or antibodies.

        We are continuing to expand our proprietary relational database, FulcrumSeek, which is designed to facilitate the process by which we assess diseases and generate drug target hypotheses through our computational biology expertise. We screen our proprietary small molecule library and customized CRISPR libraries across healthy and diseased human skeletal muscle cells, cardiac muscle cells, brain cells and blood cells. The data from these screens allow us to develop a broader understanding of biology that may be relevant in disease. With the completion of each additional screening, FulcrumSeek increases in size, and our insights and knowledge are further expanded.

        According to the NIH there are approximately 7,000 rare, genetically defined human diseases, many of which have inadequate or no approved treatments. We believe that our approach to selecting and modeling certain of these human diseases with patient-derived tissue-relevant cells, followed by screening with our proprietary small molecule library and customized CRISPR libraries, could be broadly applied to the identification of drug targets that have the potential to balance the expression of many genes known to drive or ameliorate disease.

Our Approach

        The ability to intervene in gene regulatory pathways that control gene expression provides the basis of our product engine. Our approach is to broadly search for mechanisms that can change gene expression in the desired manner. These drug targets may be intracellular targets or extracellular targets that affect a signaling pathway. Key considerations we use to determine which genetically defined diseases are suitable to evaluate in drug target identification activities include:

        Our product engine is designed to enable us to address diseases in which genes are mis-expressed, silenced or result in mutated gene products, such as RNA or protein, due to an underlying genetic defect. There are varied approaches to treating disease by balancing gene expression including reducing the expression of a gene that causes disease (e.g., DUX4 in FSHD), increasing the expression of an under-expressed gene (e.g., FXN in Friedreich ataxia) or expressing a compensatory gene (e.g., HBG1/2 in SCD and b-thalassemia). Our preclinical modeling of the relevant tissue is critical for success, and we believe this is best achieved using human cell systems derived from patients with the disease. We primarily seek to identify drug targets that may balance gene expression in these human cell systems and that are amenable to drugging using a small molecule. In addition to drug targets that we prioritize for internal development, we may identify other drug targets that we would consider for development through partnerships.

99


Table of Contents

Overview of Our Product Engine

        Our product engine is a high-throughput discovery platform that we designed to identify and validate drug targets that balance the expression of the genes known to drive or ameliorate disease. We employ a systematic methodology that starts with selecting genetically defined diseases with a known root cause. We obtain patient-derived tissue-relevant cell lines or other relevant human cell lines. We then differentiate these cell lines into those most relevant for the disease pathology, including skeletal muscle myotubes, cardiomyocytes, neurons and RBCs, which we then scale up, characterize and prepare for screening. We also generate methods to quantify the desired modulation of expression of the gene of interest in these cell lines. We apply our annotated small molecule compound library and customized CRISPR libraries to the cells to assess for the desired modulation. We confirm drug target hits with multiple modalities and undertake further validation in several patient-derived tissue-relevant cell lines. Additional studies in these cell models are conducted to understand how the modulation of the gene of interest affects cellular function. We employ computational biology using our FulcrumSeek database and other databases to guide drug target selection and generate hypotheses on other drug targets that might be related along a gene regulatory pathway.

        To further optimize and increase productivity of our product engine, we have continued to invest in customized lab automation and applied technologies. We believe that these investments have increased assay throughput and robustness and have expanded the breadth of biological parameters we can effectively measure in our assay systems. We believe that we have built a robust product engine to conduct drug target screening at scale in physiologically-relevant assay systems.

        We designed our discovery and development model to recapitulate this systematic approach of applying our product engine to each new disease that we evaluate with the goal of providing disease-modifying therapies to patients. The following graphic presents an overview of our drug target identification process.

GRAPHIC

100


Table of Contents

Patient-Derived Tissue-Relevant Cell Models

        Accurate modeling of human disease is critical for drug discovery endeavors, and we have the ability to model disease and identify drug targets that modulate gene expression in patient-derived, differentiated cells. These cells provide the appropriate context in which to understand signaling pathways that affect human gene expression and function, and have the potential to increase the translatability from preclinical studies to clinical trials. Prior to initiating screening activities, we characterize and expand the cells. We also create a cell line where the genetic defect associated with the disease has been corrected, or use a cell line from a healthy individual, in order to compare the gene regulation between diseased and normal cells. If the degree of gene activation or repression required to have a functional benefit is not known, we will undertake physiological characterization of these cell lines in order to define what threshold of gene regulation is functionally relevant.

        Our process to characterize patient-derived cell models, produce cells at scale and develop suitable screens to identify drug targets typically takes between six and nine months. Depending on the disease, we may design the screen to measure effects on RNA and/or protein.

Drug Target Identification

        We employ three approaches to identify drug targets that can potentially modulate gene expression to treat genetically defined diseases at the root cause—two lab-based library screening approaches as well as computational biology using our FulcrumSeek database and other databases. We then evaluate possible drug targets identified from these efforts with the goal to advance programs into lead optimization.

Small Molecule Probe Library Screening

        Our small molecule probe library is annotated, which means it consists of known, well-characterized molecules that interact with biochemical mechanisms and that have cellular activity. The purpose of our small molecule probe library is to identify and interrogate mechanisms that regulate the expression of the gene of interest. We designed our library with the intent to optimize biological diversity, in contrast with other small molecule screening approaches that optimize chemical diversity. The library was developed by our medicinal chemists who reviewed primary and patent literature to identify probe molecules that interact with known biochemical targets. They selected chemical probes based on their cellular activity, potency and selectivity. In order to expand our library beyond commercially-available small molecules, we undertook a custom synthesis campaign to generate compounds that were not available from commercial sources. Our library currently includes more than 4,000 small molecules relating to approximately 2,000 biochemical targets covering a wide breadth of pharmacology, including cell surface targets, kinases, metabolic enzymes and targets within the nucleus. Our library will continue to expand as we identify and acquire new mechanistic probes.

CRISPR Screening

        We may also use a customized CRISPR library screening, which is an approach to interrogate the genome by selectively knocking out, reducing or increasing gene expression, for target identification. We have chosen to use CRISPR libraries as complementary or additional screening tools for drug target identification alongside our small molecule screening approach. We use both an array-based CRISPR library and our pooled, custom-designed CRISPR library. Pooled CRISPR screening is an approach to target identification in which we combine cells and reagents in a single tube to simplify the experimental procedures. Pooled CRISPR screening is not suitable for all cell types, and we use array-based CRISPR screening where appropriate. Specific targets that modulate the gene of interest can be identified via CRISPR library screening, and these targets can then be validated for our drug discovery endeavors. If small molecules that interact with these targets are identified from the literature, they are then obtained for further pharmacological validation. If no known chemical matter is available, we may establish a screen

101


Table of Contents

to identify chemical matter that interacts with the drug target. This chemical matter would serve as a starting point for medicinal chemistry work. Alternatively, we may seek partnerships for development using other modalities.

FulcrumSeek and Computational Biology

        The primary role of FulcrumSeek and our computational biology capabilities is to generate drug target and biomarker hypotheses using externally generated patient data and internal screening data. Our approach is to leverage our network biology capabilities and expertise to determine how pathways interact with each other in a cell, to develop a network map of regulatory interactions that control gene expression and cellular function and propose targets that potentially could be pursued to address the root cause of diseases of interest. In each case, we explore these hypotheses through biological experimentation designed to validate predicted drug targets and biomarkers. We use confirmatory studies to aid in the refinement of our computational models in an iterative manner.

Drug Target Validation

        Our initial focus on drug target validation is to establish a robust link between the drug target that we identified through our screening approaches and modulation of the expression of the root cause gene of interest. Our validation work seeks to evaluate identified drug targets in a manner that allows us to prioritize targets where we may be able to deliver safe and effective therapies to patients. We conduct our validation tests using a diverse set of pharmacological tools and multiple genetic reagents to profile their effect on orthogonal read-outs of gene expression (RNA and protein) and the subsequent effects on physiological function.

        The important elements of our systematic approach to drug target validation include:

Development Candidate Discovery and Characterization

        Following target identification and target validation, we initiate medicinal chemistry and drug discovery activities to advance a development candidate that is suitable for testing in clinical trials. This work optimizes characteristics that are important for an orally available small molecule, including potency, selectivity, pharmacokinetic, or PK, and safety parameters. There is an opportunity to bypass or considerably accelerate discovery and characterization activities if we identify and validate an attractive drug target that has been pursued previously by others in different indications. For example, available chemical matter and support from the scientific literature regarding p38a/b enabled us to rapidly identify our product candidate for the treatment of FSHD.

102


Table of Contents

        A key element of our preclinical compound profiling approach is to investigate a development candidate across many patient-derived tissue-relevant cells. We choose these cells based on our assessment of the patient heterogeneity that may be encountered in clinical trials. The purpose of this analysis is to enable us to understand if the activity of the molecule differs among cells with different genetic subtypes, or if a patient stratification strategy is appropriate for clinical trials.

        Many genetically defined diseases are not well modeled with animal models because such models do not have appropriate predictive validity. In these cases, we seek to develop an engraftment model where patient-derived human cells are engrafted into the relevant tissue of a host, immunodeficient mouse to produce a chimeric mouse. We may use these chimeric mice to assess gene regulation in the engrafted human cells, and for the efficient development of PK-pharmacodynamic, or PK/PD, relationships that will be the basis of therapeutic index calculations and human dose projections.

Advantages of a Small Molecule Approach

        We believe that our approach to the treatment of genetically defined diseases using orally available, small molecule therapeutics may offer significant advantages over other treatment modalities due to:

Our Lead Product Candidates

        We have used our proprietary product engine and screening efforts to identify drug targets for our lead product candidates. We in-licensed our first product candidate, losmapimod, after we discovered that it could reduce aberrant expression of the DUX4 gene, which is the known root cause of FSHD. We expect to initiate a randomized Phase 2b clinical trial in mid-2019. We designed our second product candidate, FTX-HbF, to upregulate fetal hemoglobin, which we believe would compensate for abnormal hemoglobin in SCD and certain types of b-thalassemia. We aim to submit an IND for FTX-HbF in mid-2020. The following chart summarizes key information about our lead product candidates.

GRAPHIC

103


Table of Contents

Our Product Candidate for Facioscapulohumeral Muscular Dystrophy

Overview of Facioscapulohumeral Muscular Dystrophy

        Facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy is a rare, progressive and disabling disease for which there are no approved treatments. FSHD is one of the most common forms of muscular dystrophy and affects both sexes equally, with onset typically in teens and young adults. FSHD is characterized by progressive skeletal muscle loss that initially causes weakness in muscles in the face, shoulders, arms and trunk and progresses to weakness in muscles in lower extremities and the pelvic girdle. Skeletal muscle weakness results in significant physical limitations, including progressive loss of facial muscles that can cause an inability to smile or communicate, difficulty using arms for activities of daily living and difficulty getting out of bed, with many patients ultimately becoming dependent upon the use of a wheelchair for daily mobility activities. The majority of patients with FSHD also report experiencing chronic pain, anxiety and depression. The diagnosis and treatment of patients with FSHD is typically performed by neurologists.

        The FSH Society estimated that the prevalence of FSHD in the United States is approximately 1 in 20,000 people. A recent study conducted in the Netherlands reported a more frequent prevalence of 1 in 8,333. Based on these estimates and a U.S. population of 320 million, we estimate that the patient population is between 16,000 to 38,000 in the United States. We believe that there may be additional patients who are not formally diagnosed due to a perceived difficulty of obtaining a diagnosis and the fact that there are no approved treatments. Approximately two-thirds of cases are familial-inherited in an autosomal dominant fashion and one-third of cases are sporadic. FSHD affects all ethnic groups with similar incidence and prevalence.

FSHD Biology

        FSHD is caused by aberrant expression of DUX4 in skeletal muscle resulting in the inappropriate presence of DUX4 protein, a transcription factor causing the expression of other genes. Normally DUX4-driven gene expression is limited to early embryonic development, after which time the DUX4 gene is silenced. In patients with FSHD, aberrant production of DUX4 protein in skeletal muscle regulates other genes encoding proteins, some of which are toxic to the muscle. Evidence of aberrant DUX4-driven gene expression is the major molecular signature that distinguishes muscle tissue affected by FSHD from healthy muscle. The result of aberrant DUX4 expression in FSHD is death of muscle and its replacement by fat, resulting in skeletal muscle weakness and progressive disability. We believe that reducing expression of the DUX4 gene and its downstream transcriptional program could provide a disease-modifying therapeutic approach for the treatment of FSHD at its root cause.

        In all patients with FSHD, the DUX4 gene is unsilenced, or de-repressed, as a result of one of two different types of genetic alterations, leading to FSHD1 or FSHD2. Approximately 95% of patients have FSHD1 and approximately 5% of patients have FSHD2. FSHD1 is caused by the contraction of an array of DNA, known as a D4Z4 repeat, from greater than ten repeat units to nine or fewer units. This contraction causes de-repression of DUX4. Patients with FSHD2 do not have meaningful D4Z4 repeat contraction, but have mutations in a regulatory gene, known as the SMCHD1 gene, that normally contributes to the repression of the DUX4 gene via DNA methylation.

104


Table of Contents

        The figure below illustrates how genetic mutations in the D4Z4 repeat array (FSHD1) or the SMCHD1 gene (FSHD2) result in aberrant expression of DUX4 in skeletal muscle.

GRAPHIC

Our Product Engine Identified the Drug Target for FSHD

        We utilized patient-derived FSHD1 muscle cells, known as myotubes, and screened them with our small molecule probe library to identify drug targets that reduced DUX4 expression. We identified several potential drug targets, however the modulation of the majority of the targets adversely affected the health or differentiation of muscle cells. One drug target that we identified from our screening efforts for which we did not observe adverse cell health issues was p38a/b, which had been studied extensively in other diseases, but had not been reported to be linked to DUX4 expression or FSHD until we conducted our screening efforts. We evaluated multiple small molecule p38a/b inhibitors and observed a consistent reduction of both DUX4 expression and DUX4-driven gene transcripts with each p38a/b inhibitor. We conducted further validation experiments to confirm that inhibition of p38a using genetic approaches such as siRNA and CRISPR single-guide RNAs, also led to a reduction in DUX4 expression.

Losmapimod

        After identifying p38a/b as a potential drug target, we evaluated multiple small molecule inhibitors of p38a/b. Each of these inhibitors had previously been evaluated in clinical trials for the treatment of various diseases but never in muscle disorders. As a result of our evaluation and relative to other p38a/b inhibitors, we identified losmapimod as the preferred development candidate based on substantial and attractive preclinical and clinical data regarding safety, PK and target inhibition, and its advanced stage of development. Losmapimod was originally evaluated by GSK in nearly 3,500 subjects in clinical trials across multiple indications and in multiple countries. GSK did not evaluate losmapimod in FSHD or in any other muscle disorder. Although GSK did not pursue regulatory approval in the indications evaluated, losmapimod demonstrated an attractive PK, PD, safety and tolerability profile, including in chronic dosing.

        As shown in the figure on the left below, we observed in preclinical studies using losmapimod that inhibition of the p38a/b pathway reduced DUX4 expression and downstream gene expression, as measured by the mRNA transcribed by MBD3L2, a gene that is only expressed following DUX4 activation. In the study, we demonstrated that MBD3L2 was representative of broader DUX4-driven gene expression changes in myotubes. We assessed the ability of losmapimod to inhibit p38a/b by measuring the effect on the phosphorylation of a downstream protein called heat shock protein 27, or HSP27. The level of phosphorylation of HSP27 has been used in previous clinical trials, including by GSK, as a biomarker to

105


Table of Contents

measure the degree of p38a/b inhibition. As shown in the figure on the right below, we also observed reduced cell death, or apoptosis, in FSHD myotubes, as measured by active caspase-3. We used active caspase-3 to quantify cell death because it is a protein that has been shown to be an important regulator of the apoptosis pathway in myotubes.

Losmapimod reduced DUX4 protein levels and
DUX4-driven gene expression
  Losmapimod reduced apoptosis in FSHD
myotubes


GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

        The dotted lines in each graphic above indicate the Cmin (left) and Cmax (right) observed in a clinical trial conducted by GSK that used a 15 mg twice per day dose of losmapimod. Cmin represents the minimum concentration in plasma prior to administration of a subsequent dose and Cmax represents the highest concentration in plasma after administration of a dose.

        After identifying losmapimod, we in-licensed the molecule from GSK because we believed that its safety and pharmacology history would significantly expedite our development plan and enhance our future regulatory submissions. In February 2019, we obtained an exclusive worldwide license from GSK to the losmapimod patents and preclinical and clinical data for all indications, subject to certain conditions. This license includes a letter of reference for the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, providing us the right to reference all the previous INDs that had been filed by GSK for losmapimod, as well as a license to their losmapimod data, including the original preclinical study and clinical trial reports. We utilized the GSK data to submit an IND in the United States and CTAs in Europe and Canada in May 2019 that will enable us to advance our clinical development plan for losmapimod in FSHD, including initiating a Phase 2b clinical trial. The IND was accepted by the FDA in June 2019. We also received active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, and losmapimod tablets that had been manufactured by GSK. We plan to use the API and tablets to support our clinical development of losmapimod in FSHD, including our planned Phase 2 clinical trials.

Preclinical Development

        We conducted several preclinical studies designed to evaluate the ability of losmapimod to reduce DUX4-driven gene expression. In a preclinical study of losmapimod, we treated myotubes from primary cell lines of eight FSHD1 and three FSHD2 patients for four days with different concentrations of losmapimod or vehicle as a negative control. To model the effect of losmapimod treatment on DUX4-driven gene expression across diverse disease-causing genotypes, we measured MBD3L2 transcript levels relative to the transcript levels of POLR2A, a gene whose expression is not regulated by DUX4 protein. We observed that clinically achievable concentrations of losmapimod (30 to 100 nM) decreased DUX4-driven expression by 50% to 65%, as measured by quantitative polymerase chain reaction amplification of the MBD3L2 transcripts. The observed treatment effect was similar in all cells tested

106


Table of Contents

regardless of genotype. We believe that this data suggests that losmapimod has the potential to treat FSHD patients across all genotypes.

        The graphic below shows the least square mean estimates for DUX4-driven gene expression from 11 FSHD primary cells and healthy cells treated with losmapimod presented as mean and 95% confidence intervals, which demonstrates that losmapimod reduced DUX4-driven gene expression, as measured by MBD3L2 and POLR2A transcript levels in a concentration-dependent manner.

Reduction of DUX4-driven gene expression at increasing concentrations of losmapimod

GRAPHIC

        In our preclinical studies, we have also observed that treatment of FSHD patient-derived myotubes with losmapimod is highly specific for DUX4-driven gene expression. We conducted a study in which we measured the FSHD gene expression signature and observed a minimal impact on myogenesis when healthy human myotubes were treated with losmapimod. We treated FSHD cells with losmapimod for five days and a subsequent RNA-seq analysis revealed that only 89 transcripts (0.45%) out of approximately 20,000 protein coding genes were differentially expressed more than four-fold. Of these 89 differentially expressed transcripts, 90% were transcripts directly regulated by DUX4. We believe that this is strong evidence that the effects of losmapimod in affected skeletal muscle are highly specific for the treatment of the root cause of FSHD. Importantly, we did not observe changes in levels of myogenin, a transcriptional activator that promotes transcription of muscle-specific genes and plays a role in muscle differentiation, cell cycle exit and muscle atrophy, and observed minimal impact on other myogenic factors during myoblast differentiation into myotubes.

        The graphic below depicts the gene expression signature in FSHD at increasing concentrations of losmapimod as compared to a high concentration of losmapimod in healthy wild type, or WT, myotubes. In

107


Table of Contents

the graphic, darker pink tones indicate more gene expression and darker blue tones indicate less gene expression.

GRAPHIC

        GSK observed concentrations of losmapimod in human plasma of 28.4 ng/mL to 74.1 ng/mL with an average of 50.5 ng/mL at a 15 mg twice per day dose in its clinical trials. In preclinical studies in animal models, we observed that losmapimod reached muscle tissue and engaged the p38a/b target in the muscle tissue. As shown below, we detected similar concentrations of losmapimod in rat plasma and muscle, and significant target engagement is observed at concentrations that we expect to achieve in clinical trials using a 15 mg twice per day dose.

108


Table of Contents

p38a/b target engagement over time

GRAPHIC

        We obtained further evidence that losmapimod distributed to muscle from a preclinical study in which GSK profiled distribution of losmapimod to all tissues in rats. Our review of this data similarly confirmed that muscles were well exposed to losmapimod.

Clinical Development Overview

        We began dosing in a Phase 1 clinical trial of losmapimod in healthy volunteers and patients with FSHD in Europe in February 2019 following the filing of a CTA in December 2018. We plan to conduct a randomized, double-blind placebo-controlled Phase 2b clinical trial with approximately 66 patients with FSHD to investigate whether oral administration of 15 mg of losmapimod twice per day reduces expression of DUX4-driven genes in affected skeletal muscle. We also plan to concurrently conduct an open label Phase 2 clinical trial in 16 patients with FSHD to investigate the safety and tolerability of 15 mg losmapimod twice per day for chronic use and to evaluate the ability of losmapimod to reduce expression of DUX4-driven genes in affected skeletal muscle over varying durations of treatment. We believe that a 15 mg twice per day dose of losmapimod is an appropriate dose for the treatment of patients with FSHD based on previous clinical data and p38a/b target engagement data generated by GSK and p38a/b target engagement data from our preclinical studies.

        We submitted a CTA in Europe for the open label Phase 2 clinical trial in April 2019 and submitted CTAs in Europe and Canada for the Phase 2b clinical trial in May 2019. The FDA accepted the IND in June 2019. We expect to initiate the randomized Phase 2b clinical trial and the open label Phase 2 clinical trial in mid-2019.

        We are also conducting several preparatory non-drug studies to assess biomarker endpoints and clinical outcome assessments. In addition, we are participating in a natural history study that will follow 150 subjects with FSHD in the United States and 70 subjects in Europe over 18 months. We expect to utilize the data generated from our non-drug studies and the natural history study to inform discussions with regulatory agencies and future clinical trial design.

        We believe that the safety data from GSK's prior losmapimod clinical trials, together with safety and efficacy data from our Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials, may enable us to apply for accelerated approval. We believe a treatment for FSHD may be eligible for accelerated approval because FSHD is a rare, slowly progressive and disabling disease with no approved treatments. We plan to discuss accelerated approval with regulatory agencies if we observe positive results in our Phase 2b clinical trial based on biomarker

109


Table of Contents

endpoints that we believe are likely to predict clinical benefit. We also plan to apply for orphan drug designation for FSHD in the United States and Europe in 2019.

Prior Clinical Development of Losmapimod by GSK

        GSK conducted multiple Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials and one Phase 3 clinical trial of losmapimod, including in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, or COPD, acute coronary syndrome and other cardiovascular diseases, neuropathic pain, major depression disorder, focal segmental glomerulosclerosis, and rheumatoid arthritis. Nearly 3,500 subjects in 24 trials were given losmapimod with single doses as high as 60 mg and repeated oral doses as high as 15 mg twice per day for up to 52 weeks. We plan to use a dose of 15 mg twice per day in our clinical trials of losmapimod in FSHD. GSK did not conduct a clinical trial of losmapimod in patients with FSHD or any other muscle disorder.

        In clinical trials of losmapimod conducted by GSK no significant differences were observed in the frequency of adverse events, or AEs, in subjects given losmapimod and subjects given placebo. GSK generally observed a similar frequency of serious adverse events, or SAEs, and deaths between patients given losmapimod and patients given placebo. These trials included extensive evaluation of the cardiovascular risk profile of losmapimod, including completion of an evaluation of the potential to prolong corrected QT. GSK reported that there was no clinically relevant difference with regard to the occurrence of electrocardiogram abnormalities post-baseline or vital signs with losmapimod as compared to placebo. GSK did not identify a safety signal attributed to losmapimod in any of these trials. There were no SAEs reported in 14 of these 24 clinical trials of losmapimod.

        The table below presents safety data from the largest placebo-controlled clinical trial of losmapimod, which was a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of acute coronary syndrome following a heart attack, in which over 1,700 patients were given 7.5 mg of losmapimod or placebo twice per day for 12 weeks and were followed for an additional 12 weeks. In this trial, GSK observed a similar proportion of AEs in the placebo group as compared to the losmapimod group. The data in the table below presents the SAEs reported by more than 0.5% of patients in any group in the trial through 24 weeks.

Safety data from GSK's Phase 3 clinical trial of losmapimod in patients with acute coronary syndrome
 
  Placebo   Losmapimod

  N = 1,752   N = 1,724

  n (%)   n (%)

Any SAE

  323 (18.4)   363 (21.1)

Cardiac disorders

  114 (6.5)   138 (8.0)

Infections and infestations

  54 (3.1)   55 (3.2)

Respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders

  24 (1.4)   41 (2.4)

General disorders and administration site conditions

  35 (2.0)   26 (1.5)

Renal and urinary disorders

  18 (1.0)   31 (1.8)

Investigations

  28 (1.6)   18 (1.0)

Musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders

  14 (0.8)   25 (1.5)

        There were also ten fatal SAEs in the placebo group and 13 fatal SAEs in the losmapimod group. In the placebo group, the fatal SAEs were infections and infestations (two), general disorders and administrative site conditions (two), respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders (three), cardiac disorder (one), gastrointestinal disorder (one) and neoplasm (one). In the losmapimod group, the fatal SAEs were infections and infestations (four), general disorders and administrative site conditions (three), respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders (two), cardiac disorder (one), injury poisoning and procedural complications (one), gastrointestinal disorder (one) and neoplasm (one).

110


Table of Contents

        The following table presents SAEs reported during treatment from a total of 11 Phase 1 and Phase 2 placebo-controlled clinical trials of losmapimod with repeat dosing for which GSK reported integrated data. The 11 trials presented include three of the 14 trials in which no SAEs were reported.

Safety data from 11 clinical trials of losmapimod conducted by GSK
 
  Placebo   Losmapimod

  N = 735   N = 1,327

  n (%)   n (%)

Any SAE

  47 (6)   120 (9)

Cardiac disorders

  17 (2)   41 (3)

Respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders

  11 (1)   26 (2)

Infections and infestations

  7 (<1)   14 (1)

General disorders and administrative site conditions

  7 (<1)   13 (<1)

Nervous system disorders

  5 (<1)   10 (<1)

Injury, poisoning and procedural complications

  1 (<1)   11 (<1)

Gastrointestinal disorders

  1 (<1)   7 (<1)

Vascular disorders

  1 (<1)   5 (<1)

Renal and urinary disorders

  2 (<1)   4 (<1)

Musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders

  2 (<1)   4 (<1)

Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders

  2 (<1)   4 (<1)

Hepatobiliary disorders

  0   4 (<1)

Psychiatric disorders

  2 (<1)   3 (<1)

Neoplasms (benign, malignant and unspecified)

  1 (<1)   3 (<1)

Blood and lymphatic system disorders

  0   1 (<1)

Immune system disorders

  0   1 (<1)

Metabolism and nutrition disorders

  0   1 (<1)

        This table includes safety data from the second largest clinical trial of losmapimod, which was a placebo-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial of losmapimod in patients with COPD, in which 602 adult patients were given with 2.5 mg, 7.5 mg or 15 mg of losmapimod or placebo twice per day for 24 weeks and were followed for an additional week. In this trial, GSK observed a similar proportion of AEs in the placebo group as compared to the losmapimod group. Additionally, in this trial there were three fatal SAEs in the placebo group due to severe exacerbation of COPD, acute myocardial infarction and pulmonary embolism, one fatal SAE in the losmapimod 7.5 mg group due to acute myocardial infarction and associated pulmonary edema and two fatal SAEs in the 15 mg group due to respiratory failure and bilateral purulent pleuritis and mediastinitis. The most common SAE observed in the trial was exacerbation of COPD, which was experienced by eight subjects in the placebo group, six subjects in the losmapimod 2.5 mg group, two subjects in the losmapimod 7.5 mg group and three subjects in the losmapimod 15 mg group. Other SAEs in the placebo group included a liver event, eczema, leukoplakia, sinobronchitis and anxiety. Other SAEs in the losmapimod groups included two subjects with liver events, one subject with eczema and leukoplakia, one subject with pyrexia and one subject with pemphigoid.

        In addition to the trials and data summarized above, GSK also conducted a placebo-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial in which 184 adult patients with frequently exacerbating COPD were given 15 mg of losmapimod or placebo twice per day for up to 52 weeks. In this trial, the proportion of subjects with AEs and SAEs was higher in the losmapimod group than in the placebo group; there was one fatal SAE in the

111


Table of Contents

placebo group and three fatal SAEs in the losmapimod group, none of which was considered related to losmapimod. The data in the table below presents the SAEs reported in the trial.

Safety data from GSK's Phase 2 clinical trial of losmapimod in patients with COPD
 
  Placebo   Losmapimod

  N = 94   N = 90

  n (%)   n (%)

Any SAE

  8 (9%)   18 (20%)

Respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders

  2 (2)   7 (8)

Cardiac disorders

  3 (3)   4 (4)

Infections and infestations

  1 (1)   6 (7)

Injury, poisoning and procedural complications

  1 (1)   2 (2)

Neoplasms (benign, malignant and unspecified)

  2 (2)   1 (1)

        In addition to the 24 trials conducted by GSK, another sponsor conducted a placebo-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial of losmapimod in which 73 subjects with COPD with cardiovascular manifestations were treated with 7.5 mg of losmapimod or placebo for 16 weeks. There were 36 subjects in the losmapimod group and 37 in the placebo group. In this trial, there were a total of six (17%) SAEs in the losmapimod group, consisting of exacerbations of COPD and pneumonia, and there was one (3%) SAE in the placebo group.

        In prior studies, GSK observed that the p38a/b target inhibition in humans was approximately 10%, 30% and 50% at trough and 40%, 60% and 70% at peak following twice per day doses of 2.5 mg, 7.5 mg and 15 mg, respectively. In addition, based on in vitro data from our studies in FSHD myotubes with losmapimod, we believe that the muscle exposures that we have achieved in rodents, which are similar to concentrations in human blood from the 15 mg twice per day dose, will result in robust p38a/b target engagement and will reduce DUX4-driven gene expression in FSHD skeletal muscle by more than 50%. We believe that this data supports our determination that 15 mg of losmapimod twice per day is an appropriate dose for the treatment of patients with FSHD.

112


Table of Contents

Our Clinical Development Strategy

        There are currently four ongoing preparatory studies designed to inform molecular biomarker and clinical development efficacy endpoints for planned clinical trials of losmapimod in patients with FSHD.

Study
  Subjects
(Planned)
  Description / Endpoints

Biomarker Preparatory Study (Fulcrum SRA 002-2018)

  18   DUX4-driven gene expression in skeletal muscle and whole-body skeletal muscle MRI

Optimized Time Up and Go Test Preparatory Study (Fulcrum SRA 003-2018)

 

22

 

Optimized time up and go test for FSHD, or FSHD-TUG

Direct Patient Input (Fulcrum SRA 004-2018)

 

100

 

Direct patient input into the Phase 2b clinical trial

ReSOLVE Natural History Study (NIH) and Reachable Work Space (Fulcrum SRA 003-2017)

 

150

 

Natural history study
Reachable work space

EU Natural History Study and Reachable Work Space (SRA 003-2017)

 

70

 

Natural history study
Reachable work space

        We designed this preparatory study to investigate, inform and optimize the DUX4-driven gene expression and MRI efficacy biomarker endpoints that we intend to use in clinical trials of losmapimod. We are evaluating 18 subjects at seven clinical sites. We completed enrollment in May 2019 and will use the data to inform our planned Phase 2 trials of losmapimod for the treatment of FSHD.

        This preparatory study is designed to measure aberrant DUX4-driven gene expression in affected skeletal muscle via a subset of DUX4-driven gene transcripts in order to develop a molecular muscle endpoint designed to track the root cause of disease. We are using MRI to inform affected leg muscles selected for biopsy. We believe that the measurement could be a primary endpoint in a clinical trial to support accelerated approval of losmapimod for FSHD. We are also using whole-body MRI scans one to three months apart to evaluate changes in skeletal muscle health (lean muscle tissue volume and muscle tissue replaced by fat).

        The subjects have clinical severity scores of two to four on the Ricci scale, which is the clinical impairment disability scale for patients with FSHD, where a zero indicates that a subject has no disability and five indicates that a subject is permanently dependent upon the use of a wheelchair for daily mobility activities.

        We are evaluating a modified version of the classic time up and go, or classic TUG, test that we are optimizing as a clinical outcome assessment of mobility and ambulation, which we refer to as the FSHD-TUG test. The classic TUG test requires patients to get up from a chair, walk three meters, turn around, walk back to the chair and sit down. It was originally developed for clinical practice to assess mobility, balance, walking ability and fall risk in older adults prior to discharge from hospitalization and

113


Table of Contents

was used recently as a key secondary efficacy endpoint in a registration trial in multiple sclerosis in Europe. The classic TUG test is also one of the clinical outcome assessments in the ReSOLVE natural history study discussed below.

        While we believe that the classic TUG test is a valid, reliable and objective test to quantify functional mobility in all age groups, we believe that a minor modification, asking patients to get up from a standardized bed, will be more appropriate for FSHD patients. We believe that the FSHD-TUG test may be more sensitive to measure treatment effects in patients with FSHD. Patients with FSHD generally have a difficult time rising from a chair and even more so from a recumbent position and this difficulty progresses over time. Patients with FSHD report that limitations in mobility and in the use of the shoulders and upper arms are the two most important areas of concern. The FSHD-TUG test may be a useful clinical outcome assessment endpoint for measurement of treatment effects of losmapimod on mobility.

        We are currently testing the FSHD-TUG test in comparison to the classic TUG test in a group of 22 subjects with FSHD and in 20 healthy volunteers who are age and gender matched. The subjects will have clinical severity scores of one to four on the Ricci scale. We are evaluating the subjects in five visits over approximately 12 months.

        We are also seeking to obtain direct patient input into the design and feasibility of our planned Phase 2b clinical trial by having approximately 100 patients with FSHD complete a survey based on their review of the proposed schedule of clinical outcome assessments for the trial. The patients will provide their views on their willingness to participate and any potential barriers to their participation in our planned Phase 2b clinical trial. We conduct these surveys during a face-to-face interview in clinics in the United States and France, via an internet survey for members of an FSHD registry in the United Kingdom and through in-person groups in Canada. We have the ability to refine the protocol for our Phase 2b clinical trial to reflect the feedback from patients.

        The Clinical Trial Readiness to Solve Barriers to Drug Development in FSHD, or ReSOLVE study, is an ongoing natural history study funded by the NIH to help identify the patient population, efficacy biomarker and clinical outcome assessments for future FSHD drug trials. The study is being coordinated by the University of Rochester and University of Kansas Medical Center and enrolled the first subject in April 2018. The study will follow approximately 150 subjects for 18 months across a network of eight U.S. clinical centers and will evaluate multiple biomarkers and clinical outcome assessments that may be suitable for clinical trials and will evaluate patient selection criteria based on genetic, demographic or clinical characteristics. Three sites in the European Union have joined the ReSOLVE protocol and will follow approximately 70 subjects for 18 months. As of April 2019, over 130 subjects have been enrolled. We believe that the results of this natural history study will inform the design and implementation of clinical trials and will inform discussions with regulatory agencies. We also believe that this study may provide valuable insights into the timeline for disease progression and functional changes in FSHD in the absence of treatment.

        In connection with the ReSOLVE study, we have funded the addition of a clinical outcome assessment, which we refer to as reachable work space, or RWS. RWS is an objective assessment of upper arm function in a quantitative manner by measuring arm and shoulder mobility with and without weights. A hallmark of FSHD progression is weakness in the shoulder muscles and upper arms that eventually leads to an inability of patients to lift their arms above their shoulders. The RWS assessments are analyzed by a central reader. We have provided standardized hardware, software, and testing conditions to evaluate RWS at eight sites that are part of the ReSOLVE study in the United States and at three European sites. To date, we have collected over 200 RWS assessments in the study.

114


Table of Contents

        We are conducting a randomized Phase 1 clinical trial of losmapimod in healthy adult volunteers and patients with FSHD in Europe under a CTA that we filed in December 2018. We expect that this trial will be completed in 2019. We intend to present data in the fourth quarter of 2019 at a scientific conference.

        In this trial, we have dosed eight healthy volunteers with 7.5 mg of losmapimod capsules, followed by a washout period, and subsequently dosed the same volunteers with a 15 mg dose of losmapimod capsules. As part of this trial, we have also dosed two healthy volunteers with placebo capsules in both periods. Consistent with the extensive data that we in-licensed from GSK, losmapimod has been well tolerated in this trial.

        Following the completion of the healthy volunteer cohort, we began dosing patients with FSHD in April 2019. We plan to enroll up to 20 patients in this trial. This trial is designed to obtain safety and tolerability of losmapimod in patients with FSHD. Patients are being randomized across three arms of 7.5 mg or 15 mg of losmapimod capsules or placebo twice per day for 14 days. We also intend to compare p38a/b target engagement in skeletal muscle of patients treated with a dose of 7.5 mg and 15 mg of losmapimod twice per day relative to that of patients on placebo. We aim to confirm that 15 mg twice per day is the appropriate dose for our Phase 2 trials based on higher muscle exposures and target engagement than the 7.5 mg twice per day dose. We will measure target engagement and other biomarkers in muscle needle biopsies before and after two weeks of treatment.

        We manufactured the losmapimod capsules for this trial prior to our license agreement with GSK. For our Phase 2 clinical trials, we will use losmapimod tablets that were manufactured by GSK. We confirmed that the PK of the losmapimod capsules were consistent with published data on the PK of the losmapimod tablets manufactured by GSK. In this trial, we are also confirming that the p38a/b target engagement in blood from our losmapimod capsules is consistent with the previous data on target engagement of the losmapimod tablets manufactured by GSK.

        We plan to initiate a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2b clinical trial in approximately 66 patients with FSHD1 and clinical severity scores of two to four on the Ricci scale. In this trial, we will evaluate treatment with 15 mg of losmapimod or placebo tablets twice per day over a 24-week period. Patients will be randomized 1:1 between the treatment and placebo arms. The FDA accepted the IND for losmapimod in June 2019, and we also submitted CTAs in May 2019 to conduct the trial at sites in Europe and Canada and expect to initiate this trial in mid-2019.

        The primary endpoint will be the reduction of DUX4-driven gene expression in affected skeletal muscle biopsies before treatment and after approximately 16 weeks of treatment. We selected the number of patients to enroll in this trial based on the magnitude of reduction of DUX4-driven gene expression that we have observed in our preclinical studies using losmapimod concentrations similar to those measured when dosing with 15 mg twice per day in clinical trials completed by GSK.

        Secondary endpoints of the trial will include evaluation of safety and tolerability in FSHD patients, PK in blood, losmapimod concentration in skeletal muscle biopsies, and p38a/b target engagement in blood and in muscle biopsies. This trial will also include evaluation of exploratory efficacy endpoints including MRI biomarkers and clinical outcome assessments. The clinical outcome assessments include centrally read RWS, FSHD-TUG test and patient-reported outcomes and muscle strength measured by quantitative dynamometry and motor function ability measurements obtained by physical therapists.

115


Table of Contents

        The graphic below presents the design of the Phase 2b clinical trial.

GRAPHIC

        In parallel with the Phase 2b clinical trial, we also plan to initiate enrollment in mid-2019 for an open label, single site Phase 2 clinical trial of losmapimod in 16 patients with FSHD1 and clinical severity scores of two to four on the Ricci scale. Patients will receive tablets containing 15 mg of losmapimod twice per day for up to 52 weeks. The treatment period will be preceded by eight weeks of pre-treatment assessments to establish a baseline for musculoskeletal MRI biomarkers and clinical outcome assessments. We filed a CTA for this trial in April 2019 and plan to conduct the trial at one site in the Netherlands.

        The primary objective is to investigate the safety and tolerability of losmapimod for chronic dosing in FSHD patients. The primary endpoints are to assess safety and tolerability over the 52-week period. The secondary endpoints are the change from baseline in pHSP27 and the ratio of pHSP27 to total HSP27 in blood and muscle for assessment of the inhibition of p38a/b during the dosing period. This trial is also designed to provide initial data regarding changes in DUX4-driven gene expression, MRI biomarkers, objective clinical outcome assessments and patient-reported outcomes that may occur at various times following initiation of treatment with losmapimod relative to the pre-treatment period. We intend to use this data to further guide our clinical development strategy for losmapimod in FSHD.

        We will measure DUX4-driven gene expression before and during treatment using muscle needle biopsies in affected muscles. All patients will have a pre-treatment biopsy and we will obtain a second muscle needle biopsy from each patient, with half of the patients undergoing a biopsy after four weeks of treatment and the remaining half after approximately 40 weeks of treatment.

        We will measure potential losmapimod treatment effects on shoulder and upper arm function and mobility/ambulation, as well as on muscle strength and function and quality of life and activities of daily living, similar to the assessments in the Phase 2b clinical trial. The clinical outcome assessments will be RWS, FSHD-TUG, muscle strength, motor function ability and generic and FSHD-specific patient reports of quality of life and activities of daily living. There will also be an assessment of day-to-day mobility using wearable sensors.

116


Table of Contents

        The graphic below presents the design of the Phase 2 open label trial.

GRAPHIC

Market Research

        We engaged Clarion Healthcare, LLC to conduct market research with physicians and payors to better understand the commercial landscape and to assist in our commercial planning. A total of 14 physicians in the United States, European Union and Asia and nine payors and payor experts in the United States and European Union were surveyed. Both groups acknowledged the severity of the disease and lack of any existing therapies for patients. Physicians were asked their views on potentially prescribing a small molecule product candidate that effectively repressed DUX4 gene expression in skeletal muscle and resulted in the preservation of muscle function. Based on an April 2018 report prepared by Clarion, we believe that physicians would be receptive to prescribing a product with these qualities, subject to the efficacy and safety of the product, due to the chronic nature of the disease.

Our Product Candidate for Hemoglobinopathies

        Hemoglobinopathies are a category of genetic disorders affecting RBCs. We intend to develop FTX-HbF to elevate the level of fetal hemoglobin for the treatment of patients with certain hemoglobinopathies, namely sickle cell disease and for certain types of b-thalassemia.

Overview of Sickle Cell Disease

        Sickle cell disease is a genetic disorder of RBCs. SCD patients typically suffer from serious clinical consequences, which may include vaso-occlusive crises, anemia, pain, infections, stroke, heart disease, pulmonary hypertension, kidney failure, liver disease and reduced life expectancy. According to a study published by the American Medical Association, approximately 32.5% of adult patients with SCD were hospitalized three or more times per year due to pain crises. SCD is reported to shorten patient life expectancy by approximately 20 to 30 years. Patients with SCD are primarily treated by hematologists.

        In the United States, where newborn screening for SCD is mandatory, the estimated prevalence is approximately 100,000 individuals. In Europe, the estimated prevalence is approximately 134,000 individuals according to the European Medicines Agency, or EMA. According to the World Health Organization, the global incidence is estimated to be approximately 300,000 births annually. SCD is most prevalent in Africa and the Middle East.

        Approved drug treatments for SCD focus primarily on the management and reduction of pain episodes. The two drug treatments approved in the United States are hydroxyurea and L-glutamine.

117


Table of Contents

Hydroxyurea is approved for the treatment of anemia related to SCD to reduce the frequency of painful crises and the need for blood transfusions. Hydroxyurea has a black box warning for myelosuppression and malignancy. In general, it is limited by its adverse side effects, inconsistent patient responses and concerns regarding the cytotoxic effect of the drug. L-glutamine is approved to reduce severe complications associated with the disorder. While treatment with L-glutamine decreases the mean number of pain crises, side effects include nausea, noncardiac chest pain, fatigue, and musculoskeletal pain.

        Blood transfusions can be utilized to decrease the sickling of RBCs. While blood transfusions can be critical to manage SCD, there are a number of limitations associated with this therapeutic approach, including limited patient access and serious complications such as iron overload. The only potentially curative treatment currently approved for severe SCD is bone marrow transplantation. However, this treatment option is not commonly used due to the difficulties of finding a suitable matching donor and the risks associated with the treatment, which include an approximately 5% mortality rate. Bone marrow transplantation is more commonly offered to pediatric patients with available sibling-matched donors.

        While multiple experimental approaches to treat SCD are being explored in clinical trials, the majority are focused on symptomatic relief or gene therapy approaches. Symptomatic approaches under investigation aim to affect issues associated with cell adhesion, sickling, thrombosis and iron homeostasis. We anticipate that a novel orally available therapy that affects the root cause of SCD may be used in combination with symptomatic therapeutics. Novartis AG, or Novartis, Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. and GlycoMimetics Inc. in collaboration with Pfizer, Inc. are conducting late stage clinical trials aiming to provide symptomatic relief for patients with SCD. Several gene therapy approaches to treat SCD are focused on elevating fetal hemoglobin, however no gene therapy approaches have been approved for SCD and the efficacy, safety and durability of gene therapy approaches have yet to be established. Gene therapies need to be administered in an in-patient procedure through a bone marrow transplant, which is also referred to as a stem cell transplant or hematopoietic stem cell transplant. As part of the transplant process, the patient receives myeloablative chemotherapy which kills cells in the bone marrow in order to support the gene therapy. Despite ongoing efforts to develop gene therapies for SCD, we believe there is still a high unmet need that could be better addressed by a small molecule, oral therapy to treat the disease by increasing fetal hemoglobin.

        SCD is caused by a mutation in the HBB gene. This gene encodes a protein that is a key component of hemoglobin, a protein complex whose function is to transport oxygen in the body. Hemoglobin in adults is a complex of four proteins, two hemoglobin b-subunits and two hemoglobin a-subunits. In patients with SCD, hemoglobin is composed of two mutant b-subunits and two a-subunits and the result is the formation of abnormal hemoglobin. The result of the mutation is less efficient oxygen transport and the formation of RBCs that have a sickle shape. These sickle shaped cells are much less flexible than healthy cells and can block blood vessels (vaso-occlusion) or rupture cells (lysis), leading to pain, anemia, irreversible organ damage or even death.

        During fetal development, the major form of hemoglobin is fetal hemoglobin. Similar to hemoglobin in adults, fetal hemoglobin is also a complex of four proteins, two a-subunits and two g-subunits. Shortly after birth, the genes encoding the g-subunits, the HBG1 and HBG2 genes, are silenced and the HBB gene is activated. As described above, SCD is caused by a mutation in the HBB gene that gives rise to mutated b-subunits.

        A small subset of individuals with the sickle cell mutation continue to produce high levels of fetal hemoglobin due to inheritance of additional genetic mutations, which is called Hereditary Persistence of Fetal Hemoglobin, or HPFH. The production of fetal hemoglobin in these individuals allows them to maintain at least 30% fetal hemoglobin. Patients with elevated fetal hemoglobin exhibit few, if any, clinical manifestations of SCD. Further, an increase of fetal hemoglobin as low as 3% over baseline in patients

118


Table of Contents

without HPFH, due to either therapeutic intervention or the inheritance of other genetic traits, can result in reduced clinical manifestations of the disease.

        Our strategy to address the root cause of SCD was to identify a drug mechanism that induces expression of fetal hemoglobin. We believe that FTX-HbF may address the root cause of SCD through this mechanism of action.

Overview of b-Thalassemia

        b-thalassemia is a rare blood disorder associated with the absence or reduced production of b-globin, which is one of the two proteins that comprise adult hemoglobin. This results in an abnormally low level of hemoglobin as well as an excess of a-globin chains that cause destruction of RBCs. The severity of the phenotype is related to the degree of imbalance between a- and non-a-globin chain synthesis. The absence of b-globin due to HBB gene deletions is referred to as b0 thalassemia. Other HBB gene alterations allow some b-globin to be produced but in reduced amounts. A reduced amount of b-globin is called b+thalassemia. Many patients with b-thalassemia require chronic blood transfusions due to severe anemia that results from low hemoglobin levels, which are referred to as transfusion-dependent patients. It is estimated that 40,000 babies are born worldwide with b-thalassemia per year of whom 25,000 require blood transfusions. Patients with b-thalassemia are primarily treated by hematologists.

        b-thalassemia has been clinically characterized into three forms, depending on disease severity: major, intermedia and minor. The most severe form, b-thalassemia major (also known as Cooley's anemia), is generally diagnosed shortly after birth and patients have life-threatening anemia. Pediatric patients do not grow and gain weight at the typical rates, and often have liver, heart and bone problems. Many b-thalassemia major patients require frequent blood transfusions to prevent severe anemia, a treatment that itself can cause long-term problems due to a build-up of iron in the body. b-thalassemia intermedia is a less severe form of the disease that results in mild to moderate anemia. These patients sometimes require blood transfusions depending on the severity of the symptoms. Patients with b-thalassemia minor suffer from very mild anemia and generally do not require treatment. Having either b0 or b+ thalassemia does not necessarily predict clinical disease severity as people with both types have been diagnosed with thalassemia major and thalassemia intermedia. Any increase in fetal hemoglobin has the potential to ameliorate the disease.

        The current standard of care for many patients with b-thalassemia is frequent blood transfusions to manage anemia. The only potentially curative therapy for b-thalassemia is allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant, which is associated with risks of complications, including mortality, and is limited to patients with a suitable donor. ZYNTEGLO, a gene therapy developed by bluebird bio, Inc., or bluebird, for the treatment of adult and adolescent patients with transfusion-dependent b-thalassemia and with certain genotypes, received a positive opinion recommending conditional marketing authorization in Europe in March 2019. bluebird announced that it plans to file a biologics license application, or BLA, in the United States in 2019. Acceleron Pharma, Inc., or Acceleron, in collaboration with Celgene Corp., or Celgene, is conducting Phase 3 clinical trials of luspatercept (ACE-536), an erythroid maturation agent. Celgene submitted a BLA for luspatercept for the treatment of adult patients with anemia associated with b-thalassemia and who require frequent transfusions. Celgene and Acceleron submitted a marketing authorization application to the EMA in the second quarter of 2019. There are also multiple other experimental approaches to treat b-thalassemia being explored in clinical trials, including approaches that use small molecule, gene therapy and gene editing approaches. Despite ongoing efforts to develop new therapies for b-thalassemia, we believe there is still a high unmet need that could be addressed by a small molecule, oral therapy to treatment the disease by increasing fetal hemoglobin.

119


Table of Contents

        b-thalassemia is caused by genetic mutations in the HBB gene. The mutations interfere with the production of b-globin. Some mutations result in no b-globin being produced, while other mutations result in a decreased amount of b-globin being produced.

        We believe that some types of b-thalassemia may be treated by a therapy that upregulates fetal hemoglobin. Babies born with b-thalassemia major generally do not have any symptoms shortly after birth because they have fetal hemoglobin in their blood. As the fetal hemoglobin levels decrease after birth and the b-globin fails to increase, anemia appears and the babies with b-thalassemia begin to exhibit symptoms of the disease. Patients with b-thalassemia intermedia that have higher levels of fetal hemoglobin have fewer symptoms than patients with low levels of fetal hemoglobin. We believe that FTX-HbF may be suitable for clinical development for the treatment of patients who are not b0 but who are transfusion dependent.

Our Product Engine Identified the Drug Target for SCD and b-Thalassemia

        Applying our product engine, we conducted target identification and validation activities using human umbilical cord blood-derived erythroid progenitor 2, or HUDEP2, cells as a model to study fetal hemoglobin reactivation. HUDEP2 cells are immature RBCs. By screening our small molecule probe library and a CRISPR library, we identified several potential drug targets that activated the HBG1/2 genes and resulted in fetal hemoglobin elevation. Each screening approach identified the same protein complex which we believe plays an important role in the expression of genes responsible for the production of fetal hemoglobin. We conducted additional validation experiments in which we observed that inhibition of several components of this complex resulted in the desired elevation of fetal hemoglobin. We also observed that inhibition of these components did not adversely affect important cell health markers.

        We selected a member of this protein complex for drug discovery activities following an assessment of its tractability as a drug target, which we refer to as the HbF drug target. The normal physiological role of the HbF drug target is to facilitate a post-translational protein modification, and the goal of our medicinal chemistry program was to optimize inhibitors of the HbF drug target. We developed in vitro and in vivo target engagement assays, as well as enabled X-ray crystallography, to discover and develop FTX-HbF, a novel small molecule inhibitor of the HbF drug target.

FTX-HbF

        FTX-HbF, our novel small molecule that we designed to inhibit the HbF drug target and thereby elevate fetal hemoglobin, possesses properties that we believe are well aligned with preferred parameters for oral drug delivery. We studied the cellular potency and the PK data of FTX-HbF in preclinical animal models and observed that its profile would be predictive of once or twice daily oral administration. We have not observed any off-target concerns in our in vitro profiling studies, and we are conducting in vivo toxicology studies to evaluate FTX-HbF. We have initiated IND-enabling activities and we aim to submit an IND in mid-2020.

Preclinical Studies

        We have observed in vitro and in vivo activation of the HBG1/2 genes in preclinical studies with FTX-HbF. We observed that FTX-HbF elevated levels of fetal hemoglobin with minimal adverse effect on important cellular health markers. As depicted in the graphic below, we also observed in vitro upregulation of fetal hemoglobin in primary human CD34+ cells differentiated into RBCs from five different human donors after five days of drug treatment. FTX-HbF showed a significant elevation of fetal hemoglobin over baseline in each of these five cell lines. Additionally, we compared the effect of FTX-HbF in CD34+

120


Table of Contents

derived cells relative to that of hydroxyurea. We observed that hydroxyurea had a minimal impact on fetal hemoglobin elevation, whereas we observed that FTX-HbF significantly elevated fetal hemoglobin. In cells treated with the combination of FTX-HbF and hydroxyurea, we observed an increased effect relative to either compound alone.


Effect of FTX-HbF treatment
in differentiated primary human CD34+ cells

GRAPHIC

        In preclinical PK/PD studies in mice, we observed that blood cells had dose-dependent drug target engagement after 4.5 days of oral treatment. We believe our drug target is conserved between species, which is supported by our observation of a concomitant upregulation of the mouse embryonic globin gene under conditions where we observed drug target engagement. Since mice do not have the HBG1/2 genes found in humans, we used the mouse embryonic globin gene hbb-bh1 as a surrogate for the human HBG1/2 genes. We measured the target engagement in the mouse from whole blood. We concluded from the data

121


Table of Contents

that FTX-HbF engaged the drug target in vivo and modulated the endogenous mouse globin gene expression program. The results of this study are depicted below.

Target engagement modification in
mouse blood cells
  Mouse embryonic globin mRNA levels

GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

        In the graphic on the left, we measured the amount of drug target engagement modification in mouse blood cells after five days of treatment. In the vehicle-treated mice, we observed maximum levels of protein modification, whereas in the FTX-HbF treated mice, we observed significantly lower levels of modification, which indicates significant target engagement. Each point represents the value for a different mouse, shown as a percent of the average vehicle-treated value. In the graphic on the right, we determined the level of mouse embryonic globin mRNA levels in mouse blood after five days of treatment. The data is from an average of four or five mice per treatment. In these studies, we used a conventional method of assessing statistical significance known as a two-tailed test. The p-value for each of the studies depicted above was 0.0005. A p-value is a conventional statistical method for measuring the statistical significance of experimental results. A p-value of less than 0.05 is generally considered to represent statistical significance, meaning that there is a less than five percent likelihood that the observed results occurred by chance.

        Additionally, we studied FTX-HbF in a mouse model of SCD, known as the Townes mouse model. In this model, mouse globin genes have been replaced with human globin genes, thereby allowing investigations of mechanisms that may regulate human hemoglobin gene expression. The Townes mouse model has been widely used to study potential treatments for SCD. As shown in the figures below, we observed that FTX-HbF resulted in a significant increase in HBG1 gene expression and HbF protein after

122


Table of Contents

28 days of dosing at 5 mg/kg twice per day. Hydroxyurea did not result in a significant elevation of HBG1 gene expression.

HBG1 mRNA levels in Townes mouse
treated with FTX-HbF
  HbF protein levels in Townes mouse
treated with FTX-HbF

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

        In the graphic on the left, we determined the level of human HBG1 mRNA for the four treatment conditions from mouse blood, shown as a percentage of vehicle-alone-treated SCD mice. In the graphic on the right, we determined the level of human HbF protein for the four treatment conditions, shown as a percentage of vehicle-alone-treated SCD mice. Each value represents the mean value from five or six mice per treatment after 28 days of treatment. In these studies, we used a conventional method of assessing statistical significance known as a one-way analysis of variance, or ANOVA. The p-value for the study depicted on the left was less than 0.0001 and the p-value for the study depicted on the right was less than 0.001.

Our Development Plan for FTX-HbF

        We are currently conducting IND-enabling studies and intend to submit an IND for FTX-HbF in mid-2020. We intend to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial of FTX-HbF in healthy volunteers in late 2020. The Phase 1 trial will be designed to investigate the safety and tolerability of single and multiple ascending doses of FTX-HbF and to define the relationship between PK and target engagement in blood.

        Following completion of the Phase 1 trial, we would consider a parallel development path in SCD and b-thalassemia. We expect that our target SCD patient population will be adult SCD patients with inadequate disease control and that concomitant use of hydroxyurea and/or L-glutamine will be allowed when available. We expect that our target b-thalassemia patient population will be adult b-thalassemia patients who are not b0 but are transfusion-dependent.

Discovery Screening Programs

        We have leveraged our proprietary product engine to discover targets that we are pursuing with small molecules for FSHD and SCD and b-thalassemia. We are leveraging the broad applicability of our product engine to discover drug targets for other rare, genetically defined diseases across neuromuscular and CNS diseases. We plan to complete four additional screens in 2019. These four diseases and our approach to identifying targets to address the root cause of each disease are further described below.

GRAPHIC

123


Table of Contents

        We currently plan to conduct six additional screens in 2020, and we are undergoing a rigorous disease assessment and selection process. Although we believe our product engine and screening efforts are robust and have a high likelihood of identifying drug targets for each new screen area, we intend to focus on advancing the most attractive targets and development candidates identified from our screening efforts for development. We may also selectively consider external partnerships for those areas that may be more appropriate for a partner to advance.

Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy

        Duchenne muscular dystrophy, or DMD, is the most common childhood-onset muscular dystrophy with a prevalence of approximately one out of every 3,500 male births. Patients usually are diagnosed before five years of age and typically require the use of wheelchairs before their teens. Life-threatening cardiac and respiratory complications result in a life expectancy of 20-30 years without any treatment. Currently, management of these complications by standard of care treatment (e.g., corticosteroids) can extend life expectancy, however, there are no approved disease-modifying therapies. This X-chromosome linked disease is caused by mutations in the DMD gene resulting in the loss of expression or function of the protein dystrophin. Dystrophin is an integral component of a large multiprotein complex that functions by linking the sarcolemma (the plasma membrane in muscle fibers) with the cytoskeleton and other motor machinery. In the absence of dystrophin, progressive muscle fiber degeneration results in loss of function and clinical manifestation of the disease.

        Our goal is to apply our product engine to identify drug targets to increase the expression of utrophin, a dystrophin-related protein, that can replace the function of dystrophin in the membrane and address the dysfunction due to damaged muscle fibers. Utrophin is normally expressed in other tissues and studies have shown that higher levels of this protein result in functional improvements in animal models of the disease.

Friedreich Ataxia

        Friedreich ataxia, or FA, a neuromuscular disorder affecting about one out of every 40,000 people, is the most common hereditary ataxia, with a typical age of onset between 10 and 15 years. The progressive impaired muscle coordination, ataxia, is caused by the degeneration of neurons in the cerebellum and dorsal root ganglia in the spinal cord. FA patients also commonly suffer from life-threatening heart conditions such as hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, myocardial fibrosis and heart failure. There are no approved disease-modifying therapies. The genetic root cause of FA is an expansion of a sequence in the frataxin gene, FXN, which causes its downregulation. Loss of function of frataxin, an important protein involved in iron metabolism, results in oxidative stress and mitochondrial dysfunction.

        Our goal is to apply our product engine to identify drug targets that can upregulate the levels of frataxin protein to levels that will impact and restore function to prevent neuronal and cardiac cell degeneration.

Myotonic Dystrophy 1

        Myotonic dystrophy 1, or DM1, is the most common adult-onset muscular dystrophy affecting about one out of every 8,000 people, with a typical age of onset between 20 and 40 years. It is characterized by muscle weakness and myotonia. Cardiopulmonary complications when present can be life-threatening and current treatments are directed toward managing these complications. There are no approved disease-modifying therapies. DM1 is caused by expansion of a triple nucleotide repeat present in the non-coding region of the DMPK gene and are part of its mature transcript. More than 50 cytosine-thymine-guanine repeats are usually associated with pathology and disease severity is proportional to the number of repeats, which can expand to over 4,000. The accumulation of DMPK gene transcripts containing long repeats result in the sequestration of proteins important for the correct splicing of important transcripts participating in the function of skeletal and cardiac muscle and other tissues.

124


Table of Contents

        Our goal is to apply our product engine to identify drug targets that may lead to downregulation of the expression of the DMPK gene in order to reduce the levels of the pathological repeats and improve muscle function. Reduction of DMPK gene expression in DM1 models has been shown to reduce aberrant splicing and to be well tolerated.

a-Synucleinopathies

        In rare cases, a-Synucleinopathies result from point mutations and multiplications in the SNCA gene that encodes the protein a-synuclein. Familial forms of Parkinson's disease can result from these mutations and multiplications in the SNCA gene. Parkinson's disease is a common progressive neurodegenerative disease characterized by movement disorders such as bradykinesia, rigidity and tremor. Genome wide association studies have linked single nucleotide polymorphisms in SNCA with increased risk of Parkinson's disease. These mutations have been shown to increase levels of pathological, aggregated a-synuclein, leading to the loss of midbrain dopaminergic neurons important for motor control. Abnormal deposits of a-synuclein protein, or Lewy bodies, are the characteristic histological signature of Parkinson's disease at autopsy. According to the Parkinson's Foundation, nearly one million people will be living with Parkinson's disease in the United States by 2020.

        Our goal is to use our product engine to identify drug targets for genetically defined a-synucleinopathies that may lead to reduction in a-synuclein levels in the most relevant cell type for Parkinson's disease—dopaminergic neurons. Our goal is to lower the overall a-synuclein load in the brain of patients with sporadic or genetic a-synucleinopathies by starting treatment early in their disease course to prevent further a-synuclein-dependent neurodegeneration, thus representing a potential disease-modifying approach across all a-synucleinopathies.

Right of Reference and License Agreement with GlaxoSmithKline

        In February 2019, we entered into a right of reference and license agreement with affiliates of GSK, pursuant to which GSK granted us a right of reference to certain INDs filed with the FDA and controlled by GSK or its affiliates relating to losmapimod and an exclusive worldwide license under certain patent rights related to losmapimod. The agreement also provides us with an exclusive worldwide license to certain of GSK's preclinical and clinical data with respect to losmapimod. As partial consideration for the right of reference and licenses granted under the agreement, we issued 12,500,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock to GSK at the time we entered into the reference and license agreement. The agreement obligates us to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize a licensed product for the treatment of FSHD.

        The agreement grants us an exclusive, sublicensable license under the licensed patent rights and data rights to research, develop and commercialize losmapimod or any product containing losmapimod as an API, which we refer to as a licensed product, to treat disease in humans. GSK retained the right, without the right to grant sublicenses, to conduct nonclinical research under the licensed patents and data rights and, with our consent, GSK may engage in certain developmental activities relating to the use of a licensed product in connection with a specified prophylactic use. GSK also agreed to and has since transferred to us its existing manufactured supply of losmapimod.

        Under the agreement, we will be obligated to make milestone payments to GSK aggregating up to $37.5 million upon the achievement of specified clinical and regulatory milestones with respect to the first licensed product to achieve such milestones, and up to $60.0 million upon the achievement of one-time aggregate annual worldwide net sales milestones. We will also be obligated to pay royalties ranging from a mid single-digit percentage to a low double-digit, but less than teens, percentage to GSK based on our, and any of our affiliates' and sublicensees', annual net sales of licensed products. The royalties are payable on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis, and may be reduced in specified circumstances.

        Our obligation to make royalty payments extends with respect to a licensed product in a country until the earlier of the approval of a generic version of such licensed product by the applicable regulatory agency

125


Table of Contents

in such country or the tenth anniversary of the first commercial sale of such licensed product in such country, which we refer to as the royalty term. Following the expiration of any exclusive marketing rights or data exclusivity rights granted by a regulatory authority, other than patent rights, for any licensed product on a country-by-country basis, the applicable royalty rate will be reduced. Additionally, if we or our affiliates or sublicensees determine that it is necessary to obtain a license from a third party under any patent rights to exploit a licensed product in a country, then we may deduct a certain percentage of the license fees under such third party license payable by us to the third party from the royalty payment that would otherwise be due to GSK in such country.

        If, prior to our completion of the first Phase 2 clinical trial for a licensed product, we wish to sublicense any of the licensed patent or data rights granted to us under the agreement to any third party outside of the United States, we must notify GSK of the terms on which we propose to grant such sublicense. GSK has the right to enter into negotiations with us for such sublicense, and if GSK so elects, then we must negotiate in good faith with GSK for a prescribed period. If we and GSK do not agree to a sublicense of the relevant rights, we may sublicense the relevant rights to the third party on terms no less favorable than any terms offered to us by GSK.

        The agreement continues on a country-by-country and licensed product-by-licensed product basis until the expiration of the royalty term in each country, at which time the agreement expires with respect to such licensed product in such country and we shall have a fully-paid up, royalty-free and perpetual license to the licensed patent rights and data with respect to such licensed product in such country. Either party has the right to terminate the agreement if the other party has materially breached in the performance of its obligations under the agreement and such breach has not been cured within the applicable cure period.

        We also agreed to provide GSK the opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in connection with this offering equal to the proportion that the shares of common stock held by GSK (assuming conversion of all preferred stock into common stock upon consummation of this offering) bear to the total number of shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering (assuming conversion of all preferred stock into common stock upon consummation of this offering and all outstanding options). If GSK exercises its rights to purchase shares of common stock in connection with this offering, subject to certain conditions, GSK may purchase shares offered in this offering or may purchase shares of common stock in a private placement that is expected to close concurrently with this offering, in each case at the initial per share public offering price.

Intellectual Property

        We strive to protect and enhance the proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are commercially important to the development of our business, including by seeking, maintaining and defending patent rights, whether developed internally or licensed from third parties. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop, strengthen and maintain our proprietary position in our field.

        Our future commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to: obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business; defend and enforce in our intellectual property rights, in particular our patents rights; preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets; and operate without infringing, misappropriating or violating the valid and enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties. Our ability to stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our products may depend on the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents or trade secrets that cover these activities.

        The patent positions of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies like ours are generally uncertain and can involve complex legal, scientific and factual issues. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient proprietary protection from competitors. We also cannot ensure that patents will issue with respect to any patent applications that we or our licensors may

126


Table of Contents

file in the future, nor can we ensure that any of our owned or licensed patents or future patents will be commercially useful in protecting our product candidates and methods of manufacturing the same. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application may be significantly reduced before a patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted and even challenged after issuance. As a result, we cannot guarantee that any of our products will be protected or remain protectable by enforceable patents. Moreover, any patents that we hold may be challenged, circumvented or invalidated by third parties. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property" for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our intellectual property.

        We generally file patent applications directed to our key programs in an effort to secure our intellectual property positions vis-a-vis these programs. As of May 15, 2019, we owned one allowed U.S. patent application, one U.S. pending non-provisional patent applications, four foreign pending patent applications, four pending Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, applications and six U.S. provisional patent applications.

        The intellectual property portfolio for our most advanced programs as of May 15, 2019, is summarized below. Prosecution is a lengthy process, during which the scope of the claims initially submitted for examination by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office may be significantly narrowed before issuance, if issued at all. We expect this may be the case with respect to some of our pending patent applications referred to below.

Losmapimod and Derivatives

        The patent portfolio for losmapimod is based upon Fulcrum-owned and in-licensed patent families that include patents and patent applications directed to new methods of using losmapimod and other p38 inhibitors to treat FSHD, pharmaceutical compositions generically and specifically covering p38 inhibitors, and methods for identifying novel compositions to treat FSHD. As of May 15, 2019, we owned one allowed U.S. patent application, one U.S. pending non-provisional patent application, four foreign patent applications filed in Taiwan, Uruguay, Venezuela and Argentina, three pending PCT applications, and two U.S. provisional patent applications relating to our p38a/b program, primarily relating to methods of using losmapimod and certain other p38 inhibitors for the treatment of FSHD. While we believe that the specific and generic claims contained in our allowed U.S. patent application provide protection for the method of using losmapimod for the treatment of FSHD, and is not implicated by invalidating prior art, third parties may nevertheless challenge such claims. If any such claims are invalidated or rendered unenforceable for any reason, we will lose valuable intellectual property rights and our ability to prevent others from competing with us would be impaired. Any U.S. or ex-U.S. patents that may issue from pending applications that we own, if any, for our p38a/b program are projected to have a statutory expiration date in 2038, excluding any additional term for patent term adjustments or patent term extension, if applicable.

        Losmapimod is currently protected by patents owned by GSK (as a composition of matter and certain uses which do not include FSHD) and certain of these patents are licensed to us. As soon as the patents covering the composition of matter expire on February 10, 2023, or are no longer in-force, the GSK-licensed patents will no longer be a barrier to entry for any unclaimed new uses, including FSHD. Even during the term of these composition of matter patents, losmapimod can still be developed in the meantime in certain geographies, including in the United States, under safe harbor regulations.

FTX-HbF

        As of May 15, 2019, intellectual property portfolio for our FTX-HbF program includes one U.S. provisional patent application directed to pharmaceutical compositions generically and specifically covering inhibitors of a certain protein or protein complex that regulate fetal hemoglobin, as well as to methods for using and making these compositions. In order to continue to pursue protection based on this provisional patent application, we will need to file a PCT, foreign applications, and/or U.S. non-provisional patent application prior to the applicable deadline. If we do continue to pursue protection, any patents that

127


Table of Contents

may issue from the non-provisional patent applications would be projected to have statutory expiration dates in 2039, excluding any additional term for patent term adjustments or patent term extension, if applicable. While we believe that the specific and generic claims, contained in our U.S. provisional patent application, if filed as U.S. non-provisional application, PCT application and/or foreign application(s), provide protection for the claimed pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use and are not implicated by invalidating prior art, third parties may nevertheless challenge such claims. If any such claims are invalidated or rendered unenforceable for any reason, we will lose valuable intellectual property rights and our ability to prevent others from competing with us would be impaired.

        The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application.

        In the United States, the term of a patent covering an FDA-approved drug may, in certain cases, be eligible for a patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 as compensation for the loss of patent term during the FDA regulatory review process. The period of extension may be up to five years, but cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval. Only one patent among those eligible for an extension and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and in certain other jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. It is possible that issued U.S. patents covering the use of losmapimod and products from our intellectual property may be entitled to patent term extensions. If our use of drug candidates or the drug candidate itself receive FDA approval, we intend to apply for patent term extensions, if available, to extend the term of patents that cover the approved use or drug candidate. We also intend to seek patent term extensions in any jurisdictions where available, however, there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the FDA, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and even if granted, the length of such extensions.

        In addition to patent protection, we rely upon unpatented trade secrets and confidential know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. However, trade secrets and confidential know-how are difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, using confidentiality agreements with any collaborators, scientific advisors, employees and consultants and invention assignment agreements with our employees. We also have agreements requiring assignment of inventions with selected consultants, scientific advisors and collaborators. These agreements may not provide meaningful protection. These agreements may also be breached, and we may not have an adequate remedy for any such breach. In addition, our trade secrets and/or confidential know-how may become known or be independently developed by a third party, or misused by any collaborator to whom we disclose such information. Despite any measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our products or to obtain or use information that we regard as proprietary. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information, third parties may independently develop the same or similar proprietary information or may otherwise gain access to our proprietary information. As a result, we may be unable to meaningfully protect our trade secrets and proprietary information. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Intellectual Property" for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our intellectual property.

Manufacturing

        We do not have any manufacturing facilities. We obtained sufficient losmapimod tablets, or drug product, from GSK to complete our planned Phase 2 clinical trials. We obtained losmapimod API from GSK and plan to engage a contract manufacturing organization to convert the API into losmapimod tablets. We believe that the quantity of API will be sufficient to complete further clinical trials in FSHD. We believe that we have all the necessary information from GSK to enable the required technology transfers to contract manufacturing organizations. We also intend to identify and engage contract

128


Table of Contents

manufacturing organizations to prepare our own API and to manufacture tablets to support potential commercialization.

        We expect to rely on third parties for the manufacture of FTX-HbF and any future product candidates for preclinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture if our product candidates receive marketing approval. Our lead product candidates are small molecules and can be manufactured in reliable and reproducible synthetic processes from readily available starting materials. We expect to continue to develop product candidates that can be produced cost-effectively at contract manufacturing facilities.

Competition

        The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our technologies, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions and governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

        Many of the companies against which we are competing or against which we may compete in the future have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

        The key competitive factors affecting the success of all of our therapeutic product candidates, if approved, are likely to be their efficacy, safety, convenience, price, the effectiveness of companion diagnostics in guiding the use of related therapeutics, the level of generic competition and the availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

        Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of generic products. If our product candidates achieve marketing approval, we expect that they will be priced at a significant premium over competitive generic products.

        If our lead product candidates are approved for the indications for which we are currently undertaking clinical trials, they will compete with the therapies and currently marketed drugs discussed below.

FSHD

        There are no approved therapies for the treatment of FSHD. Controlled trials of albuterol, corticosteroids and a myostatin inhibitor all failed to demonstrate a clinical benefit to patients with FSHD. Low-intensity aerobic exercise tailored to the patient's distribution of weakness may provide some limited beneficial effect. Limited range of motion in the shoulder girdle can stem from periscapular muscle weakness, and in such cases surgical scapular fixation can result in some functional improvement for

129


Table of Contents

certain patients. There is also no standard practice regarding the use of physical or occupational therapy across countries and sites.

        We are not aware of any product candidate currently in clinical development for FSHD with the same mechanism of action as losmapimod or that is designed to treat the root cause of FSHD. We are aware of ACE-083, a locally injected myostatin inhibitor for intermittent treatment of weakness for ankle dorsiflexion (foot drop) and elbow flexion, which is currently in Phase 2a clinical development for FSHD by Acceleron. aTyr Pharma, Inc., or aTyr, conducted a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of resolaris, a physiocrine immune modulation protein. aTyr discontinued development of resolaris in FSHD. aTyr publicly disclosed that they do not intend to further develop resolaris without a partner.

SCD

        Approved drug treatments for SCD focus primarily on the management and reduction of pain episodes. The two drug treatments approved in the United States are hydroxyurea and L-glutamine. Hydroxyurea, marketed by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, is approved for the treatment of anemia related to SCD, to reduce the frequency of painful crises and the need for blood transfusions. L-glutamine, marketed by Emmaus Life Sciences, Inc., is approved to reduce severe complications associated with the disorder.

        Blood transfusions can be utilized to decrease the sickling of RBCs. While blood transfusions can be critically important to the management of SCD, there are a number of limitations associated with this therapeutic approach, including limited patient access and serious complications such as iron overload. The only potentially curative treatment currently approved for severe SCD is bone marrow transplantation. However, this treatment option is not commonly used given the difficulties of finding a suitable matched donor and the risks associated with the treatment, which include an approximately 5% mortality rate. Bone marrow transplantation is more commonly offered to pediatric patients with available sibling-matched donors.

        FTX-HbF could face competition from a number of different therapeutic approaches in development for patients with SCD. Novartis is conducting Phase 3 clinical trials of crizanlizumab, an anti-P-selectin monoclonal antibody, for the prevention of vaso-occlusive crises in patients with SCD. In January 2019, Novartis announced that crizanlizumab was granted breakthrough therapy designation by the FDA, and that Novartis expects to file a BLA for crizanlizumab in the first half of 2019. Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. is conducting a Phase 3 clinical trial of voxelotor (GBT440), a hemoglobin modifier, to prevent the sickling of RBCs. GlycoMimetics Inc. and Pfizer, Inc. are conducting a Phase 3 clinical trial of rivipansel (GMI-1070), a pan-selectin inhibitor. bluebird is conducting Phase 3 clinical trials of ZYNTEGLO, a gene therapy, as a one-time treatment for SCD that aims to treat SCD by inserting a functional human b-globin gene into the patient's own hematopoietic stem cells ex vivo and then transplanting the modified stem cell into the patient's bloodstream. EpiDestiny, Inc., or EpiDestiny, in collaboration with Novo Nordisk A/S, is evaluating EPI01, a small molecule designed to increase production of fetal hemoglobin, in Phase 2 clinical trials. Imara, Inc. is evaluating IMR-687, a PDE9 inhibitor, in a Phase 2a clinical trial in patients with sickle cell anemia. Aruvant Sciences, Inc. is evaluating RVT-1801, a gene therapy, in a Phase 1/2 trial. Sangamo Therapeutics Inc., or Sangamo, in collaboration with Bioverativ Inc., or Bioverativ, is developing BIVV-003, a gene editing cell therapy that modifies cells to produce functional RBCs using fetal hemoglobin. There are also several other gene editing approaches being evaluated by Intellia Therapeutics, Inc. (in collaboration with Novartis), Editas Medicine, Inc. and CRISPR Therapeutics AG (in collaboration with Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, or Vertex). Pfizer conducted a Phase 1b clinical trial with PF-04447943, a PDE9 inhibitor, in patients with SCD.

130


Table of Contents

b-thalassemia

        The current standard of care for many patients with b-thalassemia is frequent blood transfusions to manage anemia. The only potentially curative therapy for b-thalassemia is allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant, which is associated with serious risk and is limited to patients with a suitable donor. ZYNTEGLO, a gene therapy developed by bluebird for the treatment of adult and adolescent patients with transfusion-dependent b-thalassemia and with certain genotypes, received a positive opinion recommending conditional marketing authorization in Europe in March 2019. bluebird announced that it plans to file a BLA in the United States in 2019.

        FTX-HbF could face competition from a number of different therapeutic approaches are in development as a therapeutic option for patients with transfusion-dependent b-thalassemia. Acceleron, in collaboration with Celgene, is conducting Phase 3 clinical trials of luspatercept (ACE-536), an erythroid maturation agent. Celgene submitted a BLA for luspatercept for the treatment of adult patients with anemia associated with b-thalassemia and who require frequent transfusions. Celgene and Acceleron submitted a marketing authorization application, or MAA, to the EMA in the second quarter of 2019.

        Bellicum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial to evaluate a modified donor T cell therapy to be used in conjunction with hematopoietic stem cell transplant. Kiadis Pharma is conducting Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials of an adjunctive T cell immunotherapy treatment in conjunction with hematopoietic stem cell transplant. EpiDestiny, in collaboration with Novo Nordisk A/S, is evaluating EPI01, a small molecule designed to increase production of fetal hemoglobin, in Phase 2 clinical trials. Orchard Therapeutics plc is conducting Phase 2 clinical trials of OTL-300, an autologous ex vivo gene therapy for the treatment of transfusion-dependent b-thalassemia. Sangamo, in collaboration with Bioverativ, is conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of ST-400, which uses a genome-edited cell therapy approach designed to produce functional RBCs using fetal hemoglobin. CRISPR Therapeutics AG, in collaboration with Vertex, is conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of CTX001, which uses a gene editing approach to upregulate the expression of fetal hemoglobin, in patients with transfusion-dependent b-thalassemia.

Government Regulation and Product Approvals

        Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries and jurisdictions, including the European Union, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, pricing, reimbursement, quality control, approval, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and import and export of biopharmaceutical products. The processes for obtaining marketing approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with compliance with applicable statutes and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

Approval and Regulation of Drugs in the United States

        In the United States, drug products are regulated under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and applicable implementing regulations and guidance. The failure of an applicant to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements at any time during the product development process, including non-clinical testing, clinical testing, the approval process or post-approval process, may result in delays to the conduct of a study, regulatory review and approval and/or administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions may include, but are not limited to, the FDA's refusal to allow an applicant to proceed with clinical trials, refusal to approve pending applications, license suspension or revocation, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and other types of letters, adverse publicity, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by the FDA or Department of Justice, or DOJ, or other government entities, including state agencies.

131


Table of Contents

        An applicant seeking approval to market and distribute a new drug in the United States generally must satisfactorily complete each of the following steps before the product candidate will be approved by the FDA:

Preclinical Studies

        Before an applicant begins testing a product candidate with potential therapeutic value in humans, the product candidate enters the preclinical testing stage, including in vitro and animal studies to assess the safety and activity of the drug for initial testing in humans and to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as other studies to evaluate, among other things, the toxicity of the product candidate. The conduct of the preclinical tests and formulation of the compounds for testing must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations and standards. The results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical trials, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. Some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity and long-term toxicity studies may continue after the IND is submitted.

The IND and IRB Processes

        Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include, among other

132


Table of Contents

things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their voluntary informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under written study protocols detailing, among other things, the inclusion and exclusion criteria, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.

        An IND is an exemption from the FDCA that allows an unapproved product candidate to be shipped in interstate commerce for use in an investigational clinical trial and a request for FDA authorization to administer such investigational product to humans. Such authorization must be secured prior to interstate shipment and administration of any product candidate that is not the subject of an approved NDA. In support of a request for an IND, applicants must submit a protocol for each clinical trial, and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. In addition, the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical trials, among other things, must be submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. The FDA requires a 30-day waiting period after the filing of each IND before clinical trials may begin. This waiting period is designed to allow the FDA to review the IND to determine whether human research subjects will be exposed to unreasonable health risks. At any time during this 30-day period or thereafter, the FDA may raise concerns or questions about the conduct of the trials as outlined in the IND and impose a clinical hold or partial clinical hold. In these cases, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before clinical trials can begin.

        Following commencement of a clinical trial under an IND, the FDA may also place a clinical hold or partial clinical hold on that trial. Clinical holds are imposed by the FDA whenever there is concern for patient safety and may be a result of new data, findings, or developments in clinical, nonclinical, and/or chemistry, manufacturing, and controls. A clinical hold is an order issued by the FDA to the sponsor to delay a proposed clinical investigation or to suspend an ongoing investigation. A partial clinical hold is a delay or suspension of only part of the clinical work requested under the IND. For example, a specific protocol or part of a protocol may not be allowed to proceed, while other protocols may be allowed. No more than 30 days after imposition of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, the FDA will provide the sponsor a written explanation of the basis for the hold. Following issuance of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, a clinical trial may only resume after the FDA has so notified the sponsor. The FDA will base that determination on information provided by the sponsor correcting the deficiencies previously cited or otherwise satisfying the FDA that the clinical trial can proceed.

        A sponsor may choose, but is not required, to conduct a foreign clinical study under an IND. When a foreign clinical study is conducted under an IND, all FDA IND requirements must be met unless waived. When a foreign clinical study is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor must ensure that the study complies with certain regulatory requirements of the FDA in order to use the study as support for an IND or application for marketing approval. Specifically, on April 28, 2008, the FDA amended its regulations governing the acceptance of foreign clinical studies not conducted under an investigational new drug application as support for an IND or a new drug application. The final rule provides that such studies must be conducted in accordance with GCP, including review and approval by an independent ethics committee, or IEC, and informed consent from subjects. The GCP requirements in the final rule encompass both ethical and data integrity standards for clinical studies. The FDA's regulations are intended to help ensure the protection of human subjects enrolled in non-IND foreign clinical studies, as well as the quality and integrity of the resulting data. They further help ensure that non-IND foreign studies are conducted in a manner comparable to that required for IND studies.

        In addition to the foregoing IND requirements, an IRB representing each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must conduct continuing review and reapprove the study at least annually. The IRB must review and approve, among other things, the study protocol and informed consent information to be provided to study subjects. An IRB must operate in compliance with FDA regulations. An IRB can

133


Table of Contents

suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB's requirements or if the product candidate has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

        Additionally, some trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization as to whether or not a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access that only the group maintains to available data from the study. Suspension or termination of development during any phase of clinical trials can occur if it is determined that the participants or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Other reasons for suspension or termination may be made by us based on evolving business objectives and/or the competitive environment.

        Information about clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the NIH for public dissemination on its ClinicalTrials.gov website.

Expanded Access to an Investigational Drug for Treatment Use

        Expanded access, sometimes called "compassionate use," is the use of investigational new drug products outside of clinical trials to treat patients with serious or immediately life-threatening diseases or conditions when there are no comparable or satisfactory alternative treatment options. The rules and regulations related to expanded access are intended to improve access to investigational drugs for patients who may benefit from investigational therapies. FDA regulations allow access to investigational drugs under an IND by the company or the treating physician for treatment purposes on a case-by-case basis for: individual patients (single-patient IND applications for treatment in emergency settings and non-emergency settings); intermediate-size patient populations; and larger populations for use of the drug under a treatment protocol or Treatment IND Application.

        When considering an IND application for expanded access to an investigational product with the purpose of treating a patient or a group of patients, the sponsor and treating physicians or investigators will determine suitability when all of the following criteria apply: patient(s) have a serious or immediately life-threatening disease or condition, and there is no comparable or satisfactory alternative therapy to diagnose, monitor, or treat the disease or condition; the potential patient benefit justifies the potential risks of the treatment and the potential risks are not unreasonable in the context or condition to be treated; and the expanded use of the investigational drug for the requested treatment will not interfere with the initiation, conduct, or completion of clinical investigations that could support marketing approval of the product or otherwise compromise the potential development of the product.

        On December 13, 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act, or the Cures Act, established (and the 2017 Food and Drug Administration Reauthorization Act later amended) a requirement that sponsors of one or more investigational drugs for the treatment of a serious disease(s) or condition(s) make publicly available their policy for evaluating and responding to requests for expanded access for individual patients. Although these requirements were rolled out over time, they have now come into full effect. This provision requires drug and biologic companies to make publicly available their policies for expanded access for individual patient access to products intended for serious diseases. Sponsors are required to make such policies publicly available upon the earlier of initiation of a Phase 2 or Phase 3 study; or 15 days after the drug or biologic receives designation as a breakthrough therapy, fast track product, or regenerative medicine advanced therapy.

        In addition, on May 30, 2018, the Right to Try Act, was signed into law. The law, among other things, provides a federal framework for certain patients to access certain investigational new drug products that have completed a Phase I clinical trial and that are undergoing investigation for FDA approval. Under certain circumstances, eligible patients can seek treatment without enrolling in clinical trials and without obtaining FDA permission under the FDA expanded access program. There is no obligation for a drug manufacturer to make its drug products available to eligible patients as a result of the Right to Try Act, but the manufacturer must develop an internal policy and respond to patient requests according to that policy.

134


Table of Contents

Human Clinical Trials in Support of an NDA

        Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product candidate to human subjects under the supervision of a qualified investigator in accordance with GCP requirements, which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under written clinical trial protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, inclusion and exclusion criteria, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated.

        Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap or be combined. Additional studies may also be required after approval.

        Phase 1 clinical trials are initially conducted in a limited population to test the product candidate for safety, including adverse effects, dose tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and pharmacodynamics in healthy humans or in patients. During Phase 1 clinical trials, information about the investigational drug product's pharmacokinetics and pharmacological effects may be obtained to permit the design of well-controlled and scientifically valid Phase 2 clinical trials.

        Phase 2 clinical trials are generally conducted in a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, evaluate the efficacy of the product candidate for specific targeted indications and determine dose tolerance and optimal dosage. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted by the sponsor to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more costly Phase 3 clinical trials. Phase 2 clinical trials are well controlled, closely monitored and conducted in a limited patient population.

        Phase 3 clinical trials proceed if the Phase 2 clinical trials demonstrate that a dose range of the product candidate is potentially effective and has an acceptable safety profile. Phase 3 clinical trials are undertaken within an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, provide substantial evidence of clinical efficacy and further test for safety in an expanded and diverse patient population at multiple, geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. A well-controlled, statistically robust Phase 3 clinical trial may be designed to deliver the data that regulatory authorities will use to decide whether or not to approve, and, if approved, how to appropriately label a drug. Such Phase 3 studies are referred to as "pivotal."

        In some cases, the FDA may approve an NDA for a product candidate but require the sponsor to conduct additional clinical trials to further assess the product candidate's safety and effectiveness after approval. Such post-approval trials are typically referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials. These studies are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of a larger number of patients in the intended treatment group and to further document a clinical benefit in the case of drugs approved under accelerated approval regulations. Failure to exhibit due diligence with regard to conducting Phase 4 clinical trials could result in withdrawal of approval for products.

        Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. In addition, IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA for any of the following: serious and unexpected suspected adverse reactions; findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk in humans exposed to the product; and any clinically important increase in the case of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB's requirements or if the product has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. The FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP and the integrity of the clinical data submitted.

135


Table of Contents

        Concurrent with clinical trials, companies often complete additional animal studies. They must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, purity, and potency of the final drug. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

Pediatric Studies

        Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, an NDA or supplement thereto must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. Sponsors must also submit pediatric study plans prior to the assessment data. Those plans must contain an outline of the proposed pediatric study or studies the applicant plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, any deferral or waiver requests and other information required by regulation. The applicant, the FDA, and the FDA's internal review committee must then review the information submitted, consult with each other and agree upon a final plan. The FDA or the applicant may request an amendment to the plan at any time.

        For drugs intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, the FDA must, upon the request of an applicant, meet to discuss preparation of the initial pediatric study plan or to discuss deferral or waiver of pediatric assessments. In addition, the FDA will meet early in the development process to discuss pediatric study plans with sponsors, and the FDA must meet with sponsors by no later than the end-of-phase 1 meeting for serious or life-threatening diseases and by no later than ninety (90) days after the FDA's receipt of the study plan.

        The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. Additional requirements and procedures relating to deferral requests and requests for extension of deferrals are contained in the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act in 2012. Unless otherwise required by regulation, the pediatric data requirements do not apply to products with orphan designation.

Review and Approval of an NDA

        In order to obtain approval to market a drug product in the United States, a marketing application must be submitted to the FDA that provides sufficient data establishing the safety, purity and potency of the proposed drug product for its intended indication. The application includes all relevant data available from pertinent preclinical and clinical trials, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product's chemistry, manufacturing, controls and proposed labeling, among other things. Data can come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and effectiveness of a use of a product, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by independent investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety, purity and potency of the drug product to the satisfaction of the FDA.

        The NDA is a vehicle through which applicants formally propose that the FDA approve a new product for marketing and sale in the United States for one or more indications. Every new non-biologic drug product candidate must be the subject of an approved NDA before it may be commercialized in the United States. BLAs are submitted for approval of biologic products. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is subject to an application user fee, which for federal fiscal year 2019 is $2,588,478 for an application requiring clinical data. The sponsor of an approved NDA is also subject to an annual program fee, which for fiscal year 2019 is $309,915. Certain exceptions and waivers are available for some of these

136


Table of Contents

fees, such as an exception from the application fee for products with orphan designation, an exception from the program fee when the program does not engage in manufacturing the drug during a particular fiscal year and a waiver for certain small businesses.

        The FDA conducts a preliminary review of the application, generally within 60 calendar days of its receipt, and strives to inform the sponsor within 74 days whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept the application for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA has agreed to specified performance goals in the review process of NDAs. Under that agreement, 90% of applications seeking approval of New Molecular Entities, or NMEs, are meant to be reviewed within ten months from the date on which the FDA accepts the application for filing, and 90% of applications for NMEs that have been designated for Priority Review are meant to be reviewed within six months of the filing date. For applications seeking approval of products that are not NMEs, the ten-month and six-month review periods run from the date that the FDA receives the application. The review process and the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, goal date may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider new information or clarification provided by the applicant to address an outstanding deficiency identified by the FDA following the original submission.

        Before approving an application, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is being or will be manufactured. These pre-approval inspections may cover all facilities associated with an NDA submission, including component manufacturing, finished product manufacturing and control testing laboratories. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Under the FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017, the FDA must implement a protocol to expedite review of responses to inspection reports pertaining to certain applications, including applications for products in shortage or those for which approval is dependent on remediation of conditions identified in the inspection report.

        In addition, as a condition of approval, the FDA may require an applicant to develop a REMS. A REMS uses risk-minimization strategies beyond the professional labeling to ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. To determine whether a REMS is needed, the FDA will consider the size of the population likely to use the product, the seriousness of the disease, the expected benefit of the product, the expected duration of treatment, the seriousness of known or potential adverse events and whether the product is a new molecular entity.

        The FDA may refer an application for a novel product to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. Typically, an advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that review, evaluate and provide a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but the FDA considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Fast Track, Breakthrough Therapy, Priority Review and Regenerative Advanced Therapy Designations

        The FDA is authorized to designate certain products for expedited review if they are intended to address an unmet medical need in the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition. These programs are referred to as Fast Track designation, Breakthrough Therapy designation, Priority Review designation and Regenerative Advanced Therapy designation.

        Specifically, the FDA may designate a product for Fast Track review if it is intended, whether alone or in combination with one or more other products, for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and it demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or

137


Table of Contents

condition. For Fast Track products, sponsors may have greater interaction with the FDA, and the FDA may initiate review of sections of a Fast Track product's application before the application is complete. This rolling review may be available if the FDA determines, after preliminary evaluation of clinical data submitted by the sponsor, that a Fast Track product may be effective. The sponsor must also provide, and the FDA must approve, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information, and the sponsor must pay applicable user fees. However, the FDA's time-period goal for reviewing a Fast Track application does not begin until the last section of the application is submitted. In addition, the Fast Track designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

        Second, a product may be designated as a Breakthrough Therapy if it is intended, either alone or in combination with one or more other products, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The FDA may take certain actions with respect to Breakthrough Therapies, including holding meetings with the sponsor throughout the development process; providing timely advice to the product sponsor regarding development and approval; involving more senior staff in the review process; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the review team and taking other steps to design the clinical trials in an efficient manner.

        Third, the FDA may designate a product for Priority Review if it treats a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. The FDA determines, on a case-by-case basis, whether the proposed product represents a significant improvement when compared with other available therapies. Significant improvement may be illustrated by evidence of increased effectiveness in the treatment of a condition, elimination or substantial reduction of a treatment-limiting product reaction, documented enhancement of patient compliance that may lead to improvement in serious outcomes, and evidence of safety and effectiveness in a new subpopulation. A Priority Review designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of such applications and to shorten the FDA's goal for taking action on a marketing application from ten months to six months.

        With passage of the Cures Act in December 2016, Congress authorized the FDA to accelerate review and approval of products designated as Regenerative Advanced Therapies. A product is eligible for this designation if it is a regenerative medicine therapy that is intended to treat, modify, reverse or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and if preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such disease or condition. The benefits of a Regenerative Advanced Therapy designation include early interactions with the FDA to expedite development and review, benefits available to breakthrough therapies, potential eligibility for Priority Review and accelerated approval based on surrogate or intermediate endpoints.

Accelerated Approval Pathway

        The FDA may grant accelerated approval to a product for a serious or life-threatening condition that provides meaningful therapeutic advantage to patients over existing treatments based upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely, based on epidemiologic, therapeutic, pathophysiologic, or other evidence, to predict clinical benefit. The FDA may also grant accelerated approval for such a condition when the product has an effect on an intermediate clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, and that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. Products granted accelerated approval must meet the same statutory standards for safety and effectiveness as those granted traditional approval.

        For the purposes of accelerated approval, a surrogate endpoint is a marker, such as a laboratory measurement, radiographic image, physical sign, efficacy biomarker or other measure that is thought to

138


Table of Contents

predict clinical benefit but is not itself a measure of clinical benefit. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. An intermediate clinical endpoint is a measurement of a therapeutic effect that is considered reasonably likely to predict the clinical benefit of a drug, such as an effect on IMM. The FDA has limited experience with accelerated approvals based on intermediate clinical endpoints but has indicated that such endpoints generally may support accelerated approval where the therapeutic effect measured by the endpoint is not itself a clinical benefit and basis for traditional approval, if there is a basis for concluding that the therapeutic effect is reasonably likely to predict the ultimate clinical benefit of a product.

        The accelerated approval pathway is most often used in settings in which the course of a disease is long and an extended period of time is required to measure the intended clinical benefit of a product, even if the effect on the surrogate or intermediate clinical endpoint occurs rapidly. The benefit of accelerated approval derives from the potential to receive approval based on surrogate endpoints sooner than possible for trials with clinical or survival endpoints, rather than deriving from any explicit shortening of the FDA approval timeline, as is the case with Priority Review.

        The accelerated approval pathway is usually contingent on a sponsor's agreement to conduct, in a diligent manner, additional post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the product's clinical benefit. As a result, a product candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or to confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, would allow the FDA to initiate expedited proceedings to withdraw approval of the product. All promotional materials for product candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

The FDA's Decision on an NDA

        On the basis of the FDA's evaluation of the application and accompanying information, including the results of the inspection of the manufacturing facilities, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing or information in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA's satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

        If the FDA approves a new product, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, or require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess the drug's safety after approval. The agency may also require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, including a REMS, to help ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. REMS programs can include medication guides, communication plans for health care professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring and the use of patent registries. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs. The FDA may require a REMS before or after approval if it becomes aware of a serious risk associated with use of the product. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of a product. After approval, many types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, changing manufacturing processes and adding labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

139


Table of Contents

Post-Approval Regulation

        If regulatory approval for marketing of a product or new indication for an existing product is obtained, the sponsor will be required to comply with all regular post-approval regulatory requirements as well as any post-approval requirements that the FDA may have imposed as part of the approval process. The sponsor will be required to report, among other things, certain adverse reactions and manufacturing problems to the FDA, provide updated safety and efficacy information and comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotional labeling requirements. Manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements, including cGMP regulations, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon manufacturers. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. Accordingly, the sponsor and its third-party manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP regulations and other regulatory requirements.

        A product may also be subject to official lot release, meaning that the manufacturer is required to perform certain tests on each lot of the product before it is released for distribution. If the product is subject to official release, the manufacturer must submit to the FDA samples of each lot, together with a release protocol showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the lot and the results of all of the manufacturer's tests performed on the lot. The FDA may also perform certain confirmatory tests on lots of some products before releasing the lots for distribution. Finally, the FDA will conduct laboratory research related to the safety, purity, potency and effectiveness of pharmaceutical products.

        Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

        The FDA strictly regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of prescription drug products placed on the market. This regulation includes, among other things, standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, communications regarding unapproved uses, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the Internet and social media. Promotional claims about a drug's safety or effectiveness are prohibited before the drug is approved. After approval, a drug product generally may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA, as reflected in the product's prescribing information. In the United States, health care professionals are generally permitted to prescribe drugs for such uses not described in the drug's labeling, known as off-label uses, because the FDA does not regulate the practice of medicine. However, FDA regulations impose rigorous restrictions on manufacturers' communications, prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. It may be permissible, under very specific, narrow conditions, for a manufacturer to engage in nonpromotional, non-misleading

140


Table of Contents

communication regarding off-label information, such as distributing scientific or medical journal information.

        If a company is found to have promoted off-label uses, it may become subject to adverse public relations and administrative and judicial enforcement by the FDA, the DOJ, or the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, as well as state authorities. This could subject a company to a range of penalties that could have a significant commercial impact, including civil and criminal fines and agreements that materially restrict the manner in which a company promotes or distributes drug products. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion, and has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed.

        In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, and its implementing regulations, as well as the Drug Supply Chain Security Act, or DSCA, which regulate the distribution and tracing of prescription drug samples at the federal level, and set minimum standards for the regulation of distributors by the states. The PDMA, its implementing regulations and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples, and the DSCA imposes requirements to ensure accountability in distribution and to identify and remove counterfeit and other illegitimate products from the market.

Section 505(b)(2) NDAs

        NDAs for most new drug products are based on two full clinical studies which must contain substantial evidence of the safety and efficacy of the proposed new product for the proposed use. These applications are submitted under Section 505(b)(1) of the FDCA. The FDA is, however, authorized to approve an alternative type of NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. This type of application allows the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA's previous findings of safety and efficacy for a similar product, or published literature. Specifically, Section 505(b)(2) applies to NDAs for a drug for which the investigations made to show whether or not the drug is safe for use and effective in use and relied upon by the applicant for approval of the application "were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted."

        Thus, Section 505(b)(2) authorizes the FDA to approve an NDA based on safety and effectiveness data that were not developed by the applicant. NDAs filed under Section 505(b)(2) may provide an alternate and potentially more expeditious pathway to FDA approval for new or improved formulations or new uses of previously approved products. If the 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA's previous approval is scientifically appropriate, the applicant may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical or clinical studies of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements to support the change from the approved product. The FDA may then approve the new drug candidate for all or some of the label indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

Abbreviated New Drug Applications for Generic Drugs

        In 1984, with passage of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments to the FDCA, Congress established an abbreviated regulatory scheme authorizing the FDA to approve generic drugs that are shown to contain the same active ingredients as, and to be bioequivalent to, drugs previously approved by the FDA pursuant to NDAs. To obtain approval of a generic drug, an applicant must submit an Abbreviated New Drug Application, or ANDA, to the agency. An ANDA is a comprehensive submission that contains, among other things, data and information pertaining to the active pharmaceutical ingredient, bioequivalence, drug product formulation, specifications and stability of the generic drug, as well as analytical methods, manufacturing process validation data and quality control procedures. ANDAs are abbreviated because

141


Table of Contents

they generally do not include preclinical and clinical data to demonstrate safety and effectiveness. Instead, in support of such applications, a generic manufacturer may rely on the preclinical and clinical testing previously conducted for a drug product previously approved under an NDA, known as the reference-listed drug, or RLD.

        Specifically, in order for an ANDA to be approved, the FDA must find that the generic version is identical to the RLD with respect to the active ingredients, route of administration, dosage form, strength and conditions of use of the drug. At the same time, the FDA must also determine that the generic drug is bioequivalent to the innovator drug. Under the statute, a generic drug is bioequivalent to a RLD if "the rate and extent of absorption of the drug do not show a significant difference from the rate and extent of absorption of the listed drug." Upon approval of an ANDA, the FDA indicates whether the generic product is "therapeutically equivalent" to the RLD in its publication "Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations," also referred to as the "Orange Book." Physicians and pharmacists consider a therapeutic equivalent generic drug to be fully substitutable for the RLD. In addition, by operation of certain state laws and numerous health insurance programs, the FDA's designation of therapeutic equivalence often results in substitution of the generic drug without the knowledge or consent of either the prescribing physician or the patient.

        Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, the FDA may not approve an ANDA until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the RLD has expired. The FDCA provides a period of five years of non-patent data exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity. For the purposes of this provision, a new chemical entity, or NCE, is a drug that contains no active moiety that has previously been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An active moiety is the molecule or ion responsible for the physiological or pharmacological action of the drug substance. In cases where such NCE exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the original product approval.

        The FDCA also provides for a period of three years of exclusivity if the NDA includes reports of one or more new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, that were conducted by or for the applicant and are essential to the approval of the application. This three-year exclusivity period often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication. Three-year exclusivity would be available for a drug product that contains a previously approved active moiety, provided the statutory requirement for a new clinical investigation is satisfied. Unlike five-year NCE exclusivity, an award of three-year exclusivity does not block the FDA from accepting ANDAs seeking approval for generic versions of the drug as of the date of approval of the original drug product. The FDA typically makes decisions about awards of data exclusivity shortly before a product is approved.

        The FDA must establish a Priority Review track for certain generic drugs, requiring the FDA to review a drug application within eight months for a drug that has three or fewer approved drugs listed in the Orange Book and is no longer protected by any patent or regulatory exclusivities, or is on the FDA's drug shortage list. The FDA is also authorized to expedite review of "competitor generic therapies" or drugs with inadequate generic competition, including holding meetings with or providing advice to the drug sponsor prior to submission of the application.

Hatch-Waxman Patent Certification and the 30-Month Stay

        Upon approval of an NDA or a supplement thereto, NDA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant's product or an approved method of using the product. Each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the Orange Book. When an ANDA applicant files its application with the FDA, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the reference product in the Orange Book, except for patents covering methods of use for

142


Table of Contents

which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval. To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would.

        Specifically, the applicant must certify with respect to each patent that:

        A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product's listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired (other than method of use patents involving indications for which the applicant is not seeking approval).

        If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days after the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months after the receipt of the Paragraph IV notice, the expiration of the patent, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

        To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would. As a result, approval of a Section 505(b)(2) NDA can be stalled until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired, until any non-patent exclusivity, such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of a new chemical entity, listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired, and, in the case of a Paragraph IV certification and subsequent patent infringement suit, until the earlier of 30 months, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

Pediatric Exclusivity

        Pediatric exclusivity is another type of non-patent marketing exclusivity in the United States and, if granted, provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity, including the non-patent and orphan exclusivity. This six-month exclusivity may be granted if an NDA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from the FDA for such data. The data do not need to show the product to be effective in the pediatric population studied; rather, if the clinical trial is deemed to fairly respond to the FDA's request, the additional protection is granted. If reports of requested pediatric studies are submitted to and accepted by the FDA within the statutory time limits, whatever statutory or regulatory periods of exclusivity or patent protection cover the product are extended by six months. This is not a patent term extension, but it effectively extends the regulatory period during which the FDA cannot approve another application.

143


Table of Contents

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity

        Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug product as an "orphan drug" if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, generally meaning that it affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more in cases in which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a product available in the United States for treatment of the disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. A company must seek orphan drug designation before submitting an NDA for the candidate product. If the request is granted, the FDA will disclose the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential use. Orphan drug designation does not shorten the PDUFA goal dates for the regulatory review and approval process, although it does convey certain advantages such as tax benefits and exemption from the PDUFA application fee.

        If a product with orphan designation receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation or for a select indication or use within the rare disease or condition for which it was designated, the product generally will receive orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug exclusivity means that the FDA may not approve another sponsor's marketing application for the same drug for the same condition for seven years, except in certain limited circumstances. Orphan exclusivity does not block the approval of a different product for the same rare disease or condition, nor does it block the approval of the same product for different conditions. If a drug designated as an orphan drug ultimately receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what was designated in its orphan drug application, it may not be entitled to exclusivity.

        Orphan drug exclusivity will not bar approval of another product under certain circumstances, including if a subsequent product with the same drug for the same condition is shown to be clinically superior to the approved product on the basis of greater efficacy or safety, or providing a major contribution to patient care, or if the company with orphan drug exclusivity is not able to meet market demand. This is the case despite an earlier court opinion holding that the Orphan Drug Act unambiguously required the FDA to recognize orphan exclusivity regardless of a showing of clinical superiority.

Patent Term Restoration and Extension

        A patent claiming a new drug product may be eligible for a limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act, which permits a patent restoration of up to five years for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review. The restoration period granted on a patent covering a product is typically one-half the time between the effective date of a clinical investigation involving human beings is begun and the submission date of an application, plus the time between the submission date of an application and the ultimate approval date. Patent term restoration cannot be used to extend the remaining term of a patent past a total of 14 years from the product's approval date. Only one patent applicable to an approved product is eligible for the extension, and only those claims covering the approved product, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Additionally, the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent in question. A patent that covers multiple products for which approval is sought can only be extended in connection with one of the approvals. The United States Patent and Trademark Office reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA.

Health Care Law and Regulation

        Health care providers and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of drug products that are granted marketing approval. Arrangements with providers, consultants, third-party payors and customers are subject to broadly applicable fraud and abuse, anti-kickback, false claims laws, patient privacy laws and regulations and other health care laws and

144


Table of Contents

regulations that may constrain business and/or financial arrangements. Restrictions under applicable federal and state health care laws and regulations, include the following:

        Further, some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other health care providers or marketing expenditures. Additionally, some state and local laws require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives in the jurisdiction. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

145


Table of Contents

Pharmaceutical Insurance Coverage and Health Care Reform

        In the United States and markets in other countries, patients who are prescribed treatments for their conditions and providers performing the prescribed services generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the associated health care costs. Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of products approved by the FDA and other government authorities. Thus, even if a product candidate is approved, sales of the product will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors, including government health programs in the United States such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations, provide coverage and establish adequate reimbursement levels for, the product. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products and services and imposing controls to manage costs. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the approved products for a particular indication.

        In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, a company may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable marketing approvals. Nonetheless, product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost effective. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician utilization once the product is approved and have a material adverse effect on sales, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, a payor's decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor's determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and reimbursement for the product, and the level of coverage and reimbursement can differ significantly from payor to payor.

        The containment of health care costs also has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments and the prices of products have been a focus in this effort. Governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit a company's revenue generated from the sale of any approved products. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which a company or its collaborators receive marketing approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

        There have been a number of federal and state proposals during the last few years regarding the pricing of pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical products, limiting coverage and reimbursement for drugs and biologics and other medical products, government control and other changes to the health care system in the United States.

        In March 2010, the United States Congress enacted the ACA, which, among other things, includes changes to the coverage and payment for drug products under government health care programs. Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our potential product candidates are:

146


Table of Contents

        Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments, will remain in effect through 2027 unless additional Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

        Since enactment of the ACA, there have been numerous legal challenges and Congressional actions to repeal and replace provisions of the law. For example, with enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, which was signed by President Trump on December 22, 2017, Congress repealed the "individual mandate." The repeal of this provision, which requires most Americans to carry a minimal level of health insurance, is effective as of 2019. According to the Congressional Budget Office, the repeal of the individual mandate will cause 13 million fewer Americans to be insured in 2027 and premiums in insurance markets may rise. Additionally, on January 22, 2018, President Trump signed a continuing resolution on appropriations for fiscal year 2018 that delayed the implementation of certain ACA-mandated fees, including the so-called "Cadillac" tax on certain high cost employer-sponsored insurance plans, the annual fee imposed on certain health insurance providers based on market share, and the medical device excise tax on non-exempt medical devices. Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, among other things, amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to increase from 50 percent to 70 percent the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D and to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the "donut hole". The Congress will likely consider other legislation to replace elements of the ACA during the next Congressional session.

147


Table of Contents

        In addition, on December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court judge in the Northern District of Texas ruled that the individual mandate portion of the ACA is an essential and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore because the mandate was repealed as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. The Trump administration and CMS have both stated that the ruling will have no immediate effect, and on December 30, 2018 the same judge issued an order staying the judgment pending appeal. The Trump Administration has recently represented to the Court of Appeals considering this judgment that it does not oppose the lower court's ruling. It is unclear how this decision and any subsequent appeals and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA and our business. Litigation and legislation over the ACA are likely to continue, with unpredictable and uncertain results.

        The Trump Administration has also taken executive actions to undermine or delay implementation of the ACA. Since January 2017, President Trump has signed two Executive Orders designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the ACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. One Executive Order directs federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the ACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the ACA that would impose a fiscal or regulatory burden on states, individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. The second Executive Order terminates the cost-sharing subsidies that reimburse insurers under the ACA. Several state Attorneys General filed suit to stop the administration from terminating the subsidies, but their request for a restraining order was denied by a federal judge in California on October 25, 2017. In addition, CMS has recently proposed regulations that would give states greater flexibility in setting benchmarks for insurers in the individual and small group marketplaces, which may have the effect of relaxing the essential health benefits required under the ACA for plans sold through such marketplaces. Further, on June 14, 2018, U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit ruled that the federal government was not required to pay more than $12 billion in ACA risk corridor payments to third-party payors who argued were owed to them. The effects of this gap in reimbursement on third-party payors, the viability of the ACA marketplace, providers, and potentially our business, are not yet known.

        Further, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries and proposed federal and proposed and enacted state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. For example, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries and proposed federal and proposed and enacted state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the federal level, Congress and the Trump administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs.

        For example, on May 11, 2018, the Administration issued a plan to lower drug prices. Under this blueprint for action, the Administration indicated that the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, will: take steps to end the gaming of regulatory and patent processes by drug makers to unfairly protect monopolies; advance biosimilars and generics to boost price competition; evaluate the inclusion of prices in drug makers' advertisements to enhance price competition; speed access to and lower the cost of new drugs by clarifying policies for sharing information between insurers and drug makers; avoid excessive pricing by relying more on value-based pricing by expanding outcome-based payments in Medicare and Medicaid; work to give Part D plan sponsors more negotiation power with drug makers; examine which Medicare Part B drugs could be negotiated for a lower price by Part D plans, and improving the design of the Part B Competitive Acquisition Program; update Medicare's drug-pricing dashboard to increase transparency; prohibit Part D contracts that include "gag rules" that prevent pharmacists from informing patients when they could pay less out-of-pocket by not using insurance; and require that Part D plan

148


Table of Contents

members be provided with an annual statement of plan payments, out-of-pocket spending, and drug price increases. More recently, on January 31, 2019, the HHS Office of Inspector General proposed modifications to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute discount safe harbor for the purpose of reducing the cost of drug products to consumers which, among other things, if finalized, will affect discounts paid by manufacturers to Medicare Part D plans, Medicaid managed care organizations and pharmacy benefit managers working with these organizations.

        At the state level, individual states are increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional health care authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other health care programs. These measures could reduce the ultimate demand for our products, once approved, or put pressure on our product pricing. We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our product candidates or additional pricing pressures.

Review and Approval of Medicinal Products in the European Union

        In order to market any product outside of the United States, a company must also comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of products. Whether or not it obtains FDA approval for a product, an applicant will need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities before it can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries or jurisdictions. The approval process ultimately varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others. Specifically, however, the process governing approval of medicinal products in the European Union, or EU, generally follows the same lines as in the United States. It entails satisfactory completion of preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the product for each proposed indication. It also requires the submission to the relevant competent authorities of an MAA and granting of a marketing authorization by these authorities before the product can be marketed and sold in the EU.

Clinical Trial Approval

        The Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC, the Directive 2005/28/EC on GCP and the related national implementing provisions of the individual member states of the European Union, or EU Member States, govern the system for the approval of clinical trials in the EU. Under this system, an applicant must obtain prior approval from the competent national authority of the EU Member States in which the clinical trial is to be conducted. Furthermore, the applicant may only start a clinical trial at a specific study site after the competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion. The clinical trial application must be accompanied by, among other documents, an investigational medicinal product dossier (the Common Technical Document) with supporting information prescribed by Directive 2001/20/EC, Directive 2005/28/EC, where relevant the implementing national provisions of the individual EU Member States and further detailed in applicable guidance documents.

149


Table of Contents

        In April 2014, the new Clinical Trials Regulation, (EU) No 536/2014, was adopted. The Clinical Trials Regulation was published on June 16, 2014 but is not expected to apply until later in 2019. The Clinical Trials Regulation will be directly applicable in all the EU Member States, repealing the current Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC and replacing any national legislation that was put in place to implement the Directive. Conduct of all clinical trials performed in the EU will continue to be bound by currently applicable provisions until the new Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable. The extent to which on-going clinical trials will be governed by the Clinical Trials Regulation will depend on when the Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable and on the duration of the individual clinical trial. If a clinical trial continues for more than three years from the day on which the Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable the Clinical Trials Regulation will at that time begin to apply to the clinical trial.

        The new Clinical Trials Regulation aims to simplify and streamline the approval of clinical trials in the EU. The main characteristics of the regulation include: a streamlined application procedure via a single entry point, the "EU Portal and Database"; a single set of documents to be prepared and submitted for the application as well as simplified reporting procedures for clinical trial sponsors; and a harmonized procedure for the assessment of applications for clinical trials, which is divided in two parts. Part I is assessed by the appointed reporting Member State, whose assessment report is submitted for review by the sponsor and all other competent authorities of all EU Member States in which an application for authorization of a clinical trial has been submitted (Concerned Member States). Part II is assessed separately by each Concerned Member State. Strict deadlines have been established for the assessment of clinical trial applications. The role of the relevant ethics committees in the assessment procedure will continue to be governed by the national law of the Concerned Member State. However, overall related timelines will be defined by the Clinical Trials Regulation.

PRIME Designation in the EU

        In March 2016, the EMA launched an initiative to facilitate development of product candidates in indications, often rare, for which few or no therapies currently exist. The PRIority Medicines, or PRIME, scheme is intended to encourage drug development in areas of unmet medical need and provides accelerated assessment of products representing substantial innovation reviewed under the centralized procedure. Products from small- and medium-sized enterprises, or SMEs, may qualify for earlier entry into the PRIME scheme than larger companies. Many benefits accrue to sponsors of product candidates with PRIME designation, including but not limited to, early and proactive regulatory dialogue with the EMA, frequent discussions on clinical trial designs and other development program elements, and accelerated MAA assessment once a dossier has been submitted. Importantly, a dedicated Agency contact and rapporteur from the Committee for Human Medicinal Products, or CHMP, or Committee for Advanced Therapies, are appointed early in PRIME scheme facilitating increased understanding of the product at EMA's Committee level. A kick-off meeting initiates these relationships and includes a team of multidisciplinary experts at the EMA to provide guidance on the overall development and regulatory strategies.

Marketing Authorization

        To obtain a marketing authorization for a product under EU regulatory systems, an applicant must submit an MAA either under a centralized procedure administered by the EMA, or one of the procedures administered by competent authorities in the EU Member States (decentralized procedure, national procedure or mutual recognition procedure). A marketing authorization may be granted only to an applicant established in the EU. Regulation (EC) No 1901/2006 provides that prior to obtaining a marketing authorization in the EU, applicants have to demonstrate compliance with all measures included in an EMA-approved Paediatric Investigation Plan, or PIP, covering all subsets of the pediatric population, unless the EMA has granted (1) a product-specific waiver, (2) a class waiver or (3) a deferral for one or more of the measures included in the PIP.

150


Table of Contents

        The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization by the European Commission that is valid across the European Economic Area (i.e. the EU as well as Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway). Pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, the centralized procedure is compulsory for specific products, including for medicines produced by certain biotechnological processes, products designated as orphan medicinal products, advanced therapy medicinal products and products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases. For products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of other diseases and products that are highly innovative or for which a centralized process is in the interest of patients, the centralized procedure may be optional. The centralized procedure may at the request of the applicant also be used in certain other cases. We anticipate that the centralized procedure will be mandatory for the product candidates we are developing.

        Under the centralized procedure, the CHMP is responsible for conducting the initial assessment of a product and for several post-authorization and maintenance activities, such as the assessment of modifications or extensions to an existing marketing authorization. Under the centralized procedure in the EU, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA is 210 days, excluding clock stops, when additional information or written or oral explanation is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions of the CHMP. Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. If the CHMP accepts such request, the time limit of 210 days will be reduced to 150 days but it is possible that the CHMP can revert to the standard time limit for the centralized procedure if it considers that it is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment. At the end of this period, the CHMP provides a scientific opinion on whether or not a marketing authorization should be granted in relation to a medicinal product. Within 15 calendar days of receipt of a final opinion from the CHMP, the European Commission must prepare a draft decision concerning an application for marketing authorization. This draft decision must take the opinion and any relevant provisions of EU law into account. Before arriving at a final decision on an application for centralized authorization of a medicinal product the European Commission must consult the Standing Committee on Medicinal Products for Human Use. The Standing Committee is composed of representatives of the EU Member States and chaired by a non-voting European Commission representative. The European Parliament also has a related "droit de regard". The European Parliament's role is to ensure that the European Commission has not exceeded its powers in deciding to grant or refuse to grant a marketing authorization.

        The European Commission may grant a so-called "marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances". Such authorization is intended for products for which the applicant can demonstrate that it is unable to provide comprehensive data on the efficacy and safety under normal conditions of use, because the indications for which the product in question is intended are encountered so rarely that the applicant cannot reasonably be expected to provide comprehensive evidence, or in the present state of scientific knowledge, comprehensive information cannot be provided, or it would be contrary to generally accepted principles of medical ethics to collect such information. Consequently, marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances may be granted subject to certain specific obligations, which may include the following:

151


Table of Contents

        A marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances is subject to annual review to reassess the risk-benefit balance in an annual reassessment procedure. Continuation of the authorization is linked to the annual reassessment and a negative assessment could potentially result in the marketing authorization being suspended or revoked. The renewal of a marketing authorization of a medicinal product under exceptional circumstances, however, follows the same rules as a "normal" marketing authorization. Thus, a marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances is granted for an initial five years, after which the authorization will become valid indefinitely, unless the EMA decides that safety grounds merit one additional five-year renewal.

        The European Commission may also grant a so-called "conditional marketing authorization" prior to obtaining the comprehensive clinical data required for an application for a full marketing authorization. Such conditional marketing authorizations may be granted for product candidates (including medicines designated as orphan medicinal products), if (i) the risk-benefit balance of the product candidate is positive, (ii) it is likely that the applicant will be in a position to provide the required comprehensive clinical trial data, (iii) the product fulfills an unmet medical need and (iv) the benefit to public health of the immediate availability on the market of the medicinal product concerned outweighs the risk inherent in the fact that additional data are still required. A conditional marketing authorization may contain specific obligations to be fulfilled by the marketing authorization holder, including obligations with respect to the completion of ongoing or new studies, and with respect to the collection of pharmacovigilance data. Conditional marketing authorizations are valid for one year, and may be renewed annually, if the risk-benefit balance remains positive, and after an assessment of the need for additional or modified conditions and/or specific obligations. The timelines for the centralized procedure described above also apply with respect to the review by the CHMP of applications for a conditional marketing authorization.

        The EU medicines rules expressly permit the EU Member States to adopt national legislation prohibiting or restricting the sale, supply or use of any medicinal product containing, consisting of or derived from a specific type of human or animal cell, such as embryonic stem cells. While the products we have in development do not make use of embryonic stem cells, it is possible that the national laws in certain EU Member States may prohibit or restrict us from commercializing our products, even if they have been granted an EU marketing authorization.

        Unlike the centralized authorization procedure, the decentralized marketing authorization procedure requires a separate application to, and leads to separate approval by, the competent authorities of each EU Member State in which the product is to be marketed. This application is identical to the application that would be submitted to the EMA for authorization through the centralized procedure. The reference EU Member State prepares a draft assessment and drafts of the related materials within 120 days after receipt of a valid application. The resulting assessment report is submitted to the concerned EU Member States who, within 90 days of receipt, must decide whether to approve the assessment report and related materials. If a concerned EU Member State cannot approve the assessment report and related materials due to concerns relating to a potential serious risk to public health, disputed elements may be referred to the European Commission, whose decision is binding on all EU Member States.

        The mutual recognition procedure similarly is based on the acceptance by the competent authorities of the EU Member States of the marketing authorization of a medicinal product by the competent authorities of other EU Member States. The holder of a national marketing authorization may submit an application to the competent authority of an EU Member State requesting that this authority recognize the marketing authorization delivered by the competent authority of another EU Member State.

Regulatory Data Protection in the EU

        In the EU, innovative medicinal products approved on the basis of a complete independent data package qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity pursuant to Directive 2001/83/EC. Regulation (EC) No 726/2004 repeats

152


Table of Contents

this entitlement for medicinal products authorized in accordance the centralized authorization procedure. Data exclusivity prevents applicants for authorization of generics of these innovative products from referencing the innovator's data to assess a generic (abridged) application for a period of eight years. During an additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic MAA can be submitted and authorized, and the innovator's data may be referenced, but no generic medicinal product can be placed on the EU market until the expiration of the market exclusivity. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be an NCE so that the innovator gains the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company nevertheless could also market another version of the product if such company obtained marketing authorization based on an MAA with a complete independent data package of pharmaceutical tests, preclinical tests and clinical trials.

Periods of Authorization and Renewals

        A marketing authorization has an initial validity for five years in principle. The marketing authorization may be renewed after five years on the basis of a re-evaluation of the risk-benefit balance by the EMA or by the competent authority of the EU Member State. To this end, the marketing authorization holder must provide the EMA or the competent authority with a consolidated version of the file in respect of quality, safety and efficacy, including all variations introduced since the marketing authorization was granted, at least six months before the marketing authorization ceases to be valid. The European Commission or the competent authorities of the EU Member States may decide, on justified grounds relating to pharmacovigilance, to proceed with one further five-year period of marketing authorization. Once subsequently definitively renewed, the marketing authorization shall be valid for an unlimited period. Any authorization which is not followed by the actual placing of the medicinal product on the EU market (in case of centralized procedure) or on the market of the authorizing EU Member State within three years after authorization ceases to be valid (the so-called sunset clause).

Paediatric Studies and Exclusivity

        Prior to obtaining a marketing authorization in the European Union, applicants must demonstrate compliance with all measures included in an EMA-approved PIP covering all subsets of the pediatric population, unless the EMA has granted a product-specific waiver, a class waiver, or a deferral for one or more of the measures included in the PIP. The respective requirements for all marketing authorization procedures are laid down in Regulation (EC) No 1901/2006, the so-called Paediatric Regulation. This requirement also applies when a company wants to add a new indication, pharmaceutical form or route of administration for a medicine that is already authorized. The Paediatric Committee of the EMA, or PDCO, may grant deferrals for some medicines, allowing a company to delay development of the medicine for children until there is enough information to demonstrate its effectiveness and safety in adults. The PDCO may also grant waivers when development of a medicine for children is not needed or is not appropriate, such as for diseases that only affect the elderly population. Before an MAA can be filed, or an existing marketing authorization can be amended, the EMA determines that companies actually comply with the agreed studies and measures listed in each relevant PIP. If an applicant obtains a marketing authorization in all EU Member States, or a marketing authorization granted in the centralized procedure by the European Commission, and the study results for the pediatric population are included in the product information, even when negative, the medicine is then eligible for an additional six-month period of qualifying patent protection through extension of the term of the Supplementary Protection Certificate.

153


Table of Contents

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity

        Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000, as implemented by Regulation (EC) No. 847/2000 provides that a drug can be designated as an orphan drug by the European Commission if its sponsor can establish: that the product is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of (1) a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in ten thousand persons in the EU when the application is made, or (2) a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition in the EU and that without incentives it is unlikely that the marketing of the drug in the EU would generate sufficient return to justify the necessary investment. For either of these conditions, the applicant must demonstrate that there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of the condition in question that has been authorized in the EU or, if such method exists, the drug will be of significant benefit to those affected by that condition.

        Once authorized, orphan medicinal products are entitled to ten years of market exclusivity in all EU Member States and in addition a range of other benefits during the development and regulatory review process including scientific assistance for study protocols, authorization through the centralized marketing authorization procedure covering all member countries and a reduction or elimination of registration and marketing authorization fees. However, marketing authorization may be granted to a similar medicinal product with the same orphan indication during the ten-year period with the consent of the marketing authorization holder for the original orphan medicinal product or if the manufacturer of the original orphan medicinal product is unable to supply sufficient quantities. Marketing authorization may also be granted to a similar medicinal product with the same orphan indication if this product is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior to the original orphan medicinal product. The period of market exclusivity may, in addition, be reduced to six years if it can be demonstrated on the basis of available evidence that the original orphan medicinal product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity.

Regulatory Requirements After a Marketing Authorization has been Obtained

        In case an authorization for a medicinal product in the EU is obtained, the holder of the marketing authorization is required to comply with a range of requirements applicable to the manufacturing, marketing, promotion and sale of medicinal products. These include:

Brexit and the Regulatory Framework in the United Kingdom

        On June 23, 2016, the electorate in the United Kingdom voted in favor of leaving the EU, commonly referred to as Brexit. Thereafter, on March 29, 2017, the country formally notified the EU of its intention

154


Table of Contents

to withdraw pursuant to Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty. The withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the EU was meant to take effect either on the effective date of the withdrawal agreement or, in the absence of agreement, two years after the United Kingdom provides a notice of withdrawal pursuant to the EU Treaty, which was March 29, 2019. That date has now been extended to October 31, 2019. Discussions between the United Kingdom and the European Union have focused on finalizing withdrawal issues and transition agreements, but have been extremely difficult to date. Limited progress to date in these negotiations and ongoing uncertainty within the UK Government and Parliament sustains the possibility of the United Kingdom leaving the European Union on the given deadline without a withdrawal agreement and associated transition period in place, which is likely to cause significant market and economic disruption.

        Since the regulatory framework for pharmaceutical products in the United Kingdom covering quality, safety and efficacy of pharmaceutical products, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of pharmaceutical products is derived from EU directives and regulations, Brexit could materially impact the future regulatory regime that applies to products and the approval of product candidates in the United Kingdom. It remains to be seen how, if at all, Brexit will impact regulatory requirements for product candidates and products in the United Kingdom.

General Data Protection Regulation

        The collection, use, disclosure, transfer, or other processing of personal data regarding individuals in the EU, including personal health data, is subject to the EU General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which became effective on May 25, 2018. The GDPR is wide-ranging in scope and imposes numerous requirements on companies that process personal data, including requirements relating to processing health and other sensitive data, obtaining consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, providing information to individuals regarding data processing activities, implementing safeguards to protect the security and confidentiality of personal data, providing notification of data breaches, and taking certain measures when engaging third-party processors. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data to countries outside the EU, including the U.S., and permits data protection authorities to impose large penalties for violations of the GDPR, including potential fines of up to €20 million or 4% of annual global revenues, whichever is greater. The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies, and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of the GDPR. Compliance with the GDPR will be a rigorous and time-intensive process that may increase the cost of doing business or require companies to change their business practices to ensure full compliance.

Pricing Decisions for Approved Products

        In the EU, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies or so-called health technology assessments, in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. For example, EU Member States have the option to restrict the range of products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. EU Member States may approve a specific price for a product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the product on the market. Other EU Member States allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control prescription volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. Recently, many countries in the EU have increased the amount of discounts required on pharmaceuticals and these efforts could continue as countries attempt to manage health care expenditures, especially in light of the severe fiscal and debt crises experienced by many countries in the EU. The downward pressure on health care costs in general, particularly prescription products, has become intense.

155


Table of Contents

As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various EU Member States, and parallel trade, i.e., arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced EU Member States, can further reduce prices. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any products, if approved in those countries.

Employees

        As of May 15, 2019, we had 62 full-time employees, including a total of 27 employees with M.D. or Ph.D. degrees. Of these full-time employees, 49 employees are engaged in research and development. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

        Our principal facilities consist of office and laboratory space. We occupy approximately 28,731 square feet of office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts under a lease that currently expires in June 2028.

Legal Proceedings

        We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

156


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth the name, age as of May 15, 2019 and position of each of our executive officers and directors.

Name
  Age   Position
Robert J. Gould, Ph.D.    64   Chief Executive Officer and President, Director
Bryan Stuart   42   Chief Operating Officer
Owen Wallace, Ph.D.    50   Chief Scientific Officer
Diego Cadavid, M.D.    53   Senior Vice President, Clinical Development
Mark Levin   68   Chairman of the Board of Directors
James J. Collins, Ph.D.    53   Director
Alan Ezekowitz, MBChB, D.Phil   65   Director
James Geraghty   64   Director
Kate Haviland   43   Director

(1)
Member of the Audit Committee.

(2)
Member of the Compensation Committee.

(3)
Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Executive Officers

        Robert J. Gould, Ph.D. has served as our president and chief executive officer and as a member of our board of directors since June 2016. Dr. Gould previously served as president and chief executive officer of Epizyme, Inc., or Epizyme, a biopharmaceutical company, from March 2010 to September 2015. Prior to joining Epizyme, he served as director of novel therapeutics at the Broad Institute of Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, and Harvard, a research institute, from December 2006 to March 2010. Dr. Gould spent 23 years at Merck Research Laboratories, or Merck, a healthcare company, where he held a variety of leadership positions, culminating in the role of vice president, licensing and external research. Dr. Gould received a B.A. from Spring Arbor University and a Ph.D. from the University of Iowa and completed postdoctoral studies at the Johns Hopkins University. We believe that Dr. Gould's extensive leadership experience in the life sciences industry and his extensive knowledge of our company based on his current role as our chief executive officer qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

        Bryan Stuart has served as our chief operating officer since December 2018. Mr. Stuart previously served as president and chief executive officer of Yarra Therapeutics, LLC, or Yarra, a subsidiary of Array Biopharma, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on genetically defined rare diseases, from December 2017 to August 2018. Prior to joining Yarra, Mr. Stuart served as president of Kastle Therapeutics, LLC, or Kastle, a biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing treatments for rare diseases, from July 2015 to March 2017 and as president and chief executive officer from March 2017 to November 2017. Prior to joining Kastle, Mr. Stuart was the chief business officer of Civitas Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from August 2012 to October 2014, where he led the business development, capital raising, commercial and portfolio management functions, including the sale of Civitas to Acorda Therapeutics, Inc. He previously led business development, corporate development and strategy at both EKR Therapeutics Inc. (acquired by Chiesi Farmaceutici S.p.A.) and Ovation Pharmaceuticals Inc. (acquired by Lundbeck A/S), where he played key roles in each company's growth and ultimate sale. Mr. Stuart began his career as a healthcare investment banker at William Blair & Company. Mr. Stuart received an MBA from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University and a B.S. from the University of Illinois.

        Owen Wallace, Ph.D. has served as our chief scientific officer since April 2017. Dr. Wallace previously served as head, global discovery chemistry at Novartis Institutes for BioMedical Research, or Novartis Institutes, a pharmaceutical company, from May 2013 to April 2017. Prior to joining Novartis Institutes, he

157


Table of Contents

held various positions at Eli Lilly & Company, a pharmaceutical company, including site scientific leader and group senior director from July 2010 to June 2013, senior director, discovery chemistry from August 2009 to July 2010, director, discovery chemistry from December 2005 to August 2009 and head, discovery chemistry research from February 2002 to December 2005. Prior to that, Dr. Wallace was a senior research investigator at Bristol-Myers Squibb, a biopharmaceutical company, from March 1995 to May 2000. Dr. Wallace received his Ph.D. in Organic Chemistry from Yale University and his B.Sc. (Hons) in Chemistry from University College Cork in Ireland.

        Diego Cadavid, M.D. has served as our senior vice president, clinical development since July 2018 and served as our vice president, clinical development from September 2016 to July 2018. Dr. Cadavid currently serves as an adjunct professor at the University of Massachusetts Medical School. Dr. Cadavid previously served as senior medical director in the MS Clinical Development Group at Biogen Inc., or Biogen, a biotechnology company, from January 2014 to September 2016 and as a director of the Neurology Clinical Group at Biogen from April 2008 to December 2013. Before joining Biogen, Dr. Cadavid spent nine years at Rutgers-New Jersey Medical School where he was Associate Professor of Neurology and Neuroscience. While working at Biogen, Dr. Cadavid served as a consultant at the Center for Immunology and Inflammatory Diseases at the Massachusetts General Hospital in Boston. Dr. Cadavid received an M.D. from Pontificia Universidad Javeriana in Bogota, Colombia.

Non-Employee Directors

        Mark Levin has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2015 and chairman of our board of directors since August 2016. Mr. Levin currently serves as a partner at Third Rock Ventures, LLC, which he co-founded in 2007. Mr. Levin served as our interim president and chief executive officer from August 2015 to July 2016 and as interim president and chief executive officer of Voyager Therapeutics, Inc., or Voyager, a biotechnology company, from June 2013 to September 2014. He has served as the chairman of the board of directors of Voyager since June 2013. Mr. Levin was formerly on the boards of publicly traded life sciences companies Eleven Biotherapeutics, Inc. from September 2008 to November 2014 and Foundation Medicine, Inc. from 2010 to June 2014. Mr. Levin served as founding chief executive officer of Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company since acquired by Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited, from 1993 to 2005. Mr. Levin received both a B.S. and an M.S. in Chemical and Biochemical Engineering from Washington University in St. Louis. We believe Mr. Levin's experience working with and serving on the boards of directors of life sciences companies and his experience working in the venture capital industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

        James J. Collins, Ph.D. has served on our board of directors since January 2017. Dr. Collins has served as the Termeer Professor of Medical Engineering and Science in the Institute for Medical Engineering and Science and the Department of Biological Engineering at MIT since December 2014. Prior to his joining MIT, from October 1990 to November 2014, Dr. Collins served as a professor in biomedical engineering at Boston University. Dr. Collins received a B.S. in Physics from the College of the Holy Cross and a doctorate in Medical Engineering from the University of Oxford. From 1987 to 1990, he was a Rhodes Scholar. We believe Dr. Collins' extensive industry expertise qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

        Alan Ezekowitz, MBChB, D.Phil has served on our board of directors since December 2016. Dr. Ezekowitz currently serves as the president and chief executive officer of Abide Therapeutics, Inc., or Abide, a biopharmaceutical company that he co-founded in 2011. Prior to founding Abide, Dr. Ezekowitz was the senior vice president and franchise head for disease areas including bone, respiratory, immunology, muscle, dermatology and urology at Merck from March 2006 to March 2011. Prior to joining Merck, Dr. Ezekowitz was the Charles Wilder Professor of Pediatrics at the Harvard Medical School from June 1995 to March 2005 and served as the chief of pediatric services at the Massachusetts General Hospital for Children and the Partners Healthcare System. Additionally, he directed the Laboratory of Developmental Immunology at Massachusetts General Hospital. Dr. Ezekowitz received his medical training at the University of Cape Town in South Africa and received a Doctor of Philosophy degree from Oxford

158


Table of Contents

University. We believe Dr. Ezekowitz's leadership experience in the life sciences industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

        James Geraghty has served on our board of directors since July 2016. Mr. Geraghty is an industry leader with over 30 years of strategic and leadership experience, including more than 20 years as a senior member of executive teams at biotechnology companies developing and commercializing innovative therapies. From May 2013 to December 2016, Mr. Geraghty was an Entrepreneur in Residence at Third Rock Ventures, a leading biotech venture and company-formation fund. From April 2011 to December 2012, Mr. Geraghty served as a senior vice president of Sanofi, a global healthcare company. Prior to that, he served in various senior management roles at Genzyme Corporation, or Genzyme, a biotechnology company, from 1992 to April 2011, including as senior vice president, international development from January 2007 to April 2011. Mr. Geraghty currently serves as chairman of the board of directors of Orchard Therapeutics plc, Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Idera, and Pieris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., each publicly traded companies, and as a member of the board of directors of Voyager, a publicly traded company. He previously served as chairman of the board of Juniper Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and as a director of bluebird bio Inc. and GTC Biotherapeutics, Inc. Mr. Geraghty received a B.A. in English from Georgetown University, an M.S. in Psychology from the University of Pennsylvania and a J.D. From Yale Law School. We believe Mr. Geraghty's public company board and management experience and his broad and deep knowledge of the industry in which we operate qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

        Kate Haviland has served on our board of directors since June 2018. Ms. Haviland has served as chief operating officer of Blueprint Medicines Corporation, or Blueprint, a precision therapy company, since February 2019. Prior to her serving as chief operating officer, Ms. Haviland served as chief business officer of Blueprint from January 2016 to January 2019. Prior to that, from April 2014 to December 2015, Ms. Haviland served as vice president, rare diseases and oncology program leadership at Idera, a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company, where she oversaw all aspects of the product development strategy for Idera's rare disease and oncology pipeline programs, including preclinical research, manufacturing and drug supply, regulatory affairs, clinical development and execution and commercial planning. Prior to joining Idera, from June 2012 to April 2014, Ms. Haviland served as head of commercial development at Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc., a commercial-stage biopharmaceutical company, where she was responsible for product development and commercial planning and for cultivating relationships with key opinion leaders and patient advocacy groups. In addition, Ms. Haviland previously served as executive director of commercial development at PTC Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from March 2007 to June 2012 and held corporate development and project management roles at Genzyme, a biotechnology company, from July 2005 to April 2007. Ms. Haviland received a B.A. from Wesleyan University with a double major in biochemistry/molecular biology and economics and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Ms. Haviland's extensive experience working with life sciences companies qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Board Composition

        Our board of directors is currently authorized to have eight members and currently consists of six members. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of our shares of capital stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

159


Table of Contents

        In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, class I, class II and class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows:

        Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires.

        The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See "Description of Capital Stock—Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions."

Director Independence

        Applicable Nasdaq rules require a majority of a listed company's board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, Nasdaq rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and compensation committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act. Under applicable Nasdaq rules, a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of the listed company's board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10C-1, the board must consider, for each member of a compensation committee of a listed company, all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to such company which is material to that director's ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to: (1) the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting advisory or other compensatory fee paid by such company to the director; and (2) whether the director is affiliated with the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

        In                        2019, our board of directors undertook a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Dr. Gould, is an "independent director" as defined under applicable Nasdaq rules, including, in the case of all the members of our audit committee, the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, and in the case of all the members of our compensation committee, the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act. In making such determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining

160


Table of Contents

his or her independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. Dr. Gould is not an independent director under these rules because he is our president and chief executive officer.

        There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board. The composition of each committee will be effective as of the date of this prospectus.

Audit Committee

        The members of our audit committee are                        ,                         and                         .                        is the chair of the audit committee. Effective at the time of this offering, our audit committee's responsibilities will include:

        All audit and non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

        Our board of directors has determined that                        is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in applicable SEC rules and that each of the members of our audit committee possesses the financial sophistication required for audit committee members under Nasdaq rules. We believe that the composition of our audit committee will meet the requirements for independence under current Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations.

Compensation Committee

        The members of our compensation committee are                        ,                         and                         .                        is the chair of the compensation committee. Effective at the time of this offering, our compensation committee's responsibilities will include:

161


Table of Contents

        We believe that the composition of our compensation committee will meet the requirements for independence under current Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are                        ,                         and                         .                        is the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Effective at the time of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities will include:

        We believe that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee will meet the requirements for independence under current Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our executive officers serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is, or has ever been, an officer or employee of our company.

Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct

        We intend to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to post a current copy of the code on our website, www.fulcrumtx.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or Nasdaq listing standards concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

162


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The following discussion relates to the compensation of our president and chief executive officer, Robert J. Gould, our chief operating officer, Bryan Stuart, and our senior vice president, clinical development, Diego Cadavid, for fiscal year 2018. Dr. Gould, Mr. Stuart and Dr. Cadavid are collectively referred to in this prospectus as our named executive officers.

        In preparing to become a public company, we have begun a thorough review of all elements of our executive compensation program, including the function and design of our equity incentive programs. We have begun, and expect to continue in the coming months, to evaluate the need for revisions to our executive compensation program to ensure that our program is competitive with the companies with which we compete for executive talent and is appropriate for a public company.

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth information regarding compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)(1)
  Stock awards
($)(2)
  Option awards
($)(3)
  Total
($)
 

Robert J. Gould

    2018     442,900     203,734     207,000         853,634  

President and Chief Executive Officer

                                     

Bryan Stuart(4)

    2018     16,667             1,685,290     1,701,957  

Chief Operating Officer

                                     

Diego Cadavid

    2018     348,383     111,825     27,600     62,556     550,364  

Senior Vice President, Clinical Development

                                     

(1)
Except where noted otherwise, the amounts reported in the "Bonus" column reflect discretionary annual cash bonuses paid to our named executive officers for their performance.

(2)
The amounts reported in the "Stock awards" column reflect the aggregate fair value of stock-based compensation awarded during the year computed in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718. See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards.

(3)
The amounts reported in the "Option awards" column reflect the aggregate fair value of stock-based compensation awarded during the year computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards. These amounts reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.

(4)
Mr. Stuart commenced employment with us on December 17, 2018.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

        Base Salary.    In 2018, we paid Dr. Gould an annualized base salary of $442,900. In January 2019, our board of directors set Dr. Gould's 2019 annual base salary at $460,000. In 2018, we paid Mr. Stuart an annualized base salary of $400,000. In January 2019, our board of directors set Mr. Stuart's 2019 annual base salary at $400,000. In 2018, we paid Dr. Cadavid an annualized base salary of $342,784 until July 16, 2018, after which Dr. Cadavid was promoted to the position of senior vice president, clinical development,

163


Table of Contents

and we paid Dr. Cadavid an annualized base salary of $355,000. In January 2019, our board of directors set Dr. Cadavid's 2019 annual base salary at $366,000.

        We use base salaries to recognize the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities required of all our employees, including our named executive officers. None of our named executive officers is currently party to an employment agreement or other agreement or arrangement that provides for automatic or scheduled increases in base salary.

        Annual Bonus.    Our board of directors may, in its discretion, award bonuses to our named executive officers from time to time. Our letter agreements with our named executive officers provide that they will be eligible for annual performance-based bonuses up to a specified percentage of their salary, subject to approval by our board of directors. Performance-based bonuses, which are calculated as a percentage of base salary, are designed to motivate our employees to achieve annual goals based on our strategic, financial and operating performance objectives. From time to time, our board of directors has approved discretionary annual cash bonuses to our named executive officers with respect to their prior year performance.

        With respect to 2018 performance, our board of directors awarded bonuses of $203,734 and $111,825 to Dr. Gould and Dr. Cadavid, respectively. Because he joined us in December 2018, Mr. Stuart did not receive an annual bonus for 2018.

        Equity Incentives.    Although we do not have a formal policy with respect to the grant of equity incentive awards to our executive officers, or any formal equity ownership guidelines applicable to them, we believe that equity grants provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. In addition, we believe that equity grants with a time-based vesting feature promote executive retention because this feature incents our executive officers to remain in our employment during the vesting period. Accordingly, our board of directors periodically reviews the equity incentive compensation of our named executive officers and from time to time may grant equity incentive awards to them in the form of stock options.

        Pursuant to their respective letter agreements with us, we granted a restricted stock award for 3,000,000 shares of our common stock to Dr. Gould in July 2016, an option to purchase 2,125,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Stuart in December 2018, and a restricted stock award for 400,000 shares of our common stock to Dr. Cadavid in October 2016, in each case in connection with the commencement of employment with us. In addition, we granted a restricted stock award for 450,000 shares of our common stock to Dr. Gould in January 2018, a restricted stock award for 60,000 shares of our common stock to Dr. Cadavid in January 2018 and an option to purchase 125,000 shares of our common stock to Dr. Cadavid in July 2018. The equity awards granted in 2018 to Dr. Gould and Dr. Cadavid vest in equal quarterly installments over a term of four years from the applicable vesting commencement date. The options granted in 2018 to Mr. Stuart vest as to 25% of the shares underlying the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to an additional 6.25% of the original number of shares underlying the option quarterly thereafter.

        In January 2019, we granted options to purchase 2,422,650, 412,500 and 566,500 shares of our common stock to Dr. Gould, Mr. Stuart and Dr. Cadavid, respectively. The options granted in January 2019 to Dr. Gould and to Dr. Cadavid vest in equal quarterly installments over a term of four years from the vesting commencement date. The options granted in January 2019 to Mr. Stuart vest as to 25% of the shares underlying the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to an additional 6.25% of the original number of shares underlying the option quarterly thereafter.

        Prior to this offering, our executives were eligible to receive equity awards under our 2016 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended to date, or the 2016 Plan. During 2018 and 2019, all restricted stock awards and stock options were granted pursuant to the 2016 Plan. Following the closing of this offering, our

164


Table of Contents

employees and executives will be eligible to receive stock options and other stock-based awards pursuant to our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2019 Plan.

        Prior to June 2018, we used restricted stock awards to compensate our executive officers in the form of initial grants in connection with the commencement of employment and also at various times, often but not necessarily annually, if we had performed as expected or better than expected. Since June 2018, we typically use stock options to compensate our executive officers in connection with the commencement of employment and also at various times.

        Prior to this offering, awards of restricted stock and stock options to our executive officers have been made by our board of directors. None of our executive officers is currently party to an employment agreement that provides for the automatic award of restricted stock or stock options. We have granted restricted stock and option awards to our executive officers with time-based vesting. The restricted stock and option awards that we have granted to our executive officers in connection with commencement of employment typically become exercisable as to 25% of the shares underlying the option on the first anniversary of the grant date and as to an additional 6.25% of the original number of shares underlying the option quarterly thereafter. The restricted stock and option awards that we have granted to our executive officers at times other than in connection with employment typically become exercisable in equal quarterly installments over a term of four years from the applicable vesting commencement date. Vesting rights cease upon termination of employment and exercise rights for options cease shortly after termination. Prior to the exercise of an option, the holder has no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to such option, including no voting rights and no right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents.

        We have historically granted stock options with exercise prices that are equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board of directors, based on a number of objective and subjective factors. The exercise price of all stock options granted after the closing of this offering will be equal to the fair market value of shares of our common stock on the date of grant, which will be determined by reference to the closing market price of our common stock on the date of grant.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2018

        The following table sets forth information regarding all outstanding stock options and restricted stock held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2018.

 
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
  Option
exercise
price
($)
  Option
expiration
date
  Number of
shares or units
of stock that
have not vested
(#)
  Market value of
shares or units
of stock that
have not vested
($)(1)
 

Robert J. Gould

                  1,125,000 (2)      

                  150,000 (3)      

                  337,500 (4)      

Bryan Stuart

        2,125,000 (5) $ 1.12   12/17/2028          

Diego Cadavid

    7,812     117,188 (6) $ 0.69   7/10/2028     175,000 (7)      

                          18,750 (8)      

                          45,000 (9)      

(1)
The market price of our common stock is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

(2)
Dr. Gould's restricted stock award for 3,000,000 shares vests over four years, with 25% of the shares vested on June 20, 2017, and 6.25% of the original number of shares vesting thereafter in equal quarterly installments through June 20, 2020, subject to continued service.

165


Table of Contents

(3)
Dr. Gould's restricted stock award for 300,000 shares vests over four years, in equal quarterly installments through January 1, 2021, subject to continued service.

(4)
Dr. Gould's restricted stock award for 450,000 shares vests over four years, in equal quarterly installments through January 1, 2022, subject to continued service.

(5)
Mr. Stuart's option award for 2,125,000 shares vests over four years, with 25% of the shares vesting on December 17, 2019, and 6.25% of the original number of shares vesting thereafter in equal quarterly installments through December 17, 2022, subject to continued service.

(6)
Dr. Cadavid's option award for 125,000 shares vests over four years, in equal quarterly installments through July 16, 2022, subject to continued service.

(7)
Dr. Cadavid's restricted stock award for 400,000 shares vests over four years, with 25% of the shares vested on September 19, 2017, and 6.25% of the original number of shares vesting thereafter in equal quarterly installments through September 19, 2020, subject to continued service.

(8)
Dr. Cadavid's restricted stock award for 37,500 shares vests over four years, in equal quarterly installments through January 1, 2021, subject to continued service.

(9)
Dr. Cadavid's restricted stock award for 60,000 shares vests over four years, in equal quarterly installments through January 1, 2022, subject to continued service.

Employment Agreements

Letter Agreement with Robert Gould

        In connection with our initial hiring of Dr. Gould as our president and chief executive officer, we entered into a letter agreement with him effective June 13, 2016. Under the letter agreement, Dr. Gould is an at will employee, and his employment with us can be terminated by him or us at any time and for any reason, provided that Dr. Gould's letter agreement provides that Dr. Gould may terminate his employment voluntarily with us other than for good reason (as defined in the letter agreement) upon at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice to us.

        The letter agreement provides that Dr. Gould is entitled to an annualized base salary of $420,000, and that he is eligible, at our sole discretion, to earn an annual bonus of 35% of his base salary based upon the achievement of corporate and individual goals, as agreed by the board of directors. Dr. Gould's letter agreement also provided that in connection with our consummation of a Series A preferred stock financing, he was entitled to the grant of a restricted stock award for 3,000,000 shares of our common stock, subject to a four-year vesting schedule, which restricted stock award was granted to Dr. Gould in July 2016.

        Under the letter agreement, Dr. Gould is entitled, subject to his execution and nonrevocation of a separation agreement and a general release of claims in our favor, in the event of the termination of his employment by us without cause, as defined in his letter agreement with us, to (i) receive 12 months of his then-current annual base salary, payable in equal installments during the six month period following the date his employment with us is terminated, and (ii) our continuing to pay COBRA premiums for health benefit coverage on his behalf, for a period of 12 months following the date his employment with us is terminated, at the same rate as we pay for active employees, subject to applicable COBRA terms and in compliance with applicable non-discrimination or other requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code or the ACA.

166


Table of Contents

Letter Agreement with Bryan Stuart

        In connection with our initial hiring of Mr. Stuart as our chief operating officer, we entered into a letter agreement with him effective December 6, 2018. Under the letter agreement, Mr. Stuart is an at will employee, and his employment with us can be terminated by him or us at any time and for any reason.

        The letter agreement provides that Mr. Stuart is entitled to an annualized base salary of $400,000, and that he is eligible, at our sole discretion, to earn an annual bonus of 35% of his base salary based upon the achievement of corporate and individual goals, as agreed by the board of directors. Mr. Stuart's letter agreement also provided that he was entitled to the grant of an option to purchase 2,125,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price per share price equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date, subject to a four-year vesting schedule, which option award was granted to Mr. Stuart in December 2018.

        Under the letter agreement, Mr. Stuart is entitled, subject to his execution and nonrevocation of a separation agreement and a general release of claims in our favor, in the event of the termination of his employment by us without cause, as defined in his letter agreement with us, to (i) receive six months of his then-current annual base salary, payable in equal installments during the six month period following the date his employment with us is terminated, provided that the first installment shall be made on the 60th day following the date his employment with us is terminated and will include payment of any installment that was otherwise due prior thereto, and (ii) our continuing to pay our share of COBRA premiums for health benefit coverage on his behalf to the same extent we were paying such premiums immediately prior to his termination, for a period of six months following the date that his employment with us is terminated, provided he is eligible for and elects COBRA coverage and continues to pay his share of the COBRA premiums.

Letter Agreement with Diego Cadavid

        In connection with our initial hiring of Dr. Cadavid as our vice president, clinical development, we entered into a letter agreement with him effective August 10, 2016. Under the letter agreement, Dr. Cadavid is an at will employee, and his employment with us can be terminated by him or us at any time and for any reason.

        The letter agreement provides that Dr. Cadavid is entitled to an annualized base salary of $333,000, and that he is eligible, at our sole discretion, to earn an annual bonus of 25% of his base salary based upon the achievement of corporate and individual goals, as agreed by the board of directors. Dr. Cadavid's letter agreement also provided that he was entitled to (i) a $150,000 cash bonus in connection with the commencement of his employment, of which $125,000 was paid in September 2016 and $25,000 was paid in September 2017 and (ii) the grant of a restricted stock award for 400,000 shares of our common stock, with a purchase price per share price equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date, subject to a four-year vesting schedule, which restricted stock award was granted to Dr. Cadavid in October 2016.

        Dr. Cadavid was promoted to the position of senior vice president, clinical development on July 16, 2018.

Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment of Inventions Agreements

        Each of our named executive officers has entered into a standard form agreement with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidential information and assignment of inventions. In addition, certain of our named executive officers are subject to non-competition restrictions.

        Under their respective agreements, each named executive officer has agreed that we own all inventions that are developed by such executive officer during his employment with us that (i) are related

167


Table of Contents

to our business or our customers or suppliers or any of our products or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by us or which may be used with such products or services, (ii) result from tasks assigned to the executive officer by us or (iii) result from the use of our premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by us. Each named executive officer also agreed to provide us with a non-exclusive, royalty-free, paid-up, irrevocable, worldwide license for any prior inventions that such executive officer incorporates into any of our products, processes, machines or other works, in the course of such executive officer's employment with us. Under their respective agreements, each of Dr. Gould and Dr. Cadavid has further agreed not to compete with us during his employment and for a period of one year after the termination of his employment, not to solicit our employees, consultants, customers, business or prospective customers during his employment and for a period of one year after the termination of his employment, and to protect our confidential and proprietary information indefinitely. Under his agreement, Mr. Stuart agreed not to solicit our employees, consultants, customers, business or prospective customers during his employment and for a period of one year after the termination of his employment and to protect our confidential and proprietary information indefinitely.

Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans

        In this section we describe our 2016 Plan, our 2019 Plan and our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2019 ESPP. Prior to this offering, we granted awards to eligible participants under the 2016 Plan. Following the effectiveness of the 2019 Plan, we expect to grant awards to eligible participants from time to time only under the 2019 Plan.

2016 Stock Incentive Plan

        The 2016 Plan was initially approved by our board of directors and stockholders in July 2016 and was subsequently amended in 2017, 2018 and 2019, in each case to increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the plan. The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory options, stock appreciation rights, awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to receive awards under the 2016 Plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. The type of award granted under the 2016 Plan and the terms of such award are set forth in the applicable award agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the 2016 Plan, our board of directors (or a committee delegated by our board of directors) will administer the plan and, subject to any limitations in the plan, will select the recipients of awards and determine:

168


Table of Contents

        The maximum number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2016 Plan is 24,965,000 shares. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval may be required to comply with applicable law.

Effect of Certain Changes in Capitalization

        Upon the occurrence of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of our common stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, under the terms of the 2016 Plan, we are required to equitably adjust (or make substitute awards, if applicable), in the manner determined by our board of directors:

Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions

        Upon the occurrence of a merger or other reorganization event (as defined in the 2016 Plan), our board of directors may, on such terms as our board determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable award agreement or other agreement between the participant and us), take any one or more of the following actions pursuant to the 2016 Plan as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding awards, other than awards of restricted stock:

169


Table of Contents

        Our board of directors is not obligated under the 2016 Plan to treat all awards, all awards held by a participant, or all awards of the same type, identically.

        In the case of certain restricted stock units, no assumption or substitution is permitted, and the restricted stock units will instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable restricted stock unit agreement.

        Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than our liquidation or dissolution, the repurchase and other rights with respect to outstanding restricted stock awards will continue for the benefit of the succeeding company and will, unless our board of directors determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities, or other property which our common stock was converted into or exchanged for in the reorganization event in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to the common stock subject to the restricted stock award. However, the board may provide for the termination or deemed satisfaction of such repurchase or other rights under the restricted stock award agreement or any other agreement between a participant and us, either initially or by amendment. Upon our liquidation or dissolution, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the restricted stock award agreement or any other agreement between the plan participant and us, all restrictions and conditions on all restricted stock awards then outstanding will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

        Our board of directors may at any time provide that any award under the 2016 Plan will become immediately exercisable in whole or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part, as the case may be.

        As of April 30, 2019, there were 11,740,125 shares of restricted common stock outstanding under the 2016 Plan, including 4,040,826 shares of unvested restricted common stock subject to repurchase by us. In addition, as of April 30, 2019, there were options to purchase 10,503,582 shares of common stock outstanding under the 2016 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $1.09 per share, options to purchase 195,381 shares of our common stock had been exercised under the 2016 Plan and 2,565,912 shares of common stock were available for future issuance under the 2016 Plan. No further awards will be made under the 2016 Plan on or after the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering; however, awards outstanding under the 2016 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

2019 Stock Incentive Plan

        We expect our board of directors to adopt and our stockholders to approve the 2019 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering. The 2019 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. Upon effectiveness of the 2019 Plan, the number of shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan will be the sum of: (1)                         ; plus (2) the number of shares (up to                        shares) equal to the sum of (x) the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan that remain available for grant under the 2016 Plan immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering and (y) the number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2016 Plan that expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, cancelled, forfeited or repurchased by us at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right; plus (3) an annual increase, to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2029, equal to the lowest of (i)                          shares of our common stock, (ii)         % of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year and (iii) an amount determined by our board of directors.

        Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors will be eligible to receive awards under the 2019 Plan. Incentive stock options, however, may only be granted to our employees.

170


Table of Contents

        Pursuant to the terms of the 2019 Plan, our board of directors (or a committee delegated by our board of directors) will administer the plan and, subject to any limitations in the plan, will select the recipients of awards and determine:

        If our board of directors delegates authority to one or more of our officers to grant awards under the 2019 Plan, the officers will have the power to make awards to all of our employees, except executive officers. Our board of directors will fix the terms of the awards to be granted by such any such officer, the maximum number of shares subject to awards that such officer may make, and the time period in which such awards may be granted.

Effect of Certain Changes in Capitalization

        Upon the occurrence of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of our common stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, under the terms of the 2019 Plan, we are required to equitably adjust (or make substitute awards, if applicable), in the manner determined by our board of directors:

Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions

        Upon the occurrence of a merger or other reorganization event (as defined in the 2019 Plan), our board of directors may, on such terms as our board determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable award agreement or other agreement between the participant and us), take any

171


Table of Contents

one or more of the following actions pursuant to the 2019 Plan as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding awards, other than awards of restricted stock:

        Our board of directors is not obligated under the 2019 Plan to treat all awards, all awards held by a participant, or all awards of the same type, identically.

        In the case of certain restricted stock units, no assumption or substitution is permitted, and the restricted stock units will instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable restricted stock unit agreement.

        Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than our liquidation or dissolution, our repurchase and other rights with respect to outstanding awards of restricted stock will continue for the benefit of the succeeding company and will, unless our board of directors determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities, or other property which our common stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to the reorganization event in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to the common stock subject to the restricted stock award. However, the board may provide for the termination or deemed satisfaction of such repurchase or other rights under the restricted stock award agreement or in any other agreement between a participant and us, either initially or by amendment. Upon our liquidation or dissolution, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the restricted stock award agreement or any other agreement between the participant and us, all restrictions and conditions on all restricted stock awards then outstanding will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

        At any time, our board of directors may provide that any award under the 2019 Plan will become immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part as the case may be.

        No award may be granted under the 2019 Plan on or after the date that is ten years following the effectiveness of the registration statement related to this offering. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2019 Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval may be required to comply with applicable law or stock market requirements.

172


Table of Contents

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        We expect our board of directors to adopt and our stockholders to approve the 2019 ESPP, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering. The 2019 ESPP will be administered by our board of directors or by a committee appointed by our board of directors. The 2019 ESPP initially provides participating employees with the opportunity to purchase up to an aggregate of                        shares of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2019 ESPP will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year commencing on January 1, 2020 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year commencing on January 1, 2030, in an amount equal to the lowest of (i)                         shares of our common stock, (ii)         % of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year and (iii) an amount determined by our board of directors.

        All of our employees and employees of any designated subsidiary, as defined in the 2019 ESPP, are eligible to participate in the 2019 ESPP, provided that:

        We retain the discretion to determine which eligible employees may participate in an offering under applicable regulations.

        We expect to make one or more offerings to our eligible employees to purchase stock under the 2019 ESPP beginning at such time and on such dates as our board of directors may determine, or on the first business day thereafter. Each offering will consist of a six-month offering period during which payroll deductions will be made and held for the purchase of our common stock at the end of the offering period. Our board of directors or a committee designated by the board of directors may, at its discretion, choose a different period of not more than 12 months for offerings.

        On each offering commencement date, each participant will be granted the right to purchase, on the last business day of the offering period, up to a number of shares of our common stock determined by multiplying $2,083 by the number of full months in the offering period and dividing that product by the closing price of our common stock on the first day of the offering period. No employee may be granted an option under the 2019 ESPP that permits the employee's rights to purchase shares under the 2019 ESPP and any other employee stock purchase plan of ours or of any of our subsidiaries to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of our common stock (determined as of the first day of each offering period) for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding. In addition, no employee may purchase shares of our common stock under the 2019 ESPP that would result in the employee owning 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our stock or the stock of any of our subsidiaries.

        On the commencement date of each offering period, each eligible employee may authorize up to a maximum of 15% of his or her compensation to be deducted by us during the offering period. Each employee who continues to be a participant in the 2019 ESPP on the last business day of the offering period will be deemed to have exercised an option to purchase from us the number of whole shares of our common stock that his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will pay for, not in excess of the maximum numbers set forth above. Under the terms of the 2019 ESPP, the purchase price will be determined by our board of directors or the committee for each offering period and will be at least 85% of the applicable closing price of our common stock. If our board of directors or the committee does not make a determination of the purchase price, the purchase price will be 85% of the lesser of the closing

173


Table of Contents

price of our common stock on the first business day of the offering period or on the last business day of the offering period.

        An employee may at any time prior to the close of business on the fifteenth business day prior to the end of an offering period, and for any reason, permanently withdraw from participating in an offering prior to the end of an offering period and permanently withdraw the balance accumulated in the employee's account. If an employee elects to discontinue his or her payroll deductions during an offering period but does not elect to withdraw his or her funds, funds previously deducted will be applied to the purchase of common stock at the end of the offering period. If a participating employee's employment ends before the last business day of an offering period, no additional payroll deductions will be taken and the balance in the employee's account will be paid to the employee.

        We will be required to make equitable adjustments to the extent determined by our board of directors or a committee thereof to the number and class of securities available under the 2019 ESPP, the share limitations under the 2019 ESPP, and the purchase price for an offering period under the 2019 ESPP to reflect stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations of shares, reclassifications of shares, spin-offs and other similar changes in capitalization or events or any dividends or distributions to holders of our common stock other than ordinary cash dividends.

        In connection with a merger or other reorganization event, as defined in the 2019 ESPP, our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors may take any one or more of the following actions as to outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock under the 2019 ESPP on such terms as our board of directors or committee thereof determines:

        Our board of directors may at any time, and from time to time, amend or suspend the 2019 ESPP or any portion of the 2019 ESPP. We will obtain stockholder approval for any amendment if such approval is

174


Table of Contents

required by Section 423 of the Code. Further, our board of directors may not make any amendment that would cause the 2019 ESPP to fail to comply with Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The 2019 ESPP may be terminated at any time by our board of directors. Upon termination, we will refund all amounts in the accounts of participating employees.

401(k) Plan

        We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan for our employees, including our named executive officers. The plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified 401(k) plan so that contributions to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on such contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan (except in the case of contributions under the 401(k) plan designated as Roth contributions). Under the 401(k) plan, each employee is fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions and our discretionary match. Employee contributions are held and invested by the plan's trustee as directed by participants. The 401(k) plan provides us with the discretion to match employee contributions, but to date we have not provided any employer matching contributions.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

        Our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, and provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors:

        Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to such amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

        In addition, our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys' fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

        We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers specified liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our executive officers and directors prior to the completion of this offering. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such executive officer or director for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him or her in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our executive officers or directors.

        Some of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured or indemnified against specified liabilities incurred in their capacities as members of our board of directors.

175


Table of Contents

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

        Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from the director or officer. It also is possible that the director or officer could amend or terminate the plan when not in possession of material, nonpublic information. In addition, our directors and executive officers may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

Director Compensation

        The table below shows all compensation to our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Name
  Fees earned or
paid in cash
($)
  Stock
awards
($)(1)
  Option
awards
($)(2)(3)
  Total
($)
 

James J. Collins

    35,000         11,576     46,576  

Alan Ezekowitz

    35,000         11,549     46,549  

James Geraghty

    35,000         11,480     46,480  

Kate Haviland(4)

    17,500         82,459     99,959  

Mark Levin

                 

James Tananbaum(5)

                 

(1)
As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock held pursuant to restricted stock awards by each non-employee director was as follows: Dr. Collins, 165,000 shares; Mr. Ezekowitz, 165,000 shares; Mr. Geraghty, 565,000 shares; Ms. Haviland, 0 shares; Mr. Levin, 0 shares and Mr. Tananbaum, 0 shares.

(2)
The amounts reported in the "Option awards" column reflect the aggregate fair value of stock-based compensation awarded during the year computed in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards. These amounts reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the directors upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options or the sale of the common underlying such stock options.

(3)
As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding option awards for each non-employee director was as follows: Dr. Collins, 25,000 shares; Mr. Ezekowitz, 25,000 shares; Mr. Geraghty, 25,000 shares; Ms. Haviland, 165,000 shares; Mr. Levin, 0 shares and Mr. Tananbaum, 0 shares.

(4)
Kate Haviland joined our board of directors in June 2018.

(5)
James Tananbaum resigned from our board of directors effective as of April 3, 2019.

        In January 2019, Mr. Collins and Mr. Ezekowitz were each granted options to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock. In May 2019, Mr. Geraghty was granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock.

176


Table of Contents

        Prior to this offering, we paid cash fees and granted restricted stock awards and options to purchase shares of our common stock to certain of our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors pursuant to a non-employee and non-affiliate director compensation policy. We have historically reimbursed our non-employee directors for reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board of director and committee meetings.

        Dr. Gould, one of our directors who also serves as our president and chief executive officer, does not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. Dr. Gould is one of our named executive officers and, accordingly, the compensation that we pay to Dr. Gould is discussed above under "—Summary Compensation Table" and "—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table."

        In                        , 2019, our board of directors approved a director compensation program that will become effective on the effective date of the registration statements of which this prospectus is a part. Under this director compensation program, we will pay our non-employee directors a cash retainer for service on the board of directors and for service on each committee on which the director is a member. The chairman of the board and of each committee will receive higher retainers for such service. These fees are payable in arrears in four equal quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter, provided that the amount of such payment will be prorated for any portion of such quarter that the director is not serving on our board of directors and no fee will be payable in respect of any period prior to the completion of this offering. The fees paid to non-employee directors for service on the board of directors and for service on each committee of the board of directors on which the director is a member are as follows:

 
  Member
Annual Fee
  Chairman
Annual Fee
 

Board of Directors

  $     $    

Audit Committee

  $     $    

Compensation Committee

  $     $    

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

  $     $    

        We also will continue to reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of our board of directors and any committee of our board of directors on which he or she serves.

        In addition, under our director compensation program to be effective on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, each non-employee director will receive, upon his or her initial election or appointment to our board of directors, an option to purchase            shares of our common stock under the 2019 Plan. Each of these options will vest as to            of the shares of our common stock underlying such option on the first anniversary of the grant, with the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments until the                         anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the non-employee director's continued service as a director. Further, on the date of the first board meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders, each non-employee director that has served on our board of directors for at least six months will receive, under the 2019 Plan, an option to purchase                        shares of our common stock under the 2019 Plan. Each of these options will vest                        , subject to the non-employee director's continued service as a director. All options issued to our non-employee directors under our director compensation program will be issued at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and will become exercisable in full upon specified change in control events.

177


Table of Contents


TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

        Since January 1, 2016, we have engaged in the following transactions in which the amounts involved exceeded $120,000 and any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe that all of these transactions were on terms as favorable as could have been obtained from unrelated third parties.

Convertible Promissory Note

        On April 14, 2016, we issued and sold a convertible promissory note to Third Rock Ventures III, L.P. in the aggregate principal amount of $3,500,000. The note accrued interest at a rate of 6% per annum. All principal and interest under the note was converted into shares of Series A preferred stock in connection with our initial closing of our Series A preferred stock financing in July 2016.

Series A Preferred Stock Financing

        From July 18, 2016 to June 6, 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 60,000,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock, consisting of (i) 53,313,014 shares sold at a price per share of $1.00 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $53,313,014 and (ii) 6,686,986 shares issued upon conversion of $6,868,986 in outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the notes issued on October 15, 2015 and April 14, 2016, at a price per share of $1.00 in cash. The following table sets forth the aggregate numbers of shares of our Series A preferred stock that we issued and sold to our 5% stockholders and their affiliates in this transaction and the aggregate amount of consideration for such shares:

Purchaser(1)(2)
  Date   Shares of Series A
Preferred Stock
Sold for Cash
  Cash
Purchase
Price
  Shares of
Series A
Preferred Stock
Received upon
Conversion of
Promissory Note
  Purchase Price
Funded by
Conversion of
Promissory Note
 

Third Rock Ventures III, L.P. 

  7/18/2016     5,156,507   $ 5,156,507     6,686,986   $ 6,686,986  

Third Rock Ventures III, L.P. 

  11/15/2016     5,156,507   $ 5,156,507          

Third Rock Ventures III, L.P. 

  2/17/2017     6,333,333   $ 6,333,333          

Third Rock Ventures III, L.P. 

  5/3/2017     3,166,667   $ 3,166,667          

Third Rock Ventures IV, L.P. 

  5/3/2017     3,166,666   $ 3,166,666          

Third Rock Ventures III, L.P. 

  1/4/2018     3,166,667   $ 3,166,667          

Third Rock Ventures IV, L.P. 

  1/4/2018     3,166,667   $ 3,166,667          

Third Rock Ventures III, L.P. 

  3/13/2018     3,166,667   $ 3,166,667          

Third Rock Ventures IV, L.P. 

  3/13/2018     3,166,666   $ 3,166,666          

Third Rock Ventures III, L.P. 

  5/9/2018     3,166,666   $ 3,166,666          

Third Rock Ventures IV, L.P. 

  5/9/2018     3,166,667   $ 3,166,667          

Third Rock Ventures III, L.P. 

  6/6/2018     3,166,667   $ 3,166,667          

Third Rock Ventures IV, L.P. 

  6/6/2018     3,166,667   $ 3,166,667          

(1)
See "Principal Stockholders" for additional information about shares held by these entities.

(2)
Mr. Levin, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of Third Rock Ventures.

Series B Preferred Stock Financing

        In August 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 40,000,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock at a price per share of $2.00 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $80,000,000. The following table sets forth the aggregate numbers of shares of our Series B preferred stock that we sold to our 5%

178


Table of Contents

stockholders and their affiliates in this transaction and the aggregate amount of consideration for such shares:

Purchaser(1)
  Shares of
Series B
Preferred Stock
  Cash
Purchase
Price
 

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P.(2)

    10,500,000   $ 21,000,000  

(1)
See "Principal Stockholders" for additional information about shares held by these entities.

(2)
Mr. Tananbaum, a former member of our board of directors who served during this transaction, is founder and chief executive officer of Foresite Capital Management.

Agreement with GSK

        On February 8, 2019, we entered into a right of reference and license agreement with affiliates of GlaxoSmithKline plc, or GSK, pursuant to which GSK granted us a right of reference to certain INDs filed with the FDA and controlled by GSK or its affiliates relating to losmapimod and an exclusive worldwide license under certain patent rights related to losmapimod. The agreement also provides us with an exclusive worldwide license to certain of GSK's preclinical and clinical data with respect to losmapimod. As partial consideration for the right of reference and licenses granted under the agreement, we issued 12,500,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock to GSK at the time we entered into the right of reference and license agreement.

        We also agreed to provide GSK the opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in connection with this offering equal to the proportion that the shares of common stock held by GSK (assuming conversion of all preferred stock into common stock upon consummation of this offering) bear to the total number of shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering (assuming conversion of all preferred stock into common stock upon consummation of this offering and all outstanding options). If GSK exercises its rights to purchase shares of common stock in connection with this offering, subject to certain conditions, GSK may purchase shares offered in this offering or may purchase shares of common stock in a private placement that is expected to close concurrently with this offering, in each case at the initial per share public offering price.

        See "Business—Right of Reference and License Agreement with GlaxoSmithKline" for additional information regarding this agreement.

Consulting Services Provided by Third Rock Ventures, LLC

        Since inception, we have received consulting and management services from Third Rock Ventures LLC, or Third Rock Ventures, which through its affiliates, has a significant interest in us. We have paid Third Rock Ventures $1.9 million for these services since January 1, 2016, including the reimbursement of expenses. We do not have a written agreement in place with Third Rock Ventures with respect to the provision of consulting and management services. The consulting and management services fees are payable to Third Rock Ventures pursuant to invoices submitted to us by Third Rock Ventures quarterly. The consulting and management services fees paid to Third Rock Ventures did not exceed 5% of the consolidated gross revenue of Third Rock Ventures during any of the past three fiscal years. From time to time and at our request, partners and associates of Third Rock Ventures provide us with certain strategic and ordinary course business operations consulting services. We have issued an aggregate of 996,000 shares of our common stock to these consultants in exchange for their continuing consulting services. We may continue to occassionally engage Third Rock Ventures or their partners or associates for consulting services following this offering.

179


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

        We are a party to an investor rights agreement with the holders of our preferred stock, including our 5% stockholders and their affiliates and entities affiliated with some of our directors. This investor rights agreement provides these holders the right, subject to certain conditions, beginning six months following the completion of this offering, to demand that we file a registration statement or to request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing.

        See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Indemnification Agreements

        Our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director or executive officer for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him or her in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or executive officers.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

        Our board of directors intends to adopt written policies and procedures for the review of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which our company is a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders, or their immediate family members, each of whom we refer to as a "related person," has a direct or indirect material interest.

        If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a "related person transaction," the related person must report the proposed related person transaction to our chief financial officer. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by our audit committee. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entry into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the committee will review, and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction. The policy also permits the chairman of the audit committee to review and, if deemed appropriate, approve proposed related person transactions that arise between committee meetings, subject to ratification by the committee at its next meeting. Any related person transactions that are ongoing in nature will be reviewed annually.

        A related person transaction reviewed under the policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the audit committee after full disclosure of the related person's interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the audit committee will review and consider:

180


Table of Contents

        Our audit committee may approve or ratify the transaction only if it determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in our best interests. Our audit committee may impose any conditions on the related person transaction that it deems appropriate.

        In addition to the transactions that are excluded by the instructions to the SEC's related person transaction disclosure rule, our board of directors has determined that the following transactions do not create a material direct or indirect interest on behalf of related persons and, therefore, are not related person transactions for purposes of this policy:

        The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers shall be reviewed and approved by our compensation committee in the manner specified in the compensation committee's charter.

        We did not have a written policy regarding the review and approval of related person transactions prior to this offering. Nevertheless, with respect to such transactions, it has been the practice of our board of directors to consider the nature of and business reasons for such transactions, how the terms of such transactions compared to those which might be obtained from unaffiliated third parties and whether such transactions were otherwise fair to and in the best interests of, or not contrary to, our best interests.

181


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 30, 2019 by:

        The column entitled "Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—Before Offering" is based on a total of 131,930,506 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2019, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 112,500,000 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. The column entitled "Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—After Offering" is based on                        shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering, including the shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering, but not including any additional shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options.

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to our common stock. Shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2019 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of that person but not for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise noted, the persons and entities in this table have sole voting and investing power with respect to all of the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws, where applicable. Except as otherwise set forth below, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc., 26 Landsdowne Street, Cambridge, MA 02139.

 
   
  Percentage of
Shares Beneficially
Owned
 
 
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Before
Offering
(%)
  After
Offering
(%)
 

5% Stockholders

                   

Entities affiliated with Third Rock Ventures(1)

    57,000,000     43.2        

Glaxo Group Limited(2)

    12,500,000     9.5        

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P.(3)

    10,500,000     8.0        

Directors and Named Executive Officers

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Robert J. Gould(4)

    3,901,415     3.0        

Bryan Stuart

        *        

Diego Cadavid(5)

    556,343     *        

Mark Levin(6)

    41,166,667     31.2        

James J. Collins(7)

    196,250     *        

Alan Ezekowitz(8)

    202,500     *        

James Geraghty(9)

    590,000     *        

Kate Haviland(10)

    41,250     *        

All current executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)(11)

    47,544,044     36.0        

*
Less than one percent

182


Table of Contents

(1)
Consists of (i) (a) 2,000,000 shares of common stock and (b) 39,166,667 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock held by Third Rock Ventures III, L.P., or TRV III LP, and (ii) 15,833,333 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock held by Third Rock Ventures IV, L.P., or TRV IV LP. Third Rock Ventures GP III, L.P., or TRV GP III, is the sole general partner of TRV III LP. TRV GP III, LLC, or TRV III LLC, is the sole general partner of TRV GP III. Each of TRV GP III, TRV III LLC, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Robert Tepper, the managers of TRV III LLC, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares of record held by TRV III LP. Each of TRV GP III, TRV III LLC, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Robert Tepper disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by TRV III LP except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. Third Rock Ventures GP IV, L.P., or TRV GP IV, is the sole general partner of TRV IV LP. TRV GP IV, LLC, or TRV IV LLC, is the sole general partner of TRV GP IV. Abbie Celniker, Ph.D., Robert Tepper, M.D., Craig Muir and Cary Pfeffer, M.D. are the managing members of TRV IV LLC who collectively make voting and investment decisions with respect to shares held by TRV IV LP. The address of TRV III LP and TRV IV LP is 29 Newbury Street, Boston, MA 02116.

(2)
Consists of 12,500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock held by Glaxo Group Limited, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of GlaxoSmithKline plc, which beneficially owns the shares held by Glaxo Group Limited. The address of Glaxo Group Limited is 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS England.

(3)
Consists of 10,500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock held by Foresite Capital Fund, IV, L.P., or FCF IV. Foresite Capital Management IV, LLC, or FCM IV, the general partner of FCF IV, may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over these shares. James B. Tananbaum, in his capacity as managing member of FCM IV, may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over these shares. Each of FCM IV and its members and Mr. Tananbaum disclaims beneficial ownership of any of these shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of FCF IV is 600 Montgomery Street, Suite 4500, San Francisco, CA 94111.

(4)
Consists of 3,901,415 shares of common stock held by Dr. Gould.

(5)
Consists of 497,500 shares of common stock held by Dr. Cadavid and 58,843 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Cadavid that are exercisable as of April 30, 2019 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

(6)
Consists of the shares described in Note 1 above held by TRV III LP. Mr. Levin, a member of our board of directors, is a manager of TRV III LLC, which is the sole general partner of TRV GP III, which is the sole general partner of TRV III LP and may be deemed to be the indirect beneficial owner of such shares. Mr. Levin disclaims beneficial ownership over such shares, except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein.

(7)
Consists of 165,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Collins and 31,250 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Collins that are exercisable as of April 30, 2019 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

(8)
Consists of 165,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Ezekowitz and 37,500 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Ezekowitz that are exercisable as of April 30, 2019 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

(9)
Consists of 565,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Geraghty and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying options held by Mr. Geraghty that are exercisable as of April 30, 2019 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

183


Table of Contents

(10)
Consists of 41,250 shares of common stock underlying options held by Ms. Haviland that are exercisable as of April 30, 2019 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

(11)
Includes 193,843 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable as of April 30, 2019 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

184


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. We will file copies of these documents with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The description of the capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

        Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                        shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and                        shares of our preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated.

        As of April 30, 2019, we had issued and outstanding:

        Upon the closing of this offering, all of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 112,500,000 shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

        Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Each election of directors by our stockholders will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock.

        In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive proportionately all assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any of our outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

        Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

        The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

185


Table of Contents

Options and Unvested Restricted Stock

        As of April 30, 2019, options to purchase an aggregate of 10,503,582 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.09 per share, were outstanding, and 6,972,076 shares of unvested restricted common stock were outstanding.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions

Delaware Law

        We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with any "interested stockholder" for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless either the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and stockholders in a prescribed manner or the interested stockholder acquired at least 85% of our outstanding voting stock in the transaction in which it became an interested stockholder. A "business combination" includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the "interested stockholder" and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an "interested stockholder" is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person. The restrictions contained in Section 203 are not applicable to any of our existing stockholders that will own 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock upon the closing of this offering.

Staggered Board; Removal of Directors

        Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering divide our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms. In addition, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering provide that directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of our shares of capital stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote. Under our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering, any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office. Furthermore, our certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the closing of this offering provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by the resolution of our board of directors. The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors, change the authorized number of directors and fill vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders; Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

        Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting and may not be taken by written action in lieu of a meeting. Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by our board of directors. In addition, our bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting who is entitled to vote

186


Table of Contents

at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder's intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. These provisions also could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our common stock because even if the third party acquired a majority of our outstanding voting stock, it would be able to take action as a stockholder, such as electing new directors or approving a merger, only at a duly called stockholders meeting and not by written consent.

Super-Majority Voting

        The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any election of directors is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above.

Exclusive Forum Selection

        Our certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the closing of this offering provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders to our company or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (4) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws (in each case, as they may be amended from time to time) or governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to actions arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Although our certificate of incorporation contains the choice of forum provision described above, it is possible that a court could rule that such a provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable.

Registration Rights

        We have entered into an amended and restated investor rights agreement dated as of August 24, 2018, or the investor rights agreement, with holders of our preferred stock. Beginning six months following the closing of this offering, holders of a total of 114,500,000 shares of our common stock will have the right to require us to register these shares under the Securities Act under specified circumstances. We refer to the shares with these registration rights as registrable securities. After registration pursuant to these rights, the registrable securities will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Demand and Form S-3 Registration Rights

        Beginning 180 days after this offering, subject to specified limitations set forth in the investor rights agreement, at any time, the holders of at least 40% of the then outstanding registrable securities may demand that we register at least 40% of the registrable securities then outstanding under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering having an aggregate offering price to the public of not less than

187


Table of Contents

$5.0 million. We are not obligated to file a registration statement pursuant to this provision on more than two occasions.

        In addition, subject to specified limitations set forth in the investor rights agreement, at any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 25% of the then outstanding registrable securities may request that we register their registrable securities on Form S-3 for purposes of a public offering for which the reasonably anticipated aggregate offering price to the public would be at least $3.0 million. We are not obligated to file a registration statement pursuant to this provision on more than two occasions in any 12-month period.

Incidental Registration Rights

        If, at any time after the closing of this offering, we propose to register for our own account any of our securities under the Securities Act, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and, subject to specified exceptions, have the right to require us to use our commercially reasonable efforts to register all or a portion of the registrable securities then held by them in that registration.

        In the event that any registration in which the holders of registrable securities participate pursuant to our investor rights agreement is an underwritten public offering, we have agreed to enter into an underwriting agreement in usual and customary form and use our reasonable best efforts to facilitate such offering.

Expenses

        Pursuant to the investor rights agreement, we are required to pay all registration expenses, including all registration and filing fees, exchange listing fees, printing expenses, fees and expenses of one counsel selected by the selling stockholders to represent the selling stockholders, state Blue Sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but excluding underwriting discounts, selling commissions, stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale any registrable securities and the fees and expenses of the selling stockholders' own counsel (other than the counsel selected to represent all selling stockholders). If a registration is withdrawn at the request of the stockholders initiating the registration, then the stockholders will bear the expenses of the registration.

        The investor rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us or any violation or alleged violation whether by action or inaction by us under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities or Blue Sky law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities or Blue Sky law in connection with such registration statement or the qualification or compliance of the offering, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to them.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company N.A.

Nasdaq Global Market

        We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "FULC."

188


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and a liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the anticipation of these sales, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of equity securities.

        Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding                        shares of our common stock, based on the 19,430,506 shares of our common stock that were outstanding on April 30, 2019, after giving effect to the issuance of                    shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock, and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 112,500,000 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, unless purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining                    shares of our common stock will be "restricted securities" under Rule 144, and we expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up agreements as described below. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market upon release or waiver of any applicable lock-up agreements and only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, any person who is not our affiliate and has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell those shares without restriction, subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and has held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available.

        Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

        Upon waiver or expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described below, approximately                        shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144. We cannot estimate the number of shares of our common stock that our existing stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.

189


Table of Contents

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of our employees, consultants or advisors, other than our affiliates, who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell these shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the various restrictions, including the availability of public information about us, holding period and volume limitations, contained in Rule 144. Subject to the 180-day lock-up period described below, approximately                    shares of our common stock, based on shares outstanding as of                        , 2019 will be eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 701.

Lock-up Agreements

        We, each of our executive officers and directors and the holders of a majority of our outstanding securities have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and SVB Leerink LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

        These agreements are subject to certain exceptions, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled "Underwriters."

Registration Rights

        Beginning six months after the closing of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 114,500,000 shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. After registration pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Stock Options and Form S-8 Registration Statement

        As of April 30, 2019, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 10,503,582 shares of our common stock under the 2016 Plan, of which options to purchase 354,098 shares were vested. Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding options and reserved for future options and other awards under the 2016 Plan, the 2019 Plan and the 2019 ESPP. See "Executive Compensation—Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans" for additional information regarding these plans. Accordingly, shares of our common stock registered under the registration statements will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, and subject to any vesting restrictions and lock-up agreements applicable to these shares.

190


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

        The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock acquired in this offering by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term "non-U.S. holder" means a beneficial owner (other than a partnership or other pass-through entity) of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

        This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold shares of our common stock through partnerships or such other pass-through entities. The tax treatment of a partner in a partnership or other entity that is treated as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

        This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

        This discussion addresses only non-U.S. holders that hold shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, or the Medicare tax on net investment income. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

191


Table of Contents

        THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, ESTATE AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

Distributions

        As discussed under the heading "Dividend Policy" above, we do not expect to pay cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we make distributions in respect of our common stock, those distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder's investment, up to the non-U.S. holder's tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading "Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock."

        Subject to the discussions below under the headings "Information Reporting and Backup Withholding" and "FATCA", dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence. A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the specific methods available to them to satisfy these requirements.

        Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements (generally including provision of a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States). However, such U.S. effectively connected income is taxed on a net income basis at the same U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

192


Table of Contents

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock

        A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on the non-U.S. holder's sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

        Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of such individual's death are considered U.S.-situs assets and will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders generally will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a non-U.S. holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable IRS

193


Table of Contents

Form W-8), or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above under the heading "—Distributions," will generally be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

        Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

        Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

FATCA

        Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally impose a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and, subject to the discussion below with respect to proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations excluding gross proceeds from such required withholding, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock if paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a "foreign financial institution," the foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a "foreign financial institution," the foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise excepted under FATCA.

        Withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA may apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock, under recently proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations withholding on payments of gross proceeds is not required. Although such regulations are not final, applicable withholding agents may rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued.

        If withholding under FATCA is required on any payment related to our common stock, investors not otherwise subject to withholding (or that otherwise would be entitled to a reduced rate of withholding) on such payment may be required to seek a refund or credit from the IRS. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this section. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

        The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for information only. It is not, and is not intended to be, legal or tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local, estate and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

194


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITERS

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement to be dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and SVB Leerink LLC are acting as representatives, will severally agreed to purchase, and we will agree to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

Name
  Number of Shares  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

       

BofA Securities, Inc. 

       

SVB Leerink LLC

       

Total:

       

        The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the "underwriters" and the "representatives," respectively. The underwriters will offer the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement will provide that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters will be obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters will not be required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below.

        The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $            per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

        We will grant to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to            additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

        The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional            shares of common stock.

 
   
  Total  
 
  Per
Share
  No
Exercise
  Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

                   

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

        The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $            .

195


Table of Contents

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

        We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "FULC".

        We and all of our directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding securities have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the "restricted period"):

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

        The restrictions on transfers or other dispositions by holders of our outstanding securities described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

196


Table of Contents

        The restrictions on transfers or other dispositions by us described in the paragraph above do not apply to:

197


Table of Contents

        The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

        In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

        We and the underwriters will agree to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

        In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent

198


Table of Contents

periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State") an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

        Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

Japan

        No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the "FIEL") has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of common stock.

199


Table of Contents

        Accordingly, the shares of common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

For Qualified Institutional Investors ("QII")

        Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a "QII only private placement" or a "QII only secondary distribution" (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.

For Non-QII Investors

        Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a "small number private placement" or a "small number private secondary distribution" (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.

Canada

        Shares of our common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of shares of our common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

        Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

        Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Israel

        This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange,

200


Table of Contents

underwriters purchasing for their own account, venture capital funds, and entities with shareholders' equity in excess of NIS 50 million, each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time, collectively referred to as institutional investors). Institutional investors may be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum. In addition, we may distribute and direct this prospectus in Israel, at our sole discretion, to certain other exempt investors or to investors who do not qualify as institutional or exempt investors, provided that the number of such non-qualified investors in Israel shall be no greater than 35 in any 12-month period.

Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or this offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to this offering, us, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre

        This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

United Arab Emirates

        The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Australia

        No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to this offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the

201


Table of Contents

information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

        Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

        The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under this offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

        This prospectus contains general information only and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate f or their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Hong Kong

        The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

        Where our shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an

202


Table of Contents

accredited investor; shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA, except: (1) to an institutional investor (for corporations under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or (3) where the transfer is by operation of law.

Saudi Arabia

        This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority, or the CMA pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended, or the CMA Regulations. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

China

        This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of shares, whether by sale or subscription, in the People's Republic of China, or the PRC. The shares are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.

        Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the shares or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRC's governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.

Korea

        The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the "FSCMA"), and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder, or the FETL. The shares have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including, but not limited to, requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

203


Table of Contents

Taiwan

        The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate this offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

204


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby is being passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts is acting as counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.


EXPERTS

        Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2017 and 2018, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, as set forth in their report (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about the company's ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements). We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering to sell. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement and the exhibits, schedules and amendments to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference to such contract, agreement or document.

        The SEC maintains an Internet website, which is located at http://www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC's Internet website. Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We plan to fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm. Our website address is www.fulcrumtx.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

205


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page  

Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

       

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

    F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-7  

Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)

   
 
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

    F-33  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

    F-34  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity

    F-35  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    F-36  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-37  

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The Company's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has a history of losses and negative operating cash flows, will require additional capital to fund its current operating plan and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's evaluation of the events and conditions and management's plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

        These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2017.

Boston, Massachusetts
May 1, 2019

F-2


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2018
  Pro Forma
December 31,
2018
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 407   $ 72,797   $ 72,797  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    931     1,298     1,298  

Total current assets

    1,338     74,095     74,095  

Property and equipment, net

    2,942     10,546     10,546  

Restricted cash

        1,092     1,092  

Other assets

    60     38     38  

Total assets

  $ 4,340   $ 85,771   $ 85,771  

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders' (deficit) equity

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

  $ 1,673   $ 1,263   $ 1,263  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    1,112     2,497     2,497  

Deferred lease incentive, current portion

        469     469  

Total current liabilities

    2,785     4,229     4,229  

Deferred rent, excluding current portion

    199     1,402     1,402  

Deferred lease incentive, excluding current portion

        3,990     3,990  

Other liabilities, excluding current portion

    34     150     150  

Total liabilities

    3,018     9,771     9,771  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

                   

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018; 34,666,666 and 60,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively (liquidation preference of $67,187 as of December 31, 2018); no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as of December 31, 2018 (unaudited)

   
34,587
   
59,909
   
 

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares and 40,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; no shares and 40,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively (liquidation preference of $82,261 as of December 31, 2018); no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as of December 31, 2018 (unaudited)

        79,761      

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 80,000,000 and 135,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; 18,401,555 and 19,542,588 shares issued as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; 6,806,102 and 11,116,085 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; 119,542,588 and 111,116,085 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as of December 31, 2018 (unaudited)

    7     11     111  

Treasury stock, at cost; 56,250 and 469,169 shares as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; 469,169 shares, pro forma as of December 31, 2018 (unaudited)

             

Additional paid-in capital

    2,264     4,443     144,013  

Accumulated deficit

    (35,536 )   (68,124 )   (68,124 )

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (33,265 )   (63,670 )   76,000  

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders' (deficit) equity

  $ 4,340   $ 85,771   $ 85,771  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

  $ 18,494   $ 25,184  

General and administrative

    4,499     8,314  

Total operating expenses

    22,993     33,498  

Loss from operations

    (22,993 )   (33,498 )

Other income, net:

             

Interest income, net

    1     518  

Other income

    28     392  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (22,964 ) $ (32,588 )

Cumulative convertible preferred stock dividends

    (2,407 )   (6,559 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (25,371 ) $ (39,147 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (5.09 ) $ (4.45 )

Weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    4,980     8,799  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        $ (0.43 )

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

          76,655  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Series A
Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Series B
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Common Stock   Treasury Stock    
   
  Total
Stockholders'
(Deficit)
Equity
 
 
   
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount    
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  
 
   
 

Balance at December 31, 2016

    17,000,000   $ 16,962       $         3,559,520   $ 4       $   $ 887   $ (12,572 ) $ (11,681 )

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock at $1.00 per share, net of issuance costs of $42

    17,666,666     17,625                                          

Issuance of common stock

                        3,246,582     3             6         9  

Repurchase of unvested restricted stock awards

                                56,250                  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        1,371         1,371  

Net loss

                                            (22,964 )   (22,964 )

Balance at December 31, 2017

    34,666,666   $ 34,587       $         6,806,102   $ 7     56,250   $   $ 2,264   $ (35,536 ) $ (33,265 )

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock at $1.00 per share, net of issuance costs of $11

    25,333,334     25,322                                          

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock at $2.00 per share, net of issuance costs of $239

            40,000,000     79,761                                  

Issuance of common stock

                        4,309,983     4             20         24  

Repurchase of unvested restricted stock awards

                                655,980                  

Retirement of treasury shares

                                (243,061 )                

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        2,159         2,159  

Net loss

                                            (32,588 )   (32,588 )

Balance at December 31, 2018

    60,000,000   $ 59,909     40,000,000   $ 79,761         11,116,085   $ 11     469,169   $   $ 4,443   $ (68,124 ) $ (63,670 )

Pro forma convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (unaudited):

                                                                       

Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock (unaudited)

    (60,000,000 )   (59,909 )   (40,000,000 )   (79,761 )       100,000,000     100             139,570         139,670  

Pro forma balance at December 31, 2018 (unaudited)

      $       $         111,116,085   $ 111     469,169   $   $ 144,013   $ (68,124 ) $ 76,000  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  

Operating activities

             

Net loss

  $ (22,964 ) $ (32,588 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

             

Depreciation expense

    715     1,345  

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,371     2,159  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (334 )   (40 )

Other assets

    61     22  

Accounts payable

    208     (20 )

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    713     1,223  

Deferred rent and deferred lease incentive

    156     5,337  

Net cash used in operating activities

    (20,074 )   (22,562 )

Investing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Purchases of property and equipment

    (1,908 )   (8,981 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,908 )   (8,981 )

Financing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    17,621     25,322  

Proceeds from issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

        79,761  

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

        (70 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    41     12  

Net cash provided by financing activities

    17,662     105,025  

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

    (4,320 )   73,482  

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period

    4,727     407  

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period

  $ 407   $ 73,889  

Supplemental cash flow information

             

Cash paid for interest

 
$

 
$

10
 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

             

Property and equipment purchases unpaid at end of period

  $ 390   $ 174  

        The following table provides a reconciliation of the cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash balances as of each of the periods shown above:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 407   $ 72,797  

Restricted cash

        1,092  

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

  $ 407   $ 73,889  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Nature of the Business and Basis of Presentation

        Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc. (the "Company" or "Fulcrum") was incorporated in Delaware on August 18, 2015. The Company is focused on improving the lives of patients with genetically defined diseases in areas of high unmet medical need, with an initial focus on rare diseases.

        The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other companies in the biotechnology industry, including, but not limited to, risks of failure of preclinical studies and clinical trials, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology, reliance on third party organizations, risks of obtaining regulatory approval for any product candidate that it may develop, development by competitors of technological innovations, compliance with government regulations, and the need to obtain additional financing. Product candidates currently under development will require significant additional research and development efforts, including extensive preclinical and clinical testing and regulatory approval, prior to commercialization. These efforts require significant amounts of additional capital, adequate personnel infrastructure and extensive compliance-reporting capabilities. Even if the Company's development efforts are successful, it is uncertain when, if ever, the Company will realize significant revenue from product sales.

Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") and Accounting Standards Updates ("ASU") of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB").

Going Concern

        The Company has incurred recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and has primarily funded its operations with proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes and convertible preferred stock. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $68.1 million. The Company expects its operating losses and negative operating cash flows to continue into the foreseeable future as it continues to expand its research and development efforts. As of May 1, 2019, the issuance date of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company expected that its cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2018 will be sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into the first quarter of 2020. The future viability of the Company beyond that point is dependent on its ability to raise additional capital to finance its operations.

        If the Company is unable to obtain additional funding, the Company could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of its research and development programs, product portfolio expansion, or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects, or the Company may be unable to continue operations. The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering ("IPO") of its common stock ("Common Stock"). In the event the Company does not complete an IPO, the Company expects to seek additional funding through private equity financings, debt financings, or other capital sources, including collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. Although management plans to pursue additional funding, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to the Company to fund continuing operations, if at all.

F-7


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1. Nature of the Business and Basis of Presentation (Continued)

        Based on its recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception, expectation of continuing operating losses and negative cash flows from operations for the foreseeable future, and the need to raise additional capital to finance its future operations, management concluded that there is substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 were issued.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis that assumes the Company will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Fulcrum Therapeutics Securities Corp., which is a Massachusetts subsidiary created to buy, sell, and hold securities. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and the reported amount of expenses during the reported periods. Estimates inherent in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, estimates related to accrued expenses, stock-based compensation expense, the fair value of the Common Stock and convertible preferred stock, and income taxes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and other market specific or other relevant assumptions it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates as there are changes in circumstances, facts and experience. Actual results could differ from those estimates or assumptions.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

        The accompanying unaudited pro forma balance sheet and statement of stockholders' (deficit) equity as of December 31, 2018 has been prepared to give effect, upon the closing of a qualified IPO, to the automatic conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018 into 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock. In the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2018 have been prepared to give effect, upon the closing of a qualified IPO, to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as if the proposed IPO had occurred on the later of January 1, 2018 or the issuance date of the convertible preferred stock (see Note 12).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash with original maturities of three months or less when purchased. These assets include investments in money market

F-8


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

funds that invest in U.S. Treasury obligations. The Company maintains its bank accounts at major financial institutions. The Company had no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2017.

Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash represents the cash held to secure a letter of credit associated with the Company's facility lease.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The fair value of the Company's financial assets and liabilities reflects the Company's estimate of amounts that it would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from sources independent from the Company) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (the Company's assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

        The Company's cash equivalents are carried at fair value, determined according to the fair value hierarchy described above (see Note 3).

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Maintenance and repairs to an asset that do not improve or extend its life are charged to operations. Depreciation expense is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the related asset as follows:

 
  Estimated Useful Life (in years)
Lab equipment   5
Furniture and fixtures   4
Computer equipment   3
Software   3
Leasehold improvements   Shorter of useful life or remaining lease term

        Construction-in-progress is stated at cost, which includes direct costs attributable to the setup or construction of the related asset. Depreciation expense is not recorded on construction-in-progress until

F-9


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the relevant assets are completed and put into use. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the assets and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the Company's consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment. The Company continually evaluates whether events or circumstances have occurred that indicate that the estimated remaining useful life of its long-lived assets may warrant revision or that the carrying value of these assets may be impaired. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use or disposition of an asset group are less than its carrying amount. The impairment loss would be based on the excess of the carrying value of the impaired asset group over its fair value, determined based on discounted cash flows. The Company did not record any impairment losses on long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2018.

Deferred Issuance Costs

        The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity issuances as deferred issuance costs until such equity issuances are consummated. After consummation of the equity issuance, these costs are recorded as a reduction in the capitalized amount associated with the equity issuance. Should the planned financing be abandoned, the deferred issuance costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Deferred issuance costs as of December 31, 2018 were less than $0.1 million. No deferred issuance costs were capitalized as of December 31, 2017.

Leases

        Leases are classified at their inception as either operating or capital leases. The Company recognizes rent expense for its facility lease, which is classified as an operating lease, on a straight-line basis over the respective lease term, inclusive of rent escalation provisions and rent holidays. The difference between rent payments made and straight-line rent expense is recorded as deferred rent. Additionally, the Company recognizes tenant improvement allowances for its operating leases as a deferred lease incentive and amortizes the lease incentive as a reduction to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the respective lease term.

Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development expenses include costs directly attributable to the conduct of research and development programs, including personnel-related expenses such as salaries, payroll taxes, benefits, and stock-based compensation expense, manufacturing and external costs related to outside vendors engaged to conduct both preclinical studies and clinical trials, laboratory supplies, depreciation on and maintenance of research equipment, and the allocable portions of facility costs, such as rent, utilities, repairs and maintenance, depreciation, and general support services. Expenditures relating to research and development are expensed in the period incurred. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made.

F-10


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Research Contract Costs and Accruals

        The Company has entered into various research and development contracts with research institutions and other companies. The Company records accruals for estimated ongoing research costs. When evaluating the adequacy of the accrued liabilities, the Company analyzes progress of the studies or trials, including invoices received and contracted costs. Significant judgments and estimates are made in determining the accrued balances at each reporting period. Actual results could differ from the Company's estimates.

Patent-Related Costs

        Patent-related costs incurred in connection with patent applications are expensed as incurred due to the uncertainty about the recovery of the expenditure. Amounts incurred are classified as general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

Fair Value of Common Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company determined the estimated fair value of Common Stock and Series B convertible preferred stock (the "Series B Preferred Stock") based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including, but not limited to, external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry sector, the prices at which the Company sold shares of convertible preferred stock and the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to the Company's Common Stock at the time, and the likelihood and potential timing of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO, in light of prevailing market conditions. The Company utilized valuation methodologies in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, to estimate the fair value of Common Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock. The methodologies utilized to estimate the fair value of Common Stock included the guideline public company method and/or the precedent transaction method to estimate the equity value, and the option-pricing method ("OPM") or the hybrid method, which is a probability-weighted expected return method ("PWERM"), to allocate equity value to the Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The Company utilized the hybrid method to estimate the fair value of the Series B Preferred Stock. Significant changes to the key assumptions used in the valuations could result in different fair values of Common Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock.

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company measures stock-based awards based on the fair value on the date of grant. Compensation expense of those awards is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Generally, the Company issues awards with only service-based vesting conditions and records the expense for these awards using the straight-line method. The Company has also granted certain stock-based awards with performance-based vesting conditions. The Company records the expense for stock-based awards with performance-based vesting conditions over the remaining service period using an accelerated attribution method when management determines that achievement of the performance condition is probable. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates if the achievement of a performance-based milestone is probable based on the expected satisfaction of the performance conditions.

F-11


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The fair value of each restricted stock award is based on the fair value of the Company's Common Stock on the grant date, less any applicable purchase price. The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company's Common Stock, the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of the award, the risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. Expected volatility is calculated based on reported volatility data for a representative group of publicly traded companies for which historical information is available. The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with the assumption used for the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant commensurate with the expected term assumption. The Company uses the simplified method, under which the expected term is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company utilizes this method due to the lack of historical exercise data and the plain nature of its stock-based awards. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid dividends and has no current plans to pay any dividends on Common Stock.

        The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur (refer to the "Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements" below). The Company classifies stock-based compensation expense in its statements of operations in the same manner in which the award recipient's payroll or service costs are classified.

Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements or in the Company's tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of the assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance against deferred tax assets is recorded if, based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Potential for recovery of deferred tax assets is evaluated by considering several factors, including estimating the future taxable profits expected, estimating future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, considering taxable profits in carryback periods, and considering prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

        The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a more-likely-than-not threshold for recognizing and resolving uncertain tax positions. The evaluation of uncertain tax positions is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in the law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity, and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position.

Comprehensive Loss

        Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, comprehensive loss was equal to net loss.

F-12


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

        The Company applies the two-class method to compute basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders when it has issued shares that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per share for each class of common and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income (loss) available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to share in the earnings as if all income (loss) for the period had been distributed. The Company's convertible preferred stock participates in any dividends declared by the Company and are therefore considered to be participating securities. The participating securities are not required to participate in the losses of the Company, and therefore during periods of loss there is no allocation required under the two-class method.

        Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is computed by adjusting net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders to reallocate undistributed earnings based on the potential impact of dilutive securities. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, including potential dilutive common shares. For purpose of this calculation, outstanding options to purchase Common Stock, unvested restricted stock awards, and shares of convertible preferred stock are considered potential dilutive common shares. The Company has generated a net loss in all periods presented, and therefore the basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders are the same as the inclusion of the potentially dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive.

Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk

        The Company has no significant off-balance sheet risk such as foreign exchange contracts, option contracts, or other foreign hedging arrangements. Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash. The Company's cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash are deposited in accounts at large financial institutions. The Company believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial strength of the depository institutions in which the cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash are held. The Company maintains its cash equivalents in money market funds that invest in U.S. Treasury securities.

Segment Information

        Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company and the Company's chief operating decision-maker, the Company's chief executive officer, view the Company's operations and manage its business as a single operating segment.

F-13


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Emerging Growth Company Status

        The Company is an emerging growth company ("EGC"), as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the "JOBS Act"), and may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs. The Company may take advantage of these exemptions until it is no longer an EGC under Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an EGC can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, and as a result of this election, its consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates for ASUs. The Company may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of an offering or such earlier time that it is no longer an EGC.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

        In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ("ASU 2014-09"). The standard replaces existing revenue recognition standards and significantly expands the disclosure requirements for revenue arrangements. The standard must be adopted using either a modified retrospective approach or a full retrospective approach for all periods presented. The Company adopted the standard as of January 1, 2017 under the full retrospective method. The Company does not have and has never had any contracts that are within the scope of ASU 2014-09 or its predecessor guidance, ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. Accordingly, adoption of the standard did not have an impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, the adoption of this standard will impact the accounting for potential future revenue transactions.

        In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation ("ASU  2016-09"), which amends ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation ("Topic 718"). The standard is intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for share-based payments, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, an option to recognize gross share compensation expense with actual forfeitures recognized as they occur, as well as certain classifications on the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted ASU 2016-09 effective as of January 1, 2016. The Company elected to account prospectively for forfeitures as they occur rather than apply an estimated forfeiture rate to stock-based compensation expense. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements or footnote disclosures.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments ("ASU 2016-15"), which simplifies certain elements of cash flow classification. The standard is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted the standard effective as of January 1, 2016. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements or footnote disclosures.

        In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash ("ASU 2016-18"). The standard requires that amounts generally described as restricted cash be included within cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted ASU 2016-18 effective as of

F-14


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

January 1, 2016 using a full retrospective approach. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements or footnote disclosures.

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business ("ASU 2017-01"). The standard clarifies the framework for determining whether an integrated set of assets and activities meets the definition of a business. The revised framework establishes a screen for determining whether an integrated set of assets and activities is a business and narrows the definition of a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. This screen reduces the number of transactions that need to be further evaluated. The Company adopted ASU 2017-01 effective as of January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements or footnote disclosures.

        In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting ("ASU 2017-09"). The standard is intended to reduce the diversity in practice and cost and complexity when applying the guidance in Topic 718 to a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. Under the guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. The Company adopted ASU 2017-09 effective as of January 1, 2016. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements or footnote disclosures.

        In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment ("ASU 2018-07"). The standard is intended to simplify the accounting for share-based payments to non-employees by aligning it with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions. Under the guidance, the measurement of equity-classified non-employee awards will be fixed at the grant date, which may lower their cost and reduce volatility in the income statement. The Company adopted ASU 2018-07 as of January 1, 2017. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements or footnote disclosures.

        In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement ("ASU 2018-13"). The standard eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The Company adopted ASU 2018-13 as of January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements or footnote disclosures.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements—To Be Adopted

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) ("ASU 2016-02"), as amended by various subsequently issued ASUs. The standard requires lessees to recognize an operating lease with a term greater than one year on their balance sheets as a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability, measured at the present value of the lease payments. Lessees are required to classify leases as either finance or operating leases. If the lease is effectively a financed-purchase by the lessee, it is classified as a financing lease, otherwise it is classified as an operating lease. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. In July 2018, the FASB also issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842):

F-15


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Targeted Improvements ("ASU 2018-11"), which permits entities to continue applying legacy guidance in ASC 840, Leases, including its disclosure requirements, in the comparative periods presented in the year that the entity adopts the new leasing standard. The new standard will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2020 (refer to previous discussion under "Emerging Growth Company Status"). The Company will apply the transition method permitted by ASU 2018-11. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that adoption of the standard is expected to have on the Company's consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company expects to take advantage of certain available expedients by electing the transition package of practical expedients permitted within ASU 2016-02, which allows the Company to not reassess previous accounting conclusions around whether arrangements are, or contain, leases, the classification of leases, and the treatment of initial direct costs. The Company also expects to make an accounting policy election to exclude leases with an initial term of twelve months or less from the balance sheet.

        In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments ("ASU 2016-13"). The standard requires that credit losses be reported using an expected losses model rather than the incurred losses model that is currently used, and establishes additional disclosures related to credit risks. For available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses, this standard requires allowances to be recorded instead of reducing the amortized cost of the investment. The new standard will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2021. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact that this standard may have on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception ("ASU 2017-11"). Part I of the standard applies to entities that issue financial instruments such as warrants, convertible debt or convertible preferred stock that contain down-round features. Part II of the standard replaces the indefinite deferral for certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests and mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities contained within ASC Topic 480 with a scope exception and does not impact the accounting for these mandatorily redeemable instruments. The new standard will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2020 (refer to previous discussion under "Emerging Growth Company Status"). The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2017-11 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Fair Value Measurements

        The following table presents information about the Company's financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the level of the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine such fair values as of December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Cash equivalents:

                         

Money market funds

  $ 72,797   $ 72,797   $   $  

Total

  $ 72,797   $ 72,797   $   $  

        The Company had no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2017. There have been no transfers between fair value levels during the year ended December 31, 2018.

F-16


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Property and Equipment, Net

        Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2018
 

Lab equipment

  $ 3,018     $4,847  

Furniture and fixtures

        542  

Computer equipment

    281     517  

Software

    90     90  

Leasehold improvements

    280     6,174  

Construction in process

    166     334  

Total property and equipment

    3,835     12,504  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (893 )   (1,958 )

Property and equipment, net

  $ 2,942   $ 10,546  

        Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $0.7 million and $1.3 million, respectively. Total property and equipment, gross, as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 included zero and $0.2 million, respectively, of property and equipment recorded under capital leases. Accumulated depreciation, as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, included zero and less than $0.1 million, respectively, for property and equipment recorded under capital leases.

5. Additional Balance Sheet Detail

        Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2018
 

Prepaid expenses

  $ 422     $460  

Prepaid sign-on bonuses subject to vesting provisions

    222     99  

Security deposits

    90      

Leasehold improvement allowance receivable

    39     366  

Interest income receivable

        135  

Other

    158     238  

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

  $ 931   $ 1,298  

F-17


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Additional Balance Sheet Detail (Continued)

        Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2018
 

External research and development

  $ 8   $ 437  

Payroll and benefits

    1,004     1,448  

Professional services

    80     254  

Capital lease obligation, current portion

        46  

Restricted stock liability, current portion

    18     18  

Property and equipment purchases

        174  

Other

    2     120  

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $ 1,112   $ 2,497  

        Future minimum lease payments associated with the Company's capital lease obligations are less than $0.1 million in each of the years ending December 31, 2019, 2020 and 2021. No minimum lease payments associated with the Company's capital lease obligations are due after December 31, 2021.

6. Convertible Preferred Stock

        In July 2016, the Company entered into a Series A convertible preferred stock purchase agreement (the "2016 Stock Purchase Agreement"), which provided for the issuance and sale of up to 55,000,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock") at a price of $1.00 per share in three tranches, each of which could occur in multiple closings. Included in the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock purchase agreement were tranche rights. The tranche rights obligated the investors in the Series A Preferred Stock to purchase, and the Company to sell, shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $1.00 per share, subject to the achievement of certain milestones related to the Company's research platform and organizational development. The specified milestones were waivable with the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

        During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company sold 12,666,666 shares of Series A Preferred Stock under the 2016 Stock Purchase Agreement for aggregate proceeds of approximately $12.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company sold the remaining 25,333,334 shares of Series A Preferred Stock under the 2016 Stock Purchase Agreement for aggregate proceeds of approximately $25.3 million.

        In April 2017, the Company increased the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock authorized for issuance to 60,000,000 shares and entered into an additional Series A Preferred Stock purchase agreement (the "2017 Stock Purchase Agreement", and together with the 2016 Stock Purchase Agreement, the "Stock Purchase Agreements"), pursuant to which the Company sold 5,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for aggregate proceeds of $5.0 million. The Company incurred issuance costs associated with the Stock Purchase Agreements of less than $0.1 million during each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

        The Company determined that the tranche rights did not meet the definition of a freestanding financial instrument because, while separately exercisable, they were not legally detachable. Further, the Company determined that the embedded future tranche rights did not require bifurcation as they were

F-18


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the Series A Preferred Stock and did not meet the definition of a derivative on a standalone basis.

        In August 2018, the Company entered into a Series B convertible preferred stock purchase agreement (the "Series B Stock Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which the Company sold 40,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $2.00 per share for gross proceeds of $80,000,000. In connection with the Series B Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated to authorize the Company to issue 40,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Refer to Note 14 for information regarding the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock subsequent to December 31, 2018.

        The Company assessed the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock (together, the "Preferred Stock") for any beneficial conversion features or embedded derivatives, including the conversion option, that would require bifurcation from the Preferred Stock and receive separate accounting treatment. Based on the Company's determination that the Preferred Stock is an "equity host," the Company determined that all features of the Preferred Stock were either clearly and closely related to the equity host or did not meet the definition of a derivative, and therefore do not require bifurcation as a derivative liability. On the date of issuance, the estimated fair value of Common Stock into which the Preferred Stock was convertible was less than the effective conversion price of the Preferred Stock, and as such, there was no beneficial conversion feature at the commitment dates.

        As the Preferred Stock may become redeemable upon the occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the Preferred Stock has been classified outside of stockholders' deficit. Since the Preferred Stock is not initially redeemable and the Company has determined that it is not probable that it will become redeemable, the carrying value of the Preferred Stock has not been adjusted.

        No dividends have been declared since inception. Aggregate cumulative dividends associated with the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2018 were $7.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

        The holders of the Preferred Stock have the following rights, privileges, and preferences:

Voting Rights

        The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on all matters submitted to stockholders for a vote and have the right to vote the number of shares equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could convert on the record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote. The holders of Preferred Stock will vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class, on an as-converted basis, unless otherwise specified by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. For example, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect one director of the Company and the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect one director of the Company.

Conversion

        Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price (as defined below) applicable to such series of Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price (as defined below) applicable to such series of

F-19


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Preferred Stock in effect at the time of conversion. The Original Issue Price is $1.00 per share for Series A Preferred Stock and $2.00 per share for Series B Preferred Stock, each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock. The Conversion Price is initially $1.00 per share for Series A Preferred Stock and $2.00 per share for Series B Preferred Stock, each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization and other adjustments, as set forth in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated.

        Each share of Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective conversion ratio upon either (i) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), provided that such offering results in at least $45 million of gross proceeds to the Company and, following such offering, the Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq or (ii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by the vote or written consent of the holders of at least 65% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. If the holders of at least 65% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock approve such a mandatory conversion in connection with a proposed Deemed Liquidation Event in which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock would receive less than the full liquidation preference applicable to the Series B Preferred Stock (as discussed below), then the mandatory conversion will also require the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class.

Dividends

        From the date of issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, dividends at an annual rate of $0.16 per share will accrue on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock (the "Series B Accruing Dividends"). From the date of issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, dividends at an annual rate of $0.08 per share will accrue on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock (the "Series A Accruing Dividends", and together with the Series B Accruing Dividends, the "Accruing Dividends"). The Accruing Dividends are cumulative and are payable only when and if declared by the board of directors of the Company or in the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event. The Company cannot declare dividends on the Common Stock unless the holders of Preferred Stock first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock. No dividends have been declared since inception.

Liquidation Preference

        In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding will be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment will be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the applicable Original Issue Price, plus any applicable Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Preferred Stock been

F-20


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event.

        After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders will be distributed among the holders of the shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

        Unless the holders of at least 65% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, elect otherwise, a "Deemed Liquidation Event" will include (i) a merger or consolidation (other than one in which stockholders of the Company owning a majority by voting power of the outstanding shares of the Company prior to the merger or consolidation continue to own a majority by voting power of the outstanding shares of the surviving or acquiring corporation) or (ii) a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license, or other disposition by the Company or its subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition of one or more subsidiaries of the Company if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are held by such subsidiaries.

7. Common Stock

        Each share of Common Stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock will not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends, as may be declared by the Company's board of directors, if any, subject to the preferential dividend rights of the Preferred Stock. No dividends have been declared or paid during the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2018.

        During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock from 80,000,000 to 135,000,000 shares.

        The Company had reserved the following shares of Common Stock for the potential conversion of Preferred Stock and for the future issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Company's 2016 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the "2016 Plan"):

 
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2018
 

Shares reserved for conversion of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock

    60,000,000     60,000,000  

Shares reserved for conversion of outstanding Series B Preferred Stock

        40,000,000  

Shares reserved for future issuance under the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan

    1,542,195     6,432,941  

    61,542,195     106,432,941  

F-21


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Stock-based Compensation Expense

Grants Under the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan

        In July 2016, the Company adopted the 2016 Plan, under which it may grant restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options and other stock-based awards to eligible employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors.

        The 2016 Plan is administered by the board of directors or, at the discretion of the board of directors, by a subcommittee of the board of directors. The exercise prices, vesting and other restrictions are determined at the discretion of the board of directors, or their subcommittee if so delegated, except that the exercise price per share of the stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant and the term of the stock options may not be greater than ten years.

        During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company granted restricted stock awards and stock options. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had only granted restricted stock awards since its inception. The dates of the Company's valuations of Common Stock have not always coincided with the dates of the restricted stock awards. For financial reporting purposes, the Company performed Common Stock valuations with the assistance of a third-party specialist as of November 30, 2018, August 24, 2018, June 1, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 to determine stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock awards and stock options.

        The total number of shares of Common Stock that were authorized for issuance under the 2016 Plan was 12,465,000 as of December 31, 2017. In January 2018, the 2016 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan by 3,000,000 shares. In August 2018, the 2016 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan by 7,000,000 shares. The total number of shares of Common Stock that were authorized for issuance under the 2016 Plan was 22,465,000 as of December 31, 2018. Refer to Note 14 for an additional increase to the number of shares issuable under the 2016 Plan that occurred subsequent to December 31, 2018.

        During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company issued 3,628,805 shares and 40,000 shares of Common Stock to employees and non-employees, respectively, under the 2016 Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 1,797,013 shares of Common Stock to employees under the 2016 Plan. The Company may repurchase unvested shares at the original purchase price if employees or non-employees are terminated or cease their employment or service relationship with the Company. The shares typically vest over a one-year or four-year period. The shares are recorded in stockholders' (deficit) equity as they vest.

F-22


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Stock-based Compensation Expense (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the Company's restricted stock activity under the 2016 Plan:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2016

    6,631,980   $ 0.42  

Granted

    3,668,805     0.44  

Vested

    (2,561,582 )   0.42  

Repurchased

    (56,250 )   0.42  

Unvested at December 31, 2017

    7,682,953   $ 0.43  

Granted

    1,797,013     0.48  

Vested

    (3,524,983 )   0.44  

Repurchased

    (655,980 )   0.46  

Unvested at December 31, 2018

    5,299,003   $ 0.44  

        Shares of Common Stock repurchased from employees and non-employees are shares held in the Company's treasury ("Treasury Shares"). The board of directors may, at its discretion, authorize that the Treasury Shares be returned to the pool of authorized but unissued Common Stock.

        Stock options granted by the Company typically vest over a four year period and have a ten year contractual term. The following table summarizes the Company's stock option activity under the 2016 Plan since December 31, 2017:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

      $       $  

Granted

    3,555,302     1.02              

Exercised

                     

Cancelled

                     

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

    3,555,302   $ 1.02     9.84   $ 367,427  

Exercisable at December 31, 2018

    102,694   $ 0.68     9.48   $ 44,158  

        The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the fair value of the Company's Common Stock as of the balance sheet date for those options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company's Common Stock.

        The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted in the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.72 per share. As of December 31, 2018, no stock options have been exercised since inception.

F-23


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Stock-based Compensation Expense (Continued)

The fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2018 under the 2016 Plan has been calculated on the date of grant using the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2018
 

Risk-free interest rate

    2.8 %

Expected dividend yield

    0.0 %

Expected term (years)

    6.1  

Expected stock price volatility

    81.6 %

Grants Outside the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan

        During July 2016, the Company issued 5,075,000 shares and 460,000 shares of Common Stock outside of the Company's 2016 Plan to non-employee founders and certain advisors, respectively. The shares were issued under the terms of restricted stock agreements between the Company and such holders, and the unvested shares are subject to repurchase by the Company upon the termination of the holder's relationship with the Company. Of the total shares issued to non-employee founders, 575,000 vested immediately upon grant; 2,500,000 vest quarterly over a four-year period based on each holder's continued service relationship with the Company; and 2,000,000 vest in equal quarterly installments over a period of one year, commencing with the first quarter after the four-year anniversary of the date of the respective non-employee founder's agreement, based on each holder's continued service relationship with the Company. Of the shares issued to non-employee advisors, 240,000 shares vest in equal quarterly installments over four years, 200,000 of the shares vest in equal quarterly installments over a period of two years upon the achievement of certain performance-based milestones, and 20,000 shares vested immediately upon grant. Stock-based compensation expense associated with the performance-based awards is recognized if the performance condition is considered probable of achievement using management's best estimates.

        During the year ended December 31, 2017, management concluded that the milestone associated with 200,000 shares of performance-based restricted stock was probable of achievement, and therefore the Company began to record stock-based compensation expense using the accelerated attribution method. The milestone was subsequently achieved during the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company recorded $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million of stock-based compensation expense for non-employee performance-based awards during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The shares are recorded in stockholders' (deficit) equity as they vest.

F-24


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Stock-based Compensation Expense (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the Company's restricted stock activity outside of the 2016 Plan:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2016

    4,597,500   $ 0.42  

Granted

         

Vested

    (685,000 )   0.42  

Repurchased

         

Unvested at December 31, 2017

    3,912,500   $ 0.42  

Granted

         

Vested

    (785,000 )   0.42  

Repurchased

         

Unvested at December 31, 2018

    3,127,500   $ 0.42  

        The aggregate intrinsic value of all restricted stock awards that vested during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $1.5 million and $3.4 million, respectively.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

        The total compensation cost recognized in the statements of operations associated with all stock-based compensation awards granted by the Company is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2017
  Year Ended
December 31, 2018
 

Research and development

  $ 804   $ 1,124  

General and administrative

    567     1,035  

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 1,371   $ 2,159  

        As of December 31, 2018, the Company had an aggregate of $5.6 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.94 years.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

        In May 2016, the Company entered into a sublease agreement for approximately 8,143 square feet of office and laboratory space at its prior corporate headquarters in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The sublease commenced during June 2016. The Company had the option to extend the sublease until June 30, 2019, subject to the landlord's own need for the space. During June 2017, the Company exercised its option to extend the sublease through June 30, 2019. During February 2018, the Company amended its sublease agreement to reduce the term of the sublease to June 30, 2018. The Company recorded rent expense for this sublease on a straight-line basis. Rent expense associated with this sublease for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The sublease for this space terminated on June 30, 2018.

F-25


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        In November 2017, the Company entered into a lease agreement for its current corporate headquarters for approximately 28,731 square feet of office and laboratory space in Cambridge, Massachusetts, commencing December 2017. The Company began recognizing rent expense associated with this lease during December 2017. The Company began to occupy and use the leased space for its intended purpose in June 2018. The lease ends on June 30, 2028. The Company has the option to extend the term of the lease for an additional five-year period, at the market rate, by giving the landlord written notice of its election to exercise the extension at least nine months prior to the original expiration of the lease term. The lease has a total commitment of $25.1 million over the ten year term, and includes escalating rent payments. The lease provides the Company with an allowance for normal leasehold improvements of $5.0 million. The Company accounts for leasehold improvement incentives as a reduction to rent expense ratably over the lease term. The balance from the leasehold improvement incentives is classified as a deferred lease incentive on the balance sheet. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had not incurred leasehold improvement costs that are subject to reimbursement by the landlord, and therefore no lease incentive obligation was recorded on the balance sheet. The lease agreement requires the Company to either pay a security deposit or maintain a letter of credit of $1.1 million. The Company obtained a letter of credit for this lease in April 2018 and has recorded the cash held to secure the letter of credit as restricted cash on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018. The Company records rent expense for this lease on a straight-line basis. Rent expense associated with this lease for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was approximately $0.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

        The future minimum lease payments associated with the lease for the Company's current headquarters as of December 31, 2018 are as follows (in thousands):

2019

  $ 2,219  

2020

    2,285  

2021

    2,354  

2022

    2,424  

2023

    2,497  

Thereafter

    12,187  

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 23,966  

Other Agreements

        The Company has agreements with third parties in the normal course of business under which it can license certain developed technologies. If the Company exercises its rights to license the technologies it may be subject to additional fees and milestone payments. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has not exercised its rights to license such technologies.

Indemnification Agreements

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters arising out of the relationship between such parties and the Company. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with members of its board of directors and senior management that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. The maximum potential amount of future

F-26


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is, in many cases, unlimited. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications. The Company is not aware of any claims under indemnification arrangements, and it has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations as of December 31, 2017 or 2018.

Legal Proceedings

        The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether or not a potential loss amount or a potential range of loss is probable and reasonably estimable under the provisions of the authoritative guidance that addresses accounting for contingencies. The Company expenses the costs related to its legal proceedings as they are incurred. No such costs have been incurred for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

10. Income Taxes

        A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2017
  Year Ended
December 31, 2018
 

Federal income tax (benefit) at statutory rate

    34.00 %   21.00 %

Permanent differences

    (3.64 )   (1.37 )

Federal and state research and development credits

    4.81     3.15  

State income tax, net of federal benefit

    4.88     5.77  

Impact of U.S. tax reform

    (16.25 )    

Change in valuation allowance

    (23.80 )   (28.55 )

Effective income tax rate

    %   %

        During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company incurred book and tax losses and, because it maintains a full valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets, did not recognize federal or state income tax expense or benefit.

F-27


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31, 2017   December 31, 2018  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 8,493   $ 16,566  

Research and development credit carryforwards

    1,475     2,503  

Accrued expenses and other

    336     457  

Deferred lease incentive

        1,218  

Deferred rent

    54     383  

Gross deferred tax assets

    10,358     21,127  

Valuation allowance

    (10,293 )   (19,592 )

Net deferred tax assets

    65     1,535  

Deferred tax liability

    (65 )   (1,535 )

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  

        The Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon its ability to realize the deferred tax assets. The Company considered its history of cumulative net losses incurred since inception and its lack of commercialization of any products since inception and has concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been established against the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2018. The Company reevaluates the positive and negative evidence at each reporting period.

        As of December 31, 2018, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $60.7 million which begin to expire in 2035. Approximately $29.7 million of the federal net operating losses can be carried forward indefinitely. As of December 31, 2018, the Company also had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $60.5 million, which begin to expire in 2035.

        As of December 31, 2018, the Company had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.5 million, which begin to expire in 2035. As of December 31, 2018, the Company also had state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.3 million, which begin to expire in 2035.

        Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Internal Revenue Code"), and corresponding provisions of state law, due to ownership changes that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes may limit the amount of carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. In general, an ownership change, as defined by Section 382, results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain shareholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50% over a three-year period. The Company has not conducted a study to assess whether a change of control has occurred or whether there have been multiple changes of control since inception due to the significant complexity and cost associated with such a study. If the Company has experienced a change of control, as defined by Section 382, at any time since inception, utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards or research and development tax credit carryforwards would be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382, which is determined by first multiplying the value of the Company's stock at the time of the ownership change by the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate, and then could be subject to additional

F-28


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

adjustments, as required. Any limitation may result in expiration of a portion of the net operating loss carryforwards or research and development tax credit carryforwards before utilization. Further, until a study is completed and any limitation is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position.

        The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal and state jurisdictions, where applicable. There are currently no pending tax examinations. As of December 31, 2018, the Company's tax years are still open under statute from 2015 to the present.

        It is the Company's policy to include penalties and interest expense related to income taxes as a component of the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions and no amounts have been recognized in the Company's statements of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company generated research credits but has not conducted a study to document the qualified activities. This study may result in an adjustment to the Company's research and development credit carryforwards; however, until a study is completed and any adjustment is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position. A full valuation allowance has been provided against the Company's research and development credits and, if an adjustment is required, this adjustment would result in an adjustment to the deferred tax asset established for the research and development credit carryforwards and the valuation allowance.

        On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Reform Act") was enacted, which significantly reforms the Internal Revenue Code. The Tax Reform Act, among other things, contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, effective as of January 1, 2018; limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense; limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of annual taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, in each case, for losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 (though any such tax losses may be carried forward indefinitely); and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits, including reducing the business tax credit for certain clinical testing expenses incurred in the testing of certain drugs for rare diseases or conditions generally referred to as "orphan drugs."

        The staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 ("SAB 118") to address the application of GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Reform Act. The Company is applying the provisions of SAB 118. In connection with the initial analysis of the impact of the Tax Reform Act for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company remeasured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the revised U.S. federal corporate tax rate of 21%. The remeasurement of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities was offset by a corresponding change in the Company's valuation allowance.

        As permitted by SAB 118, the Company recorded provisional estimates during the year ended December 31, 2017 and has subsequently finalized its accounting analysis based on the guidance, interpretations, and data available as of December 31, 2018. Adjustments made in the fourth quarter of 2018 upon finalization of the Company's accounting analysis were not material to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

F-29


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Defined Contribution Plan

        The Company has a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "401(k) Plan"). The 401(k) Plan covers all employees who meet defined minimum age and service requirements, and allows participants the option to elect to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pretax basis. As currently established, the Company is not required to make and has not made any contributions to the 401(k) Plan.

12. Net Loss per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

Net Loss per Share

        Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for Common Stock equivalents. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is calculated by adjusting the net loss of the Company for cumulative preferred stock dividends. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by adjusting weighted average shares outstanding for the dilutive effect of Common Stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of the dilutive net loss per share attributable to common stockholders calculation, Preferred Stock, stock options, and unvested restricted stock are considered to be Common Stock equivalents but are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, as their effect would be anti-dilutive. Therefore, basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders were the same for all periods presented as a result of the Company's net loss.

        The following Common Stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2017
  Year Ended
December 31, 2018
 

Series A Preferred Stock

    34,666,667     60,000,000  

Series B Preferred Stock

        40,000,000  

Outstanding stock options

        3,555,302  

Unvested restricted stock awards

    11,595,453     8,426,503  

Total

    46,262,120     111,981,805  

        In February 2019, the Company issued 12,500,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock as consideration for the GSK Agreement (as defined in Note 14).

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

        The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2018 give effect to adjustments arising upon the closing of a qualified IPO. The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2018 give effect to the automatic conversion upon a qualified IPO of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock as if the conversion had occurred on the later of January 1, 2018 or the issuance date of the Preferred Stock. Accordingly, the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to stockholders does not include the effects of the cumulative preferred stock dividends. Shares to be sold in the offering are

F-30


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Net Loss per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share (Continued)

excluded from the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders calculations.

        The following table summarizes the Company's unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2018
 

Numerator:

       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (39,147 )

Cumulative convertible preferred stock dividends

    6,559  

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (32,588 )

Denominator:

       

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    8,799  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of Preferred Stock

    67,856  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding

    76,655  

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (0.43 )

13. Related-Party Transactions

        During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company paid fees to Third Rock Ventures, LLC ("TRV"), an affiliate of one of the Company's principal stockholders, in exchange for consulting services. The Company recorded expenses related to such fees of $0.1 million during each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. As of both December 31, 2017 and 2018, there was less than $0.1 million of amounts due to TRV for such services that were included in accounts payable and accrued expenses. Additionally, consultants that provide services to the Company are employees of TRV. The Company has issued an aggregate of 996,000 shares of Common Stock to these consultants in exchange for their continuing consulting services.

        During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded other income of $0.4 million related to the sale of drug material to an entity affiliated with TRV.

14. Subsequent Events

        For its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and for the year then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through May 1, 2019, the date on which those consolidated financial statements were issued.

2016 Stock Incentive Plan

        In January 2019, the 2016 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan by 2,500,000 shares. In January 2019 and March 2019, the Company issued stock options to purchase an aggregate of 7,143,661 shares of Common Stock under the 2016 Plan.

F-31


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Subsequent Events (Continued)

GSK Agreement

        In February 2019, the Company entered into a right of reference and license agreement (the "GSK Agreement") with subsidiaries of GlaxoSmithKline plc (collectively referred to as "GSK"), pursuant to which the Company has been granted an exclusive worldwide license to develop and commercialize losmapimod. Under the GSK Agreement, the Company also acquired reference rights to relevant regulatory and manufacturing documents and GSK's existing supply of losmapimod drug substance and product. The Company also has the right to sublicense its rights under the license agreement, subject to certain conditions. The Company is obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize losmapimod at its sole cost. The Company is also responsible for costs related to the filing and maintenance of the licensed patent rights.

        Under the GSK Agreement, the Company issued 12,500,000 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock to GSK with an estimated fair value of $25.5 million, or $2.04 per share, which was determined with the assistance of a third-party specialist contemporaneously with the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock to GSK. In addition, the Company may owe GSK up to $37.5 million in certain specified clinical and regulatory milestones, of which $2.5 million is due upon the initiation of a Phase 2 clinical trial, and up to $60.0 million in certain specified sales milestones. The Company has agreed to pay tiered royalties on annual net sales of losmapimod that range from mid single-digit percentages to a low double-digit, but less than teens, percentage. The royalties are payable on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis, and may be reduced in specified circumstances. The Company also incurred $0.1 million of direct expenses related to the transaction, which the Company will include in the total consideration for the transaction.

        The GSK Agreement may be terminated by either party for a material breach by the other, subject to notice and cure provisions. Unless earlier terminated, the GSK Agreement will continue in effect until the expiration of the Company's royalty obligations, which expire on a country-by-country basis on the later of (i) ten years after the first commercial sale in the country or (ii) approval of a generic version of losmapimod by the applicable regulatory agency.

        The Company concluded the arrangement did not result in the acquisition of a business, as substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired was concentrated in a single in-process research and development asset, losmapimod. In addition, the Company did not obtain any substantive processes in connection to the GSK Agreement and losmapimod was not generating revenue at the time the GSK Agreement was executed. Therefore, the Company accounted for the arrangement as an asset acquisition. The Company also concluded that the acquired assets do not have an alternative future use, and therefore the fair value attributable to the GSK Agreement of $25.6 million, inclusive of transaction costs, will be recorded as in-process research and development expense in the Company's consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the three months ended March 31, 2019, which is the period in which the Company obtained (i) the license to losmapimod, (ii) the right to reference relevant regulatory and manufacturing documents, and (iii) GSK's existing supply of losmapimod drug substance and product. Additionally, the Company will recognize clinical and regulatory milestone payments when the underlying contingency is resolved and the consideration is paid or becomes payable. The milestone payments will be capitalized or expensed depending on the nature of the associated asset as of the date of recognition. The Company will record sales milestone payments and royalties as additional expense of the related product sales in the period in which the corresponding sales occur.

        In February 2019, in connection with the GSK Agreement, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated to increase the number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock from 40,000,000 shares to 52,500,000 shares and to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock from 135,000,000 shares to 147,500,000 shares.

F-32


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 
  December 31,
2018
  March 31,
2019
  Pro Forma
March 31,
2019
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 72,797   $ 62,452   $ 62,452  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,298     1,544     1,544  

Total current assets

    74,095     63,996     63,996  

Property and equipment, net

   
10,546
   
10,225
   
10,225
 

Restricted cash

    1,092     1,092     1,092  

Other assets

    38     275     275  

Total assets

  $ 85,771   $ 75,588   $ 75,588  

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders' (deficit) equity

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

  $ 1,263   $ 2,522   $ 2,522  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    2,497     1,699     1,699  

Deferred lease incentive, current portion

    469     469     469  

Total current liabilities

    4,229     4,690     4,690  

Deferred rent, excluding current portion

    1,402     1,450     1,450  

Deferred lease incentive, excluding current portion

    3,990     3,873     3,873  

Other liabilities, excluding current portion

    150     126     126  

Total liabilities

    9,771     10,139     10,139  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

                   

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019 (liquidation preference of $68,371 as of March 31, 2019); no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as of March 31, 2019

   
59,909
   
59,909
   
 

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 40,000,000 and 52,500,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively (liquidation preference of $109,119 as of March 31, 2019); no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as of March 31, 2019

    79,761     105,227      

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 135,000,000 and 147,500,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively; 19,542,588 and 19,235,125 shares issued as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively; 11,116,085 and 12,054,235 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively; 131,735,125 and 124,554,235 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as of March 31, 2019

    11     12     125  

Treasury stock, at cost; 469,169 and no shares as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively; no shares, pro forma as of March 31, 2019

             

Additional paid-in capital

    4,443     5,268     170,291  

Accumulated deficit

    (68,124 )   (104,967 )   (104,967 )

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (63,670 )   (99,687 )   65,449  

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders' (deficit) equity

  $ 85,771   $ 75,588   $ 75,588  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-33


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2018   2019  

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

  $ 5,573   $ 34,629  

General and administrative

    1,737     2,598  

Total operating expenses

    7,310     37,227  

Loss from operations

    (7,310 )   (37,227 )

Other income, net:

             

Interest income, net

        377  

Other income

    370     7  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (6,940 ) $ (36,843 )

Cumulative convertible preferred stock dividends

    (828 )   (3,041 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (7,768 ) $ (39,884 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (1.09 ) $ (3.47 )

Weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    7,134     11,497  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

        $ (0.31 )

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

          118,580  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-34


Table of Contents

Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity

(In thousands, except share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Common Stock   Treasury Stock    
   
  Total
Stockholders'
(Deficit)
Equity
 
 
   
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount    
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  
 
   
 

Balance at December 31, 2017

    34,666,666   $ 34,587       $         6,806,102   $ 7     56,250   $   $ 2,264   $ (35,536 ) $ (33,265 )

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock at $1.00 per share, net of issuance costs of $7

    12,666,667     12,659                                          

Issuance of common stock

                        876,019     1             3         4  

Repurchase of unvested restricted stock awards

                                88,194                  

Retirement of treasury shares

                                (144,444 )                

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        429         429  

Net loss

                                            (6,940 )   (6,940 )

Balance at March 31, 2018

    47,333,333   $ 47,246       $         7,682,121   $ 8       $   $ 2,696   $ (42,476 ) $ (39,772 )

Balance at December 31, 2018

    60,000,000   $ 59,909     40,000,000   $ 79,761         11,116,085   $ 11     469,169   $   $ 4,443   $ (68,124 ) $ (63,670 )

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock in connection with asset acquisition, net of issuance costs of $34

            12,500,000     25,466                                  

Issuance of common stock

                        938,150     1             4         5  

Repurchase of unvested restricted stock awards

                                307,463                  

Retirement of treasury shares

                                (776,632 )                

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        821         821  

Net loss

                                            (36,843 )   (36,843 )

Balance at March 31, 2019

    60,000,000   $ 59,909     52,500,000   $ 105,227         12,054,235   $ 12       $   $ 5,268   $ (104,967 ) $ (99,687 )

Pro forma convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (unaudited):

                                                                       

Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock

    (60,000,000 )   (59,909 )   (52,500,000 )   (105,227 )       112,500,000     113             165,023         165,136  

Pro forma balance at March 31, 2019

      $       $         124,554,235   $ 125       $   $ 170,291   $ (104,967 ) $ 65,449  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-35


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2018   2019  

Operating activities

             

Net loss

  $ (6,940 ) $ (36,843 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

             

Depreciation expense

    174     504  

Stock-based compensation expense

    429     821  

In-process research and development expenses

        25,591  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (565 )   (264 )

Other assets

    28     (63 )

Accounts payable

    196     1,233  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    (430 )   (807 )

Deferred rent and deferred lease incentive

    476     (69 )

Net cash used in operating activities

    (6,632 )   (9,897 )

Investing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Purchases of property and equipment

    (783 )   (310 )

Transaction costs associated with asset acquisition

        (91 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (783 )   (401 )

Financing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    12,665      

Issuance costs associated with issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock

        (34 )

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

    (42 )   (11 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock (repurchases of common stock)

    17     (2 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    12,640     (47 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

    5,225     (10,345 )

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period

    407     73,889  

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period

  $ 5,632   $ 63,544  

Supplemental cash flow information

             

Cash paid for interest

  $ 2   $ 2  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

             

Acquisition of in process research and development through issuance of stock

  $   $ 25,500  

Property and equipment purchases unpaid at end of period

  $ 1,778   $ 47  

Deferred offering costs unpaid at end of period

  $   $ 190  

        The following table provides a reconciliation of the cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash balances as of each of the periods shown above:

 
  March 31,
2018
  March 31,
2019
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,632   $ 62,452  

Restricted cash

        1,092  

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

  $ 5,632   $ 63,544  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-36


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Nature of the Business and Basis of Presentation

        Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc. (the "Company" or "Fulcrum") was incorporated in Delaware on August 18, 2015. The Company is focused on improving the lives of patients with genetically defined diseases in areas of high unmet medical need, with an initial focus on rare diseases.

        The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other companies in the biotechnology industry, including, but not limited to, risks of failure of preclinical studies and clinical trials, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology, reliance on third party organizations, risks of obtaining regulatory approval for any product candidate that it may develop, development by competitors of technological innovations, compliance with government regulations, and the need to obtain additional financing. Product candidates currently under development will require significant additional research and development efforts, including extensive preclinical and clinical testing and regulatory approval, prior to commercialization. These efforts require significant amounts of additional capital, adequate personnel infrastructure and extensive compliance-reporting capabilities. Even if the Company's development efforts are successful, it is uncertain when, if ever, the Company will realize significant revenue from product sales.

Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") and Accounting Standards Updates ("ASU") of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB").

        The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements and footnotes to the financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the most recently audited annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company's financial position as of March 31, 2019 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2019, any other interim periods, or any future year or period. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited consolidated financial statements.

Going Concern

        The Company has incurred recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and has primarily funded its operations with proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes and convertible preferred stock. As of March 31, 2019, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $105.0 million. The Company expects its operating losses and negative operating cash flows to continue into the foreseeable future as it continues to expand its research and development efforts. As of June 5, 2019, the issuance date of the consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2019, the Company expected that its cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2019 will be sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into the first quarter of 2020. The future viability of the Company beyond that point is dependent on its ability to raise additional capital to finance its operations.

        If the Company is unable to obtain additional funding, the Company could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of its research and development programs, product portfolio expansion, or

F-37


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1. Nature of the Business and Basis of Presentation (Continued)

commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects, or the Company may be unable to continue operations. The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering ("IPO") of its common stock ("Common Stock"). In the event the Company does not complete an IPO, the Company expects to seek additional funding through private equity financings, debt financings, or other capital sources, including collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. Although management plans to pursue additional funding, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to the Company to fund continuing operations, if at all.

        Based on its recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception, expectation of continuing operating losses and negative cash flows from operations for the foreseeable future, and the need to raise additional capital to finance its future operations, management concluded that there is substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 were issued.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis that assumes the Company will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Fulcrum Therapeutics Securities Corp., which is a Massachusetts subsidiary created to buy, sell, and hold securities. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        The significant accounting policies and estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are described in the Company's audited financial statements. There have been no material changes in the Company's significant accounting policies during the three months ended March 31, 2019.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and the reported amount of expenses during the reported periods. Estimates inherent in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, estimates related to accrued expenses, stock-based compensation expense, the fair value of the Common Stock and convertible preferred stock, and income taxes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and other market specific or other relevant assumptions it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates as there are changes in circumstances, facts and experience. Actual results could differ from those estimates or assumptions.

F-38


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Pro Forma Financial Information

        The accompanying pro forma balance sheet and statement of stockholders' (deficit) equity as of March 31, 2019 has been prepared to give effect, upon the closing of a qualified IPO, to the automatic conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2019 into 112,500,000 shares of Common Stock. In the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended March 31, 2019 have been prepared to give effect, upon the closing of a qualified IPO, to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as if the proposed IPO had occurred on the later of January 1, 2019 or the issuance date of the convertible preferred stock (see Note 12).

Deferred Issuance Costs

        The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity issuances as deferred issuance costs until such equity issuances are consummated. After consummation of the equity issuance, these costs are recorded as a reduction in the capitalized amount associated with the equity issuance. Should the planned financing be abandoned, the deferred issuance costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Deferred issuance costs as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019 were less than $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development expenses include costs directly attributable to the conduct of research and development programs, including personnel-related expenses such as salaries, payroll taxes, benefits, and stock-based compensation expense, manufacturing and external costs related to outside vendors engaged to conduct both preclinical studies and clinical trials, laboratory supplies, depreciation on and maintenance of research equipment, and the allocable portions of facility costs, such as rent, utilities, repairs and maintenance, depreciation, and general support services. Expenditures relating to research and development are expensed in the period incurred. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made.

        Research and development expenses also include in-process research and development ("IPR&D") expenses, which relate to IPR&D acquired as part of an asset acquisition for which there is no alternative future use. Research and development with no future alternative use is expensed as incurred.

Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk

        The Company has no significant off-balance sheet risk such as foreign exchange contracts, option contracts, or other foreign hedging arrangements. Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash. The Company's cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash are deposited in accounts at large financial institutions. The Company believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial strength of the depository institutions in which the cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash are held. The Company maintains its cash equivalents in money market funds that invest in U.S. Treasury securities.

F-39


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements—To Be Adopted

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) ("ASU 2016-02"), as amended by various subsequently issued ASUs. The standard requires lessees to recognize an operating lease with a term greater than one year on their balance sheets as a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability, measured at the present value of the lease payments. Lessees are required to classify leases as either finance or operating leases. If the lease is effectively a financed-purchase by the lessee, it is classified as a financing lease, otherwise it is classified as an operating lease. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. In July 2018, the FASB also issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements ("ASU 2018-11"), which permits entities to continue applying legacy guidance in ASC 840, Leases, including its disclosure requirements, in the comparative periods presented in the year that the entity adopts the new leasing standard. The new standard will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2020. The Company will apply the transition method permitted by ASU 2018-11. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that adoption of the standard is expected to have on the Company's consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company expects to take advantage of certain available expedients by electing the transition package of practical expedients permitted within ASU 2016-02, which allows the Company to not reassess previous accounting conclusions around whether arrangements are, or contain, leases, the classification of leases, and the treatment of initial direct costs. The Company also expects to make an accounting policy election to exclude leases with an initial term of twelve months or less from the balance sheet.

        In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments ("ASU 2016-13"). The standard requires that credit losses be reported using an expected losses model rather than the incurred losses model that is currently used, and establishes additional disclosures related to credit risks. For available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses, this standard requires allowances to be recorded instead of reducing the amortized cost of the investment. The new standard will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2021. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact that this standard may have on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception ("ASU 2017-11"). Part I of the standard applies to entities that issue financial instruments such as warrants, convertible debt or convertible preferred stock that contain down-round features. Part II of the standard replaces the indefinite deferral for certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests and mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities contained within ASC Topic 480 with a scope exception and does not impact the accounting for these mandatorily redeemable instruments. The new standard will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2017-11 may have on its consolidated financial statements.

F-40


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements

        The following tables present information about the Company's financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the level of the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine such fair values (in thousands):

 
  Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2018
 
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Cash equivalents:

                         

Money market funds

  $ 72,797   $ 72,797   $   $  

Total

  $ 72,797   $ 72,797   $   $  

 

 
  Fair Value Measurements at
March 31, 2019
 
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Cash equivalents:

                         

Money market funds

  $ 62,452   $ 62,452   $   $  

Total

  $ 62,452   $ 62,452   $   $  

        There have been no transfers between fair value levels during the three months ended March 31, 2018 or 2019.

4. Property and Equipment, Net

        Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2018
  March 31,
2019
 

Lab equipment

  $ 4,847   $ 5,305  

Furniture and fixtures

    542     542  

Computer equipment

    517     512  

Software

    90     90  

Leasehold improvements

    6,174     6,174  

Construction in process

    334      

Total property and equipment

    12,504     12,623  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (1,958 )   (2,398 )

Property and equipment, net

  $ 10,546   $ 10,225  

        Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 was $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

F-41


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Additional Balance Sheet Detail

        Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2018
  March 31,
2019
 

Prepaid expenses

  $ 460   $ 508  

Prepaid sign-on bonuses subject to vesting provisions

    99     229  

Leasehold improvement allowance receivable

    366     366  

Interest income receivable

    135     123  

Other

    238     318  

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

  $ 1,298   $ 1,544  

        Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2018
  March 31,
2019
 

External research and development

  $ 437   $ 889  

Payroll and benefits

    1,448     527  

Professional services

    254     170  

Capital lease obligation, current portion

    46     47  

Restricted stock liability, current portion

    18     15  

Property and equipment purchases

    174      

Other

    120     51  

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $ 2,497   $ 1,699  

6. Convertible Preferred Stock

        As of December 31, 2018, 100,000,000 shares of convertible preferred stock were authorized, issued, and outstanding, of which 60,000,000 shares were designated as $0.001 par value Series A convertible preferred stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), and 40,000,000 shares were designated as $0.001 par value Series B convertible preferred stock (the "Series B Preferred Stock", and together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the "Preferred Stock"). As of March 31, 2019, 112,500,000 shares of Preferred Stock were authorized, issued, and outstanding, of which 60,000,000 shares were designated as $0.001 par value Series A Preferred Stock, and 52,500,000 shares were designated as $0.001 par value Series B Preferred Stock.

        During the three months ended March 31, 2019, the Company issued 12,500,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock in connection with the GSK Agreement (Note 9). The rights, privileges, and preferences of the Series B Preferred Stock issued in connection with the GSK Agreement are consistent with the rights, privileges, and preferences of the Series B Preferred Stock issued during the year ended December 31, 2018.

        No dividends have been declared since inception. Aggregate cumulative dividends associated with the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2018 were $7.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Aggregate cumulative dividends associated with the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock as of March 31, 2019 were $8.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

F-42


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Common Stock

        Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends, as may be declared by the Company's board of directors, if any, subject to the preferential dividend rights of the Preferred Stock. No dividends have been declared or paid during the three months ended March 31, 2018 or 2019.

        During the three months ended March 31, 2019, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock from 135,000,000 to 147,500,000 shares.

        The Company had reserved the following shares of Common Stock for the potential conversion of Preferred Stock and for the future issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Company's 2016 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the "2016 Plan"):

 
  December 31,
2018
  March 31,
2019
 

Shares reserved for conversion of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock

    60,000,000     60,000,000  

Shares reserved for conversion of outstanding Series B Preferred Stock

    40,000,000     52,500,000  

Shares reserved for future issuance under the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan

    6,432,941     2,565,912  

    106,432,941     115,065,912  

8. Stock-based Compensation Expense

Grants Under the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan

        In July 2016, the Company adopted the 2016 Plan, under which it may grant restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, and other stock-based awards to eligible employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors. The total number of shares of Common Stock that were authorized for issuance under the 2016 Plan was 22,465,000 as of December 31, 2018. In January 2019, the 2016 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan by 2,500,000 shares. The total number of shares of Common Stock that were authorized for issuance under the 2016 Plan was 24,965,000 as of March 31, 2019.

        For financial reporting purposes, the Company performed Common Stock valuations with the assistance of a third-party specialist as of March 15, 2019, November 30, 2018, August 24, 2018, June 1, 2018, December 31, 2017, and December 31, 2016 to determine stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock awards and stock options.

        Shares of Common Stock repurchased from employees and non-employees are shares held in the Company's treasury ("Treasury Shares"). The board of directors may, at its discretion, authorize that the Treasury Shares be returned to the pool of authorized but unissued Common Stock.

F-43


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Stock-based Compensation Expense (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the Company's restricted stock activity under the 2016 Plan since December 31, 2018:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2018

    5,299,003   $ 0.44  

Granted

         

Vested

    (741,900 )   0.43  

Repurchased

    (307,463 )   0.44  

Unvested at March 31, 2019

    4,249,640   $ 0.44  

        The following table summarizes the Company's stock option activity under the 2016 Plan since December 31, 2018:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

    3,555,302   $ 1.02     9.84   $ 367,427  

Granted

    7,143,661     1.12              

Exercised

                     

Cancelled

                     

Outstanding at March 31, 2019

    10,698,963   $ 1.09     9.74   $ 1,109,354  

Exercisable at March 31, 2019

    522,930   $ 0.97     9.62   $ 113,092  

        The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the fair value of the Company's Common Stock as of the balance sheet date for those options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company's Common Stock.

        The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2019 was $0.79 per share. As of March 31, 2019, no stock options have been exercised since inception. The fair value of stock options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2019 under the 2016 Plan has been calculated on the date of grant using the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2019
 

Risk-free interest rate

    2.6 %

Expected dividend yield

    0.0 %

Expected term (years)

    6.0  

Expected stock price volatility

    81.4 %

F-44


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Stock-based Compensation Expense (Continued)

Grants Outside the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan

        The following table summarizes the Company's restricted stock activity outside of the 2016 Plan since December 31, 2018:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2018

    3,127,500   $ 0.42  

Granted

         

Vested

    (196,250 )   0.42  

Repurchased

         

Unvested at March 31, 2019

    2,931,250   $ 0.42  

        The aggregate intrinsic value of all restricted stock awards that vested during the three months ended March 31, 2019 was $1.4 million.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

        The total compensation cost recognized in the statements of operations associated with all stock-based compensation awards granted by the Company is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2018
  Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2019
 

Research and development

  $ 256   $ 406  

General and administrative

    173     415  

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 429   $ 821  

        As of March 31, 2019, the Company had an aggregate of $10.5 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.26 years.

9. Asset Acquisition

        In February 2019, the Company entered into a right of reference and license agreement (the "GSK Agreement") with subsidiaries of GlaxoSmithKline plc (collectively referred to as "GSK"), pursuant to which the Company has been granted an exclusive worldwide license to develop and commercialize losmapimod. Under the GSK Agreement, the Company also acquired reference rights to relevant regulatory and manufacturing documents and GSK's existing supply of losmapimod drug substance and product. The Company also has the right to sublicense its rights under the license agreement, subject to certain conditions. The Company is obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize losmapimod at its sole cost. The Company is also responsible for costs related to the filing and maintenance of the licensed patent rights.

        Under the GSK Agreement, the Company issued 12,500,000 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock to GSK with an estimated fair value of $25.5 million, or $2.04 per share, which was determined with the assistance of a third-party specialist contemporaneously with the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock to GSK. In addition, the Company may owe GSK up to $37.5 million in certain specified clinical and

F-45


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Asset Acquisition (Continued)

regulatory milestones, of which $2.5 million is due upon the initiation of a Phase 2 clinical trial, and up to $60.0 million in certain specified sales milestones. The Company has agreed to pay tiered royalties on annual net sales of losmapimod that range from mid single-digit percentages to a low double-digit, but less than teens, percentage. The royalties are payable on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis, and may be reduced in specified circumstances. The Company also incurred $0.1 million of direct expenses related to the transaction, which the Company included in the total consideration for the transaction.

        The GSK Agreement may be terminated by either party for a material breach by the other, subject to notice and cure provisions. Unless earlier terminated, the GSK Agreement will continue in effect until the expiration of the Company's royalty obligations, which expire on a country-by-country basis on the later of (i) ten years after the first commercial sale in the country or (ii) approval of a generic version of losmapimod by the applicable regulatory agency.

        The Company concluded the arrangement did not result in the acquisition of a business, as substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired was concentrated in a single in-process research and development asset, losmapimod. In addition, the Company did not obtain any substantive processes in connection to the GSK Agreement and losmapimod was not generating revenue at the time the GSK Agreement was executed. Therefore, the Company accounted for the arrangement as an asset acquisition. The Company also concluded that the acquired assets do not have an alternative future use, and therefore the fair value attributable to the GSK Agreement of $25.6 million, inclusive of transaction costs, was recorded as in-process research and development expense (a component of research and development expenses) in the Company's consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the three months ended March 31, 2019, which is the period in which the Company obtained (i) the license to losmapimod, (ii) the right to reference relevant regulatory and manufacturing documents, and (iii) GSK's existing supply of losmapimod drug substance and product. Additionally, the Company will recognize clinical and regulatory milestone payments when the underlying contingency is resolved and the consideration is paid or becomes payable. The milestone payments will be capitalized or expensed depending on the nature of the associated asset as of the date of recognition. The Company will record sales milestone payments and royalties as additional expense of the related product sales in the period in which the corresponding sales occur.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

        In May 2016, the Company entered into a sublease agreement for approximately 8,143 square feet of office and laboratory space at its prior corporate headquarters in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The sublease for this space terminated on June 30, 2018. Rent expense associated with this sublease for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was $0.1 million.

        In November 2017, the Company entered into a lease agreement for its current corporate headquarters for approximately 28,731 square feet of office and laboratory space in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The lease has a total commitment of $25.1 million over the ten year term, and includes escalating rent payments. The lease agreement requires the Company to either pay a security deposit or maintain a letter of credit of $1.1 million. The Company maintains a letter of credit for this lease and has recorded the cash held to secure the letter of credit as restricted cash on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019. Rent expense associated with this lease for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 was approximately $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

F-46


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        The future minimum lease payments associated with the lease for the Company's current headquarters as of March 31, 2019, are as follows (in thousands):

2019(1)

  $ 1,673  

2020

    2,285  

2021

    2,354  

2022

    2,424  

2023

    2,497  

Thereafter

    12,187  

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 23,420  

(1)
Amounts are for the nine months ending December 31, 2019.

Other Agreements

        The Company has agreements with third parties in the normal course of business under which it can license certain developed technologies. If the Company exercises its rights to license the technologies it may be subject to additional fees and milestone payments. As of March 31, 2019, the Company has not exercised its rights to license such technologies.

Indemnification Agreements

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters arising out of the relationship between such parties and the Company. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with members of its board of directors and senior management that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is, in many cases, unlimited. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications. The Company is not aware of any claims under indemnification arrangements, and it has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations as of December 31, 2018 or March 31, 2019.

Legal Proceedings

        The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether or not a potential loss amount or a potential range of loss is probable and reasonably estimable under the provisions of the authoritative guidance that addresses accounting for contingencies. The Company expenses the costs related to its legal proceedings as they are incurred. No such costs have been incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2018 or 2019.

11. Defined Contribution Plan

        The Company has a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "401(k) Plan"). The 401(k) Plan covers all employees who meet defined minimum age and service requirements, and allows participants the option to elect to defer a portion of their annual

F-47


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Defined Contribution Plan (Continued)

compensation on a pretax basis. As currently established, the Company is not required to make and has not made any contributions to the 401(k) Plan.

12. Net Loss per Share and Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

Net Loss per Share

        The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2018
  Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2019
 

Series A Preferred Stock

    47,333,333     60,000,000  

Series B Preferred Stock

        52,500,000  

Outstanding stock options

        10,698,963  

Unvested restricted stock awards

    12,381,253     7,180,890  

Total

    59,714,586     130,379,853  

Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

        The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended March 31, 2019 give effect to adjustments arising upon the closing of a qualified IPO. The pro forma basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended March 31, 2019 give effect to the automatic conversion upon a qualified IPO of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock as if the conversion had occurred on the later of January 1, 2019 or the issuance date of the Preferred Stock. Accordingly, the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to stockholders does not include the effects of the cumulative preferred stock dividends. Shares to be sold in the offering are excluded from the pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders calculations.

F-48


Table of Contents


Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Net Loss per Share and Pro Forma Net Loss per Share (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the Company's pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2019
 

Numerator:

       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (39,884 )

Cumulative convertible preferred stock dividends

    3,041  

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (36,843 )

Denominator:

       

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   
11,497
 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of Preferred Stock

    107,083  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding

    118,580  

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (0.31 )

13. Related-Party Transactions

        During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company paid fees to Third Rock Ventures, LLC ("TRV"), an affiliate of one of the Company's principal stockholders, in exchange for consulting services. The Company recorded expenses related to such fees of less than $0.1 million during each of the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019. As of both December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, there was less than $0.1 million of amounts due to TRV for such services that were included in accounts payable and accrued expenses. Additionally, consultants that provide services to the Company are employees of TRV. The Company has issued an aggregate of 996,000 shares of Common Stock to these consultants in exchange for their continuing consulting services.

        During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company recorded other income of $0.4 million related to the sale of drug material to an entity affiliated with TRV.

14. Subsequent Events

        For its consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2019 and for the three months then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through June 5, 2019, the date on which those consolidated financial statements were issued.

F-49


Table of Contents

 

                   Shares

LOGO

Common Stock



Prospectus



MORGAN STANLEY

BofA MERRILL LYNCH

SVB LEERINK

                           , 2019

        Until                        , 2019 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by the Registrant. All amounts are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market initial listing fee.

 
  Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

  $              *

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee

                 *

Nasdaq Global Market initial listing fee

                 *

Accountants' fees and expenses

                 *

Legal fees and expenses

                 *

Transfer agent's fees and expenses

                 *

Printing and engraving expenses

                 *

Miscellaneous

                 *

Total expenses

  $              *

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of its directors or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of this offering provides that no director shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the DGCL prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

        Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

II-1


Table of Contents

        Our certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of the offering provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of us), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, our director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an Indemnitee), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

        Our certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of the offering also provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, our director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith. If we do not assume the defense, expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

        In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our executive officers and directors prior to the completion of this offering. In general, these agreements provide that we will indemnify the executive officer or director to the fullest extent permitted by law for claims arising in his or her capacity as an executive officer or director of our company or in connection with his or her service at our request for another corporation or entity. The indemnification agreements also provide for procedures that will apply in the event that an executive officer or director makes a claim for indemnification and establish certain presumptions that are favorable to the executive officer or director.

        We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

        The underwriting agreement we will enter into in connection with the offering of common stock being registered hereby provides that the underwriters will indemnify, under certain conditions, our directors and officers (as well as certain other persons) against certain liabilities arising in connection with such offering.

        Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, executive officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        Set forth below is information regarding shares of our common stock, shares of our preferred stock and stock options granted by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such shares and options and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a) Issuances of Preferred Stock and Convertible Promissory Notes

        On April 14, 2016, we issued and sold a convertible promissory note to one investor in the aggregate principal amount of $3,500,000. The note accrued interest at a rate of 6% per annum. On July 18, 2016, all principal and accrued but unpaid interest under the note was converted into shares of Series A preferred stock, at a price per share of $1.00.

        On July 18, 2016, we issued and sold 11,843,493 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor, consisting of (i) 5,156,507 shares sold for cash at a price per share of $1.00, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,156,507 and (ii) 6,686,986 shares issued upon conversion of $6,686,986 in outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest under our convertible promissory notes issued on October 15, 2015 and April 14, 2016, at a price per share of $1.00.

        On November 15, 2016, we issued and sold 5,156,507 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor at a price per share of $1.00 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,156,507.

        On February 17, 2017, we issued and sold 6,333,333 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor at a price per share of $1.00 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,333,333.

        On April 28, 2017, we issued and sold 5,000,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor at a price per share of $1.00 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000.

        On May 3, 2017, we issued and sold 6,333,333 shares of our Series A preferred stock to two investors at a price per share of $1.00 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,333,333.

        On January 4, 2018, we issued and sold 6,333,334 shares of our Series A preferred stock to two investors at a price per share of $1.00 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,333,334.

        On March 13, 2018, we issued and sold 6,333,333 shares of our Series A preferred stock to two investors at a price per share of $1.00 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,333,333.

        On May 9, 2018, we issued and sold 6,333,333 shares of our Series A preferred stock to two investors at a price per share of $1.00 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,333,333.

        On June 6, 2018, we issued and sold 6,333,334 shares of our Series A preferred stock to two investors at a price per share of $1.00 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,333,334.

        On August 24, 2018, we issued and sold 40,000,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock to 20 investors at a price per share of $2.00 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $80,000,000.

        On February 8, 2019 we issued 12,500,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock to one investor in exchange for a license.

        No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and, in certain cases, Regulation D thereunder, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

II-3


Table of Contents

(b) Restricted Common Stock

        Between June 5, 2016 and June 5, 2019, we issued an aggregate of 18,254,818 shares of restricted common stock, for cash with purchase prices ranging from $0.001 to $0.01 per share, to employees, directors, advisors and consultants, including 12,719,818 shares issued pursuant to our 2016 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.

        The shares of common stock described in this section (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors, advisors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All recipients either received adequate information about our company or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

(c) Stock Option Grants and Exercises

        Between June 5, 2016 and June 5, 2019, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 11,356,963 shares of common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.69 to $1.58 per share, to our employees, directors, advisors and consultants pursuant to our 2016 Stock Incentive Plan. Between June 5, 2016 and June 5, 2019, we issued 197,448 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2016 Stock Incentive Plan for aggregate consideration of $220,315.

        The stock options and the shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of stock options described in this section (c) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors, advisors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All recipients either received adequate information about our company or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

II-4


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
Exhibits
Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
        
  3.1 ** Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Registrant
        
  3.2 ** Bylaws of the Registrant
        
  3.3 * Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)
        
  3.4 * Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)
        
  4.1 * Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock
        
  5.1 * Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
        
  10.1 ** Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2018, by and among the Registrant and the other parties thereto
        
  10.2 ** 2016 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
        
  10.3 ** Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan
        
  10.4 ** Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement under the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan
        
  10.5 ** Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan
        
  10.6 * 2019 Stock Incentive Plan
        
  10.7 * Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan
        
  10.8 * 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
        
  10.9 * Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation Program
        
  10.10  ** Right of Reference and License Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2019, by and among the Registrant, GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property (No. 2) Limited, GlaxoSmithKline LLC and Glaxo Group Limited
        
  10.11   Lease for 26 Landsdowne Street, dated November 22, 2017, by and between the UP 26 Landsdowne, LLC and the Registrant
        
  10.12 ** Offer of Employment, dated June 13, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Robert Gould
        
  10.13 ** Offer of Employment, dated December 6, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Bryan Stuart
        
  10.14 ** Offer of Employment, dated August 10, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Diego Cadavid
        
  10.15 * Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its Executive Officers and Directors
        
  21.1 ** Subsidiary of the Registrant
        
  23.1 * Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
        
  23.2 * Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
        
  24.1 * Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

Certain portions of the exhibit are subject to confidential treatment.

II-5


Table of Contents

(b)
Financial Statement Schedules

        No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the related notes.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        (a)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (b)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

II-6


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cambridge, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on this            day of                                    , 2019.

    FULCRUM THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

  

Robert J. Gould, Ph.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer


SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

        We, the undersigned officers and directors of Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Robert J. Gould and Bryan Stuart, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any other registration statement for the same offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
  

Robert J. Gould, Ph.D.
  President and Chief Executive Officer, Director (Principal Executive Officer)                           , 2019

  

Bryan Stuart

 

Chief Operating Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

                        , 2019

  

Peter Thomson

 

Vice President, Finance & Accounting (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

                        , 2019

  

Mark Levin

 

Chairman of the Board

 

                        , 2019

  

James J. Collins, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

                        , 2019

Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
  

Alan Ezekowitz, MBChB, D. Phil
  Director                           , 2019

  

James Geraghty

 

Director

 

                        , 2019

 

Kate Haviland

 

Director

 

                        , 2019



Exhibit 10.11

 

LEASE FOR

 

 

26 LANDSDOWNE STREET

 

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

 

LANDLORD

UP 26 LANDSDOWNE, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

TENANT

FULCRUM THERAPEUTICS, Inc.

a Delaware corporation

 

 

Dated: November 22, 2017

 


 

26 LANDSDOWNE STREET

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

RECITALS, DEFINITIONS AND BASE LEASE TERMS

1

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Recitals

1

Section 1.2

Definitions

1

Section 1.3

Base Lease Terms

3

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

PREMISES AND TERM

3

 

 

 

Section 2.1

Premises

3

Section 2.2

Appurtenant Rights

4

Section 2.3

Landlord’s Reservations

4

Section 2.4

Parking Passes

5

Section 2.5

Lease Commencement Date and Term

5

Section 2.6

Extension Options

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

RENT AND OTHER PAYMENTS

8

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Annual Fixed Rent

8

Section 3.2

Real Estate Taxes

9

Section 3.3

Operating Expenses

10

Section 3.4

Utility Charges

13

Section 3.5

Above Standard Services

14

Section 3.6

No Offsets

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

ALTERATIONS

14

 

 

 

Section 4.1

Consent Required for Tenant’s Alterations

14

Section 4.2

Ownership of Alterations

15

Section 4.3

Construction Requirements for Alterations

16

Section 4.4

Payment for Tenant Alterations

17

Section 4.5

Initial Leasehold Improvements

17

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONDITION OF BUILDING AND PREMISES

17

 

 

 

Section 5.1

Maintenance of Building and Common Areas by Landlord

17

Section 5.2

Maintenance of Premises by Tenant

17

Section 5.3

Delays in Landlord’s Services

18

Section 5.4

Tenant’s Responsibilities Regarding Hazardous Materials

19

 


 

Section 5.5

Landlord’s Responsibilities Regarding Hazardous Materials

20

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

TENANT COVENANTS

21

 

 

 

Section 6.1

Permitted Uses

21

Section 6.2

Laws and Regulations

21

Section 6.3

Rules and Regulations

21

Section 6.4

Safety Compliance

22

Section 6.5

Landlord’s Entry

22

Section 6.6

Floor Load

22

Section 6.7

Personal Property Tax

22

Section 6.8

Assignment and Subleases

22

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

25

 

 

 

Section 7.1

Indemnity

25

Section 7.2

Liability Insurance

26

Section 7.3

Alterations, Improvements and Betterments; Personal Property at Risk

26

Section 7.4

Landlord’s Insurance

27

Section 7.5

Waiver of Subrogation

27

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

CASUALTY AND EMINENT DOMAIN

27

 

 

 

Section 8.1

Restoration Following Casualties

27

Section 8.2

Landlord’s Termination Election

28

Section 8.3

Tenant’s Termination Elections

28

Section 8.4

Casualty at Expiration of Lease

29

Section 8.5

Eminent Domain

29

Section 8.6

Rent After Casualty or Taking

29

Section 8.7

Temporary Taking

29

Section 8.8

Taking Award

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

DEFAULT

30

 

 

 

Section 9.1

Tenant’s Default

30

Section 9.2

Damages

31

Section 9.3

Cumulative Rights

32

Section 9.4

Landlord’s Self help

33

Section 9.5

Enforcement Expenses; Litigation

33

Section 9.6

Late Charges; Interest on Overdue Payments

33

Section 9.7

Landlord’s Right to Notice and Cure

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

MORTGAGEES’ RIGHTS

34

 

2


 

Section 10.1

Subordination

34

Section 10.2

Attornment; Prepayment of Rent not to Bind Mortgagee

34

Section 10.3

Tenant’s Duty to Notify Mortgagee and Mortgagee’s Ability to Cure

35

Section 10.4

Estoppel Certificates

35

Section 10.5

Assignment of Rents

36

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

SECURITY DEPOSIT

37

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

38

 

 

 

Section 12.1

Notice of Lease

38

Section 12.2

Notices

38

Section 12.3

Successors and Limitation on Liability

39

Section 12.4

Waivers

39

Section 12.5

Acceptance of Partial Payments of Rent

39

Section 12.6

Interpretation and Partial Invalidity

40

Section 12.7

Quiet Enjoyment

40

Section 12.8

Brokerage

40

Section 12.9

Surrender of Premises and Holding Over

40

Section 12.10

Financial Reporting

41

Section 12.11

No Consequential Damages

41

Section 12.12

Governing Law

41

Section 12.13

Signage

41

Section 12.14

Ground Lease

42

Section 12.15

Cambridge Employment Plan

42

Section 12.16

Parking and Transportation Demand Management

42

Section 12.18

Solvent Storage

42

 

EXHIBIT A

 

 

Base Lease Terms

EXHIBIT B

 

 

Legal Description

EXHIBIT C-1

 

 

Depiction of Premises

EXHIBIT C-2

 

 

Map of the Park

EXHIBIT D

 

 

Tenant/Landlord Responsibility Matrix

EXHIBIT D-1

 

 

Detail of Landlord’s Work

EXHIBIT E

 

 

Standard Services

EXHIBIT E-1

 

 

Work Letter

EXHIBIT F

 

 

Rules and Regulations

EXHIBIT G

 

 

Construction Rules and Regulations

EXHIBIT H

 

 

Form of NDA with MIT

EXHIBIT I

 

 

Form of SNDA with Mortgagee

 

3


 

 

LEASE

 

ARTICLE 1
RECITALS, DEFINITIONS AND BASE LEASE TERMS

 

Section 1.1                  Recitals.

 

This Lease (this “Lease”) is entered into this 22nd day of November, 2017 by and between UP 26 Landsdowne, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Landlord”) and Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Tenant”).

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein set forth, the Landlord and the Tenant do hereby agree to the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease.

 

Section 1.2                  Definitions.

 

Certain terms used in this Lease shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

“Additional Rent” means all charges payable by the Tenant pursuant to this Lease other than Annual Fixed Rent, including without implied limitation the Tenant’s Tax Expense Allocable to the Premises as provided in Section 3.2; the Tenant’s Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises in accordance with Section 3.3; amounts payable to Landlord for separately submetered utilities and services pursuant to Section 3.4; amounts payable for special services pursuant to Section 3.5; and the Landlord’s share of any sublease or assignment proceeds pursuant to Section 6.8.

 

“Annual Fixed Rent” - See Exhibit A and Section 3.1.

 

“Broker” — Jones Lang LaSalle New England LLC.  See Section 12.8.

 

“Building” — See Exhibit A.

 

“Commencement Date” - See Exhibit A and Section 2.5.

 

“Common Areas” - See Section 2.2.

 

“Default Interest Rate” - see Section 9.6.

 

“Excusable Delay” means any delay in the satisfaction of the conditions in question to the extent the same is a consequence of External Causes including, without limitation, any governmental embargo restrictions, or actions or inactions of local, state or federal governments (such as, without limitation, any delays in issuing building permits, certificates of occupancy or other similar permits or certificates without the fault of either party).

 


 

“External Causes” means, when referring to a party’s responsibilities under this Lease, collectively Acts of God, war, civil commotion, terrorism, fire, flood or other casualty, strikes or other extraordinary labor difficulties or shortages of labor or materials or equipment in the ordinary course of trade, extraordinary weather conditions, government order or regulations or other cause not reasonably within the control of such party, and not due to the fault or neglect of such party.  In no event shall financial inability be deemed to be an External Cause.

 

“Land” means the parcel of land situated in Cambridge, Massachusetts, described in Exhibit B.

 

“Landlord’s Address for Notices”

 

UP 64 Sidney Street, LLC

c/o Forest City Enterprises, Inc.

1130 Terminal Tower

50 Public Square

Cleveland, Ohio  44113-2203

Attention:  President

 

with copies to:

 

Forest City Commercial Management, Inc.

38 Sidney Street

Cambridge, Massachusetts  02139-4234

Attention:  General Manager

 

“Landlord’s Work” — See Section 2.1

 

“Leasehold Improvements” — See Exhibit E-1.

 

“Lease Commencement Date” - See Exhibit A and Section 2.5.

 

“Lease Year” — A one year period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date (provided, however, that if the Rent Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a month, the first Lease Year shall end on the last day of the month in which the anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs); each subsequent Lease Year shall consist of one calendar year beginning on the day immediately following the expiration of the prior Lease Year.

 

“Park” — The buildings and associated land located from time to time within University Park at MIT, as such area is depicted on Exhibit C-2.

 

“Parking Passes” — See Exhibit A

 

“Permitted Uses: - See Exhibit A.

 

“Premises: - See Exhibit A.

2


 

“Property” — The Land and the Building.

 

“Removable Alterations” - See Section 4.2.

 

“Rules and Regulations” - See Section 6.3 and Exhibit F.

 

“Tenant’s Original Address” — see Exhibit A.

 

“Tenant’s Work” — See Section 4.3.

 

“Term” — See Exhibit A.

 

Section 1.3                  Base Lease Terms.

 

The Basic Lease Terms are set forth on Exhibit A, attached.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

PREMISES AND TERM

 

Section 2.1                  Premises.

 

The Landlord hereby leases to the Tenant, and the Tenant hereby leases from the Landlord, for the Term, the Premises comprised of the space illustrated on Exhibit C-1, in its current as-is condition, except for (i) completion of work required by Landlord to fulfill Landlord’s obligations as outlined in the Tenant/Landlord Responsibility Matrix attached hereto as Exhibit D provided the parties acknowledge and agree that Landlord’s Work shall proceed concurrently with the construction of Tenant’s Work (to the extent that such Landlord’s Work does not materially interfere with the construction of Tenant’s Work); (ii) demolition and disposal of the existing improvements in the Premises, (iii) installation of a new centralized lab-ready base building HVAC system, delivery of mechanical electrical, life safety and plumbing systems serving the Premises in good operating condition and repair, and (iv) refurbish  the existing common area locker and common shower room on the first floor of the Building (all work described in (i) — (iv) above, collectively, the “Landlord’s Work”) subject to the exclusion herein below set forth in this Section 2.1, Landlord’s reservations set forth in Section 2.3, such easements, covenants and restrictions as may affect the Property and the terms and conditions of this Lease .  Landlord shall perform the Landlord’s Work in a good and workmanlike manner, free from faults and defects, in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations.

 

Landlord shall complete the Landlord’s Work in a timely and diligent manner and in accordance with the Construction Schedule set forth at Exhibit M, and with the completion of the Landlord’s Work scheduled to occur no later than May 31, 2018 (the “Landlord’s Work Target Date”).  In the event that Landlord has not completed Landlord’s Work by July 15, 2018 (the “Initial Delivery Deadline”), subject in each case to extension for each day of Tenant Delay

 

3


 

pursuant to the Work Letter, Tenant shall be entitled to one (1) day of abatement of Annual Fixed Rent for each day of such delay.  Completion of Landlord’s Work shall be achieved when such work is complete except for Punch List (as defined below) items that do not adversely affect Tenant’s Use and occupancy of the Premises, all utilities, building systems and equipment, including without limitation the HVAC systems and components, are in good working order and Landlord has received a certificate of occupancy from the applicable authority of the City of Cambridge for Landlord’s Work (excluding the Tenant Improvements).  In the event that Landlord has not completed Landlord’s Work within forty-five (45) days after the Initial Delivery Deadline, then Tenant shall be entitled to two (2) days of abatement of Annual Fixed Rent for each day of such delay.  In the event that Landlord has not completed Landlord’s Work within one hundred thirty-five (135) days after the Initial Delivery Deadline (herein, the “Outside Delivery Deadline”), subject to extension for each day of Tenant Delay pursuant to the Work Letter, this Lease may be terminated by Tenant, effective upon written notice delivered to Landlord no later than the date that is ten (10) days after such Outside Delivery Deadline.  If Tenant has not delivered such written notice of termination to Landlord within such required time period, then this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.  If Tenant delivers such written notice of termination within such required time period, then the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant, and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except any provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease.

 

Landlord shall use good faith efforts to ensure, and cause Contractor to ensure, that completion of the Landlord’s Work shall not interfere with the ongoing construction of the Initial Leasehold Improvements.  See Section 4.5 herein for additional requirements governing the Landlord’s Work. On or before the anticipated Rent Commencement Date, Tenant or Tenant’s representative shall conduct an inspection of the Premises with Landlord or Landlord’s representative to develop a punch list of all Landlord’s Work items which are not complete or which require correction (the “Punch List”).  Landlord shall complete and/or correct all items on the Punch List within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives the Punch List and shall give Tenant written notice when all of the items on the Punch List have been completed and/or corrected.

 

Landlord warrants, for a period of one year from the date of completion of Landlord’s Work as provided in this Section, that Landlord’s Work shall be constructed (i) in a good and workmanlike manner and with all utilities, building systems and equipment, including without limitation the HVAC systems and components, in good working order (such warranty shall be exclusive of equipment warranties provided directly by manufacturers for equipment to be installed within the Premises as provided below), (ii) in compliance with applicable legal requirements, and (iii) substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications therefor (collectively, “Landlord’s Warranty”).  Tenant shall have one year after the date of completion of Landlord’s Work as provided in this Section within which to notify Landlord of any breach of Landlord’s Warranty (a “Construction Defect”).  Within 30 days after delivery Tenant’s notice of any such Construction Defect, Landlord shall remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within a reasonable time.

 

4


 

Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Premises.  If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne by Tenant or payable out of the LIA (as defined in the Work Letter).

 

Tenant shall further be subject to any easements, covenants and/or restrictions or other matters of record encumbering the Park provided that any such matters of record arising after the date hereof do not prohibit Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use or materially and adversely affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease.  The Tenant acknowledges that, except as expressly set forth in this Lease, there have been no representations or warranties made by or on behalf of the Landlord with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Property or with respect to the suitability of any of them for the conduct of the Tenant’s business or activities.  The Premises shall exclude common areas and facilities of the Property, including without limitation exterior faces of exterior walls, the entry, vestibules and main lobby of the Building, first floor elevator lobby and lavatories, the common stairways and stairwells, elevators and elevator wells, boiler room, sprinklers, sprinkler rooms, elevator rooms, mechanical rooms, loading and receiving areas, electric and telephone closets, janitor closets, and pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures and equipment serving exclusively or in common other parts of the Building.  If the Premises at any time includes less than the entire rentable floor area of any floor of the Building, the Premises shall also exclude the common corridors, vestibules, elevator lobby, lavatories, and freight elevator vestibule located on such floor. Landlord shall be delivering the Premises in “as is” condition at the Commencement Date of the Lease.  Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall provide Tenant with evidence of the decommissioning of the Premises by the prior tenant.

 

Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, to the best of Landlord’s current knowledge, information, and belief, (a) the Building and the Premises are in material compliance with all applicable zoning, land use and environmental laws and agreements, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, and the requirements of all easement and encumbrance documents and Landlord covenants to keep the Building in compliance throughout the Term; (b) Landlord holds the tenant’s interest under the Ground Lease (as such term is defined in Section 12.14), subject to no mortgage other than the current mortgage to CIGNA; (c) Landlord has full power and authority to enter into this Lease and has obtained all consents and taken all actions necessary in connection therewith; and (d) no other party has any possessory right to the Premises or has claimed the same.

 

Section 2.2                  Appurtenant Rights.

 

(a)                                 The Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, the nonexclusive right to use in common with others, subject to the Rules and Regulations (as defined in Section 6.3): (i) the entry, vestibules, main lobby and common locker room/shower room on the first level of the Building, the common stairways, elevators, sprinkler rooms, mechanical rooms, electric and telephone closets, and the pipes, sprinklers, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures and equipment serving the Premises in common with others, (ii) common walkways and driveways situated upon the Land that are necessary or reasonably convenient for access to the Building, (iii) access to, and use of in common with other tenants of, loading and receiving areas

 

5


 

and freight elevators, and electrical and telephone closets, all subject to Rules and Regulations then in effect and (iv) if the Premises at any time includes less than the entire rentable floor area of any floor, the common corridors, vestibules, elevator lobby, lavatories, and freight elevator vestibule located on such floor (collectively, the “Common Areas”).  Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall have as appurtenant to the Premises, (A) the right to use a portion of the first floor to house Tenant’s acid neutralization system (which shall be operated and maintained by Tenant), together with access thereto from the common hallway, (B) use of the central vacuum system and compressed air system in common with other tenants entitled thereto, together with access to such systems, and (C) the right to use Tenant’s Share of the Building’s solvent storage capacity of 480 gallons and access to the control areas therefor as more fully provided in Section 12.16 hereof.  Tenant shall have 24-hour, seven (7) days per week access to the Premises, the space where Tenant’s acid neutralization system is located, the common central vacuum and compressed air systems, control areas for solvent storage, freight loading docks and freight elevators, and the dumpster and/or compactor provided by Landlord in the refuse disposal area, subject to the provisions of this Lease and interruption for External Causes, casualty and condemnation.

 

(b)               Subject to Section 4.1 with respect to installation requirements, Tenant shall have the right, at no additional rental cost, to install heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment, generators, antennas, satellite dishes and other equipment on the roof of the Building in areas that in aggregate do not exceed Tenant’s proportionate share of roof area of the Building, in each case in locations designated by Landlord.  Any such equipment installed by Tenant shall be for Tenant’s own use and shall be subject to (i) Landlord’s approval regarding location and installation specification, and such requirements intended to any specifications arising from the roof warranty, including the requirement to use such contractor(s) as Landlord may specify for such work, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (ii) applicable City of Cambridge and other legal requirements.  Tenant shall be responsible for all costs relating to the installation, maintenance and removal of such equipment installed by Tenant on the Building roof.

 

Section 2.3                  Landlord’s Reservations.

 

(a)                                 The Landlord reserves the right from time to time, without unreasonable interference with the Tenant’s use to alter or modify the Common Areas, provided that (i) the Landlord gives the Tenant reasonable advance notice of the Landlord’s contemplated alterations or modifications where they are reasonably likely to impact Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, (ii) any such actions are effected in a good and workmanlike manner, and (iii) such alterations or modifications do not permanently impair Tenant’s access to the Premises or its practical use and enjoyment thereof or of the Appurtenant Rights.

 

(b)                                 In addition to other rights reserved herein or by law, Landlord reserves the right from time to time, without unreasonable interruption of Tenant’s use and access to the Premises (and in any event during the existence of an emergency) (i) to make additions to or reconstructions of the Building and to install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate for service to the Premises and other parts of the Building, the pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, wherever located in the Premises, the Building, or elsewhere in the Property, provided that, to the extent practicable such installations, replacements or relocations

 

6


 

in the Premises shall be placed above ceiling surfaces, below floor surfaces, or to the outside of the interior face of perimeter walls; (ii) to name or change the name of the Building, and (iii) to grant easements and other rights with respect to the Property.

 

Section 2.4                  Parking Passes.

 

From and after the Rent Commencement Date, the Landlord shall provide Parking Passes (as defined in Exhibit A) for use by the Tenant’s employees in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4, and in the 55 Franklin Street garage as designated on Exhibit C-2.  Landlord reserves the right to relocate some or all of Tenant’s parking spaces to other parking garages within University Park, which relocation right shall not be exercised by Landlord more than twice in any twelve (12)-month period.  The Tenant agrees that it and all persons claiming by, through and under it, shall at all times abide by the Rules and Regulations with respect to the use of the parking facilities provided by the Landlord pursuant to this Lease.  The Landlord acknowledges that it is the Landlord’s responsibility to assure Tenant that holders of Parking Passes who comply with the Rules and Regulations are able to park their motor vehicles in the designated parking facilities within the Park.  The Tenant acknowledges that the parking facilities within the Park may be owned by an entity other than Landlord.  In no event are Parking Passes transferable other than to the holder, from time to time, of the tenant’s interest under this Lease or a subtenant that has been demised all or a portion of the Premises in conformity with the requirements of this Lease.  Parking Passes are limited to use by employees of either of the foregoing.

 

The parking spaces relating to the Parking Passes shall be accessible twenty four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week.  In no event are Parking Passes transferable other than to the holder, from time to time, of the tenant’s interest under this Lease or a subtenant that has been demised all or a portion of the Premises in conformity with the requirements of this Lease, and use of the Parking Pass is limited to use by employees, business invitees and visitors of either of the foregoing.  The charge for each Parking Pass shall be equal to the Market Rate Parking Charge, established by the parking garage operator from time to time.  “Market Rate Parking Charge” means the monthly parking rate for parking facilities charged from time to time by owners of parking facilities of comparable quality at mixed use office/research parks in the commercial markets that surround the MIT campus (East Cambridge/Kendall Square/Cambridgeport).  The Market Rate Parking Charge shall constitute Additional Rent and shall be payable monthly to Landlord at the time and in the fashion in which Annual Fixed Rent under this Lease is payable.  Without limiting Landlord’s other remedies under the Lease, if Tenant shall fail to pay the amounts due for such Parking Passes for more than thirty (30) days after notice of such failure, then Landlord may terminate Tenant’s rights to such Parking Passes immediately upon notice by Landlord.

 

Upon written request from time to time, and subject to availability (as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion), Tenant may obtain additional Parking Passes on a month-to-month basis (i.e. terminable by either party on 30 days’ prior written notice), which additional Parking Passes shall be provided to Tenant on all of the terms and conditions of this Article 2 except as expressly set forth in this sentence.

 

7


 

At any time during the Term Landlord shall have the right to assign Landlord’s obligations to provide parking, as herein set forth, together with Landlord’s right to receive Additional Rent for such parking spaces as herein provided, to a separate entity created for the purpose of providing the parking privileges set forth herein.  In such event, Landlord and Tenant agree to execute and deliver appropriate documentation, including documentation with the new entity, reasonably necessary to provide for the new entity to assume Landlord’s obligations to provide the parking privileges to Tenant as specified herein and for the Tenant to pay the Additional Rent attributable to the parking privileges directly to the new entity.  Landlord shall, however, remain primarily liable for the provision of Tenant’s parking privileges.

 

Section 2.5                                    Lease Commencement Date, Landlord Delivery Date and Rent Commencement Date.

 

The “Lease Commencement Date” and the “Landlord Delivery Date” shall be the date that Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant in broom-clean shell condition, with all demolition associated with existing leasehold improvements complete and with the Premises in a condition to allow Tenant to commence the Tenant Work (“Tenant Construction Readiness”).  The Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant as to the Landlord Delivery Date no less than ten (10) days prior to such Landlord Delivery Date, and the Landlord shall cause the Landlord Delivery Date to be no earlier than November 1, 2017 and no later than January 1, 2018.  In the event that the Landlord Delivery Date has not occurred by February 15, 2018 (the “Outside Readiness Deadline”), subject in each case to extension for each day of Tenant Delay pursuant to the Work Letter, Tenant shall be entitled to one (1) day of abatement of Annual Fixed Rent for each day of such delay.  In the event that Landlord has not completed Landlord’s Work within forty-five (45) days after the Outside Readiness Deadline, then Tenant shall be entitled to two (2) days of abatement of Annual Fixed Rent for each day of such delay.  In the event that the Landlord Delivery Date has not occurred within one hundred thirty-five (135) days after the Outside Readiness Deadline, subject to extension for each day of Tenant Delay pursuant to the Work Letter, this Lease may be terminated by Tenant, effective upon written notice delivered to Landlord no later than the date that is ten (10) days after such one hundred thirty-fifth (135th) day after the Outside Readiness Deadline.  If Tenant has not delivered such written notice of termination to Landlord within such required time period, then this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.  If Tenant delivers such written notice of termination within such required time period, then the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant, and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except any provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease.

 

The “Rent Commencement Date” shall be the earlier to occur of (i) Tenant’s occupancy of any portion of the Premises for business purposes, or (ii) six (6) months after the Landlord Delivery Date (the “Scheduled Rent Commencement Date”).   Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the following terms and conditions, but not otherwise, if (i) the Landlord is delayed in achieving (a) Tenant Construction Readiness beyond the Tenant Construction Readiness Date, or (b) Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work beyond the Landlord’s Work Target Date, or (ii) the Tenant is delayed in Tenant’s Construction Work by a Landlord Delay  and (iii) any such delay is not due to Tenant Delay, then the Scheduled Rent Commencement Date shall be postponed by the number of days that Tenant Construction Readiness and/or Substantial

 

8


 

Completion of the Landlord’s Work is so delayed. Without limitation of the foregoing, there shall be no postponement of the Scheduled Rent Commencement Date to the extent that the Tenant Construction Readiness Date, the Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work or Tenant’s Construction Work is delayed on account of Tenant Delay.

 

The Lease Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date, and the Term shall be as set forth on Exhibit A.

 

Section 2.6                                    Extension Option.

 

Provided that there has been no Event of Default which is uncured and continuing on the part of the Tenant, and the Tenant or any entity which succeeds to Tenant’s rights hereunder pursuant to a Permitted Transfer is, as of the date of exercise and as of the commencement date of each Extension Term, actually occupying at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Premises for its business purposes, the Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term hereof for one (1) additional period of five (5) years on the following terms and conditions (the “Extension Option):

 

(a)                                 The Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term hereof for one (1) period of five (5) years (the “Extension Term”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2.6(a) and (b).  ‘‘Such right to extend the Term shall be exercised by the giving of notice by Tenant to Landlord at least nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term (the “Extension Notice Deadline Date”).  Upon the giving of such notice on or before the Extension Notice Deadline Date, this Lease and the Term hereof shall be extended for an additional term of five (5) years, without the necessity for the execution of any additional documents except a document memorializing the Annual Fixed Rent for the Extension Term to be determined as set forth below.  Time shall be of the essence with respect to the Tenant’s giving notice to extend the Term on or before the Extension Notice Deadline Date.

 

(b)                                 The Extension Term shall be upon all the terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease except the Annual Fixed Rent during first Lease Year of the Extension Term shall be the then Extension Fair Rental Value of the Premises for the Extension Term to be determined under Section 2.6(c) below with respect to which the Extension Fair Rental Value is to be established (the “Then Applicable Annual Fixed Rental Rate”).  If the Tenant makes a written request to the Landlord for a proposal for the Extension Fair Rental Value for the Extension Term, the Landlord shall make such a written proposal to the Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Tenant’s request therefor, but in no event shall the Landlord be required to deliver such a proposal sooner than twelve (12) months prior to the date as of which such proposal is to become effective.  Alternatively, the Landlord may, at its election, propose an Extension Fair Rental Value to the Tenant without any request having been made.  The determination of the Extension Fair Rental Value shall include a determination as to whether an Annual Fixed Rent Escalator Factor should be applicable to the Extension Term, and, if so, the amount thereof.

 

(c)                                  For purposes of this Section 2.6, the Extension Fair Rental Value of the Premises shall mean the then current fair market annual rent for leases of other space similarly improved, taking into account all relevant factors, including but not limited to the condition to which such premises have been improved, the economic terms and conditions specified in this

 

9


 

Lease that will be applicable thereto, for comparable laboratory and office space located in the commercial markets that surround the MIT campus (East Cambridge, Kendall Square, and Cambridgeport).  The Landlord and the Tenant shall endeavor in good faith to agree upon the Extension Fair Rental Value of the Premises within thirty (30) days after the Tenant has exercised its option for the Extension Term.  If the Extension Fair Rental Value of the Premises is not agreed upon by the Landlord and the Tenant within this time frame, each of the Landlord and the Tenant shall retain a real estate professional with at least ten (10) years continuous experience in the business of appraising or marketing similar commercial real estate in the Cambridge, Massachusetts area who shall, within thirty (30) days of his or her selection, prepare a written report summarizing his or her conclusion as to the Extension Fair Rental Value.  The Landlord and the Tenant shall simultaneously exchange such reports; provided, however, if either party has not obtained such a report within said thirty (30) day period then the determination set forth in the other party’s report shall be final and binding upon the parties.  If both parties receive reports within such time and the lower determination is within ten percent (10%) of the higher determination, then the average of these determinations shall be deemed to be the Extension Fair Rental Value for the Premises.  If these determinations differ by more than ten percent (10%), then the Landlord and the Tenant shall mutually select a person with the qualifications stated above (the “Final Professional”) to resolve the dispute as to the Extension Fair Rental Value for the Premises.  If the Landlord and the Tenant cannot agree upon the designation of the Final Professional within thirty (30) days of the exchange of the first valuation reports, either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association, the Greater Boston Real Estate Board, or any successor thereto, for the designation of a Final Professional.  Within ten (10) days of the selection of the Final Professional, the Landlord and the Tenant shall each submit to the Final Professional a copy of their respective real estate professional’s determination of the Extension Fair Rental Value for the Premises.  The Final Professional shall not perform his or her own valuation, but rather shall, within thirty (30) days after such submissions, select the submission which is closest to the determination of the Extension Fair Rental Value for the Premises which the Final Professional would have made acting alone.  The Final Professional shall give notice of his or her selection to the Landlord and the Tenant and such decision shall be final and binding upon the Landlord and the Tenant.  Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its real estate professional and counsel, if any, in connection with any proceeding under this paragraph, and one-half of the fees and expenses of the Final Professional.  In the event that the commencement of the Extension Term occurs prior to a final determination of the Extension Fair Rental Value therefor (the “Extension Rent Determination Date”), then the Tenant shall pay the Annual Fixed Rent at Annual Fixed Rental Rate for the last day of the Term prior to the commencement of such extension.  If the Annual Fixed Rent for the Extension Term is determined to be greater than the Annual Fixed Rent paid with respect to the Premises prior to the Extension Rent Determination Date, then the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount of such underpayment within ten (10) days of the Extension Rent Determination Date, and if the Annual Fixed Rent for the Extension Term is determined to be less than the Annual Fixed Rent paid with respect to the Premises prior to the Extension Rent Determination Date, then the Landlord shall credit the amount of such overpayment against the monthly installments of Annual Fixed Rent thereafter coming due.

 

10


 

ARTICLE 3

 

RENT AND OTHER PAYMENTS

 

Section 3.1                  Annual Fixed Rent.

 

The Annual Fixed Rent applicable to the Premises during the Term shall be as set forth on Exhibit A.  On the Rent Commencement Date and on the first day of each month thereafter, the Tenant shall pay, without notice or demand, monthly installments of one twelfth (1/12) of the Annual Fixed Rent in effect in advance for each full calendar month of the Term following the Rent Commencement Date and a corresponding fraction of said one twelfth (1/12) for any fraction of a calendar month in which the Rent Commencement Date occurs. On the day that is the first anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, and on each anniversary of that date thereafter, Annual Fixed Rent for the Premises shall increase to an amount equal to one hundred three percent (103%) of the Annual Fixed Rent immediately preceding such anniversary.

 

Section 3.2                  Real Estate Taxes.

 

From and after the Rent Commencement Date, during the Term, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as Additional Rent, the Tenant’s Tax Expenses Allocable to the Premises (as such term is hereinafter defined) in accordance with this Section 3.2.  The terms used in this Section 3.2 are defined as follows:

 

(a)                                 “Tax Fiscal Year” means the 12 month period beginning on the first date of the fiscal period in respect of which real estate taxes are due and payable to the appropriate governmental taxing authority.

 

(b)                                 “The Tenant’s Tax Expense Allocable to the Premises” means (i) that portion of the Landlord’s Tax Expenses for an Operating Fiscal Year (as defined below) which bears the same proportion thereto as the rentable floor area of the Premises (from time to time) bears to the rentable floor area of the Building and (ii) in the event that the Premises are improved to a standard which is materially higher than other portions of the Property and the taxing authority has calculated the Building valuation on such basis as provided in the notice of such new valuation or reassessment, such portion of the Real Estate Taxes on the Property with respect to any Operating Fiscal Year as is appropriate so that the Tenant bears the portion of the Real Estate Taxes which are properly allocable to the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord based on information with respect to the assessment process made available by the assessing authorities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, laboratory improvements made to the Premises that are typical in a Class A laboratory building in Cambridge shall not be deemed to result in the Premises being improved to a standard which is materially higher than other portions of the Property.

 

(c)                                  “The Landlord’s Tax Expenses” with respect to any Tax Fiscal Year means the aggregate Real Estate Taxes with respect to that Tax Fiscal Year, reduced by any abatement receipts with respect to that Tax Fiscal Year.

 

(d)                                 “Real Estate Taxes” means (i) all taxes, assessments and similar charges of every kind and nature assessed by any governmental authority on the Property; (ii) reasonable

 

11


 

expenses incurred in connection with negotiating with the city assessor’s office, in advance of the establishment of the assessed valuation of the Property, to establish a fair and reasonable assessment therefor; and (iii) reasonable expenses incurred in connection with any proceedings for abatement of such taxes or special assessments.  Any special assessments to be included within the definition of “Real Estate Taxes” shall be limited to the amount of the installment (plus any interest thereon) of such special tax or special assessment (which shall be payable over the longest period permitted by law as reasonably determined by Landlord) required to be paid during the Operating Fiscal Year in respect of which such taxes are being determined.  Without limiting the foregoing, Real Estate Taxes include any payments in lieu of taxes.  There shall be excluded from such taxes all income, estate, succession, inheritance, excess profit, franchise and transfer taxes, and delinquency interest or penalties; provided, however, that if at any time during the Term the present system of ad valorem taxation of real property shall be changed so that in lieu of the whole or any part of the ad valorem tax on real property, there shall be assessed on the Landlord a capital levy or other tax on the gross rents received with respect to the Property, or a federal, state, county, municipal or other local income, franchise, excise or similar tax, assessment, levy or charge (distinct from any now in effect) based, in whole or in part, upon any such gross rents, then any and all of such taxes, assessments, levies or charges, to the extent so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “Real Estate Taxes,” based on the Property being the Landlord’s only property.  Landlord may elect to allocate Real Estate Taxes separately among tenants with different use categories in the Building from time to time based on such factors as the Landlord reasonably determines (rather than on a proportionate basis based on square feet) if Landlord reasonably determines it is necessary to fairly allocate the Real Estate Taxes, provided that Landlord will not allocate Real Estate Taxes separately for any tenant whose use includes laboratory or research and development use along with office or other uses but may allocate Real Estate Taxes separately for tenants whose use is solely office use or solely retail use.

 

Payments by the Tenant on account of the Tenant’s Tax Expense Allocable to the Premises shall be made monthly at the time and in the fashion herein provided for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent and shall be in an amount of the greater of (i) one twelfth (1/12) of the Tenant’s Tax Expense Allocable to the Premises for the current Operating Fiscal Year as reasonably estimated by the Landlord, or (ii) an amount reasonably estimated by any holder of a first mortgage or similar lien on the Property, to be sufficient, if paid monthly, to pay the Tenant’s Tax Expense Allocable to the Premises on the dates due to the taxing authority.

 

Not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Operating Fiscal Year or fraction thereof at the end of during the Term, the Landlord shall render the Tenant a statement in reasonable detail showing for the preceding Tax Fiscal Year of the Term or fraction thereof, as the case may be, real estate taxes on the Property, and any abatements or refunds of such taxes, together with a copy of the tax bill or bills for the Tax Fiscal Year in question.  Reasonable expenses incurred in obtaining any tax abatement or refund not previously charged may be charged against such tax abatement or refund before the adjustments are made for the Tax Fiscal Year.  If at the time such statement is rendered it is determined with respect to any Operating Fiscal Year, that the Tenant has paid (i) less than the Tenant’s Tax Expense Allocable to the Premises or (ii) more than the Tenant’s Tax Expense Allocable to the Premises, then, in the case of (i) the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days of such statement the amount of such underpayment and, in the case of (ii) the Landlord shall credit

 

12


 

the amount of such overpayment against the monthly installments of the Tenant’s Tax Expense Allocable to the Premises next thereafter coming due (or refund such overpayment within thirty (30) days if the Term has expired to the extent that such overpayment exceeds any amount then due from the Tenant to the Landlord).  To the extent that real estate taxes shall be payable to the taxing authority in installments with respect to periods less than a Tax Fiscal Year, the statement to be furnished by the Landlord shall be rendered and payments made on account of such installments.  Landlord shall, upon Tenant’s request, provide Tenant with a copy of all applicable tax bills, statements, records and the like, as well as’ any reasonably relevant supporting documentation in Landlord’s possession.  If the Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of an Operating Fiscal Year, or if the Termination Date occurs on other than the last day of an Operating Fiscal Year, then the amount of Tenant’s Tax Expense Allocable to the Premises payable by the Tenant with respect to such Operating Fiscal Year(s) shall be prorated based upon the ratio of the length of the time period during such Operating Fiscal Year(s) in respect of which the Tenant has an obligation to pay Tenant’s Tax Expense Allocable to the Premises to the length of such Operating Fiscal Year(s).  ‘

 

Section 3.3                  Operating Expenses.

 

From and after the Rent Commencement Date, during the Term, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as Additional Rent, the Tenant’s Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises, in accordance with this Section 3.3 including, without limitation, the conditions and limitations set forth in clauses (a) through (l) below, with respect to each twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 each year or such other fiscal period of twelve (12) consecutive months hereinafter adopted by the Landlord for lease administration purposes (“Operating Fiscal Year”).  Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.3, “The Tenant’s Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises” means that portion of the Operating Expenses for the Property which bears the same proportion thereto as the rentable floor area of the Premises bears to the rentable floor area of the Building.  The term “Operating Expenses for the Property” means the Landlord’s actual cost of managing, operating, cleaning, maintaining and repairing the Property, including the roads, driveways and walkways providing access to the Building, and shall include without limitation, the cost of fulfilling the maintenance and repair obligations required to be performed by Landlord under Section 5.1 and, subject to the exclusions set forth below, the cost of services performed by Landlord and specified on Exhibit E; premiums for insurance carried pursuant to Section 7.4; the amount of any deductible associated with an insurance claim of the Landlord; compensation (including, without limitation, fringe benefits, worker’s compensation insurance premiums and payroll taxes) paid to, for or with respect to all persons engaged in the managing, operating, maintaining or cleaning the Property; legal, auditing, consulting, and professional fees and other costs incurred in connection with the normal and routine maintenance and operation of the Building; interior landscaping and maintenance; steam, water, sewer, gas, oil, electricity, telephone and other utility charges (excluding any such utility charges either separately metered or separately chargeable to the Tenant); cost of providing HVAC services; cost of building and cleaning supplies; the costs of routine environmental and energy efficiency management programs operated by Landlord; market rental costs (or alternatively the Amortization Charge Off (as hereinafter defined) so long as the expenses which are the subject of such Amortization Charge Off would have been permitted Operating Expenses had the item in question been purchased) with respect to equipment used in managing, operating, cleaning, maintaining or repairing the Property; cost of cleaning; cost of maintenance and non-capital repairs and

 

13


 

replacements; cost of snow removal; cost of landscape maintenance; cost of security services; payments under service contracts with independent contractors; management fees at reasonable rates consistent with comparable multi-tenant buildings, as applicable, in the submarket within which the Premises is located with the type of occupancy and services rendered, not to exceed three percent (3%) of Annual Fixed Rent in any year; the cost of any capital repairs, replacements or improvements which (i) are required by any law or regulation enacted or promulgated after the date of this Lease, (ii) reduce Operating Expenses, or (iii) improve the management and operation of the Property or the Common Areas in a manner reasonably acceptable and consented to by Tenant in writing in advance of such expenditure (all such capital costs to be amortized on a straight line basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, together with interest on the unamortized balance at such rate as may have been paid by the Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of making such capital repairs, replacements or improvements (or if the Landlord did not borrow such funds, then at the base lending rate announced by a major commercial bank designated by the Landlord), with only the annual amortization amount (“Amortization Charge Off”) being included in Operating Expenses with respect to any Operating Fiscal Year); charges equitably and reasonably allocated to the Building for the operating, cleaning, maintaining, securing and repairing of the Common Areas excluding the initial capital improvement costs associated with initially establishing the Common Areas; costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any employee transportation assistance consisting of shuttle service between the Park and public transportation; and all other reasonable and necessary (in the Landlord’s reasonable judgment) expenses paid in connection with the operation, cleaning, maintenance and repair of the Property and Common Areas.

 

If less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the total rentable floor area of the Building is occupied at any time during the term of this Lease, Landlord may extrapolate components of Operating Expenses that vary with occupancy as though ninety-five percent (95%) of the total rentable floor area of the Building had been occupied at all times during such period, but only if such expenses are actually expended.  Additionally, Tenant shall not be charged for amounts allocable to vacant space.

 

Operating Expenses for the Property shall not include the following:

 

(a)                                 any cost or expense to the extent to which Landlord is paid or reimbursed, or which is reimbursable to the Landlord, from a third party (other than as a payment for Operating Expenses), insurance, warranties, service contracts, condemnation proceeds or similar sources;

 

(b)                                 salaries and bonuses of officers or executives of Landlord or administrative employees above the grade of the Building general manager, and if personnel below such grades are shared with other buildings or have other duties not related to the Building, only the allocable portion of such person or persons salary shall be included in Operating Expenses;

 

(c)                                  interest on debt or principal amortization payments (except as expressly otherwise provided) or any other payments on any mortgage or any payments under any ground lease;

 

14


 

(d)                                 any fees, costs, and commissions incurred in procuring or attempting to procure other tenants including, but not necessarily limited to brokerage commissions, finders’ fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, entertainment costs and travel expenses, marketing costs, attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments), space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building;

 

(e)                                  any cost included in Operating Expenses representing an amount paid to a person, firm, corporation or other entity related to Landlord which is in excess of the amount which would have been paid on an arms’ length basis in the absence of such relationship (provided that nothing herein shall be construed as requiring that the cost in question equal the lowest possible cost; only that the cost not be inflated solely due to the absence of an arms’ length relationship);

 

(f)                                   depreciation of the Building or any part thereof;

 

(g)                                  any costs incurred for services or maintenance attributable to portions of the Park which Tenant does not have the right to use;

 

(h)                                 any costs attributable to the parking garages within University Park;

 

(i)                                     costs which may be considered capital improvements, capital repairs, capital changes or any other capital costs as determined under generally accepted accounting principles except for the Amortization Charge Off;

 

(j)                                    advertising and promotional expenditures, and costs of acquisition and maintenance of signs in or on the Building identifying the owner of the Building or other tenants;

 

(k)                                 costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of other tenants’ or other occupants’ improvements or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Building;

 

(l)                                     expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly;

 

(m)                             costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building;

 

(n)                                 amounts paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in the Building to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

 

(n)                                 Landlord’s general corporate overhead and corporate administrative expenses;

 

15


 

(o)                                 any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord, such as gym or athletic facilities, cafes or clubs;

 

(p)                                 costs incurred in connection with upgrading the Building to comply with laws, rules, regulations and codes in effect prior to the Lease Commencement Date;

 

(q)                                 costs arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Building or their respective agents, employees, licensees, vendors, contractors or providers of materials or services;

 

(r)                                    replacement or contingency reserves;

 

(s)                                   the cost of removing or remediating Hazardous Materials from the Property;  provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall be permitted to include the costs of remediation or other responses to Hazardous Material first discovered at the Property after the date of this Lease for which a third party or an occupant of the Property other than Landlord or Tenant is responsible and for which Landlord, after using commercially reasonable efforts, has not determined the party that is responsible so that such party can be charged for such costs;

 

(s)                                   costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

 

(t)                                    costs arising from latent defects or repair thereof; and

 

(u)                                 costs for sculpture, paintings or other objects of art.

 

Payments by the Tenant for its share of the Tenant’s Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises shall be made monthly at the time and in the fashion herein provided for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent.  The amount so to be paid to the Landlord shall be an amount from time to time reasonably estimated by the Landlord to be sufficient to aggregate a sum equal to the Tenant’s share of the Tenant’s Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises for each Operating Fiscal Year.

 

Not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Operating Fiscal Year or fraction thereof during the Term or fraction thereof at the end of the Term, the Landlord shall render the Tenant a statement in reasonable detail and according to usual accounting practices certified by an officer of the Landlord, showing for the preceding Operating Fiscal Year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, the Operating Expenses for the Property and Tenant’s Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises.  Said statement to be rendered to the Tenant also shall show for the preceding Operating Fiscal Year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, the amounts of Operating Expenses already paid by the Tenant.  If at the time such statement is rendered it is determined with respect to any Operating Fiscal Year, that the Tenant has paid (i) less than the entirety of the Tenant’s Operating Expenses

 

16


 

Allocable to the Premises or (ii) more than the Tenant’s Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises, then, in the case of (i) the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days of such statement the amounts of such underpayment and, in the case of (ii) the Landlord shall credit the amount of such overpayment against the monthly installments of the Tenant’s Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises next thereafter coming due (or refund such overpayment within thirty (30) days if the Term has expired to the extent that such overpayment exceeds any amount then due from the Tenant to the Landlord).  If the Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of an Operating Fiscal Year, or if the Termination Date occurs on other than the last day of an Operating Fiscal Year, then the amount of Tenant’s Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises payable by the Tenant with respect to such Operating Fiscal Year(s) shall be prorated based upon the ratio of the length of the time period during such Operating Fiscal Year(s) in respect of which the Tenant has an obligation to pay Tenant’s Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises to the length of such Operating Fiscal Year.

 

The Tenant may examine or audit the accounts and original bills for Operating Expenses upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Landlord, but no more often than one (1) time in any Operating Fiscal Year or Fiscal Year, as applicable.  The Landlord agrees that it will make available to the Tenant in the Landlord’s office in University Park, during regular business hours, such information as the Landlord has available at such office.  In similar manner, the Tenant may examine such further records as Landlord may have, but such matters will be conducted where the Landlord customarily keeps such records, which may be at the headquarters of the Landlord’s parent company in Cleveland, Ohio.  The Tenant shall bear the cost of any such audit, unless the same discloses a discrepancy in excess of five percent (5%) of the Tenant’s Operating Expenses for the Fiscal Year in question, in which event the Landlord shall reimburse the Tenant for such costs reasonably incurred.  For any given Fiscal Year of the Landlord, the Tenant must make any such audit within six (6) months after the Tenant’s receipt of itemized statements (and any supporting documentation requested by the Tenant) referred to in the preceding paragraph.  The Tenant must further make any claim for revision of Operating Expenses for such Fiscal Year by written notice to the Landlord within said six (6) month period.  The Tenant shall have the right to deduct from future installments of Operating Expenses any overpayments for Operating Expenses made by Tenant which are disclosed by an audit conducted pursuant to this Section 3.3.

 

Section 3.4                  Utility Charges.

 

During the Term, the Tenant shall pay directly to the provider of the service, all charges for steam, gas, electricity, fuel, water, sewer and other services and utilities furnished to the Premises and separately metered.  Tenant shall purchase electricity from the utility service providing electricity to the Building from time to time.  Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to change the electricity provider to the Building.  If at any time during the Term, any utility service to the Premises is not separately metered and paid directly to the service provider by Tenant, Tenant’s usage and billing shall depend upon Landlord’s reading of the check meters (or, if not check metered, upon the reasonable estimate of Tenant’s usage as determined by Landlord’s engineer) for such service or if, Tenant’s usage is non-determinable, based on the proportion of Tenant’s rentable square footage compared to other tenants having use of the same utility service.  Unless separately metered and paid directly by Tenant, Additional Rent for utilities in the Premises may be estimated monthly by Landlord, based upon the estimate set forth in the preceding sentence, and shall be paid monthly by Tenant as billed with a final accounting based upon actual bills following the conclusion of each Operating Fiscal Year.

 

17


 

Section 3.5                  Above Standard Services.

 

If the Tenant requests and the Landlord elects to provide any services to the Tenant in addition to those described in Exhibit E, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as Additional Rent, the amount billed by Landlord for such services at Landlord’s standard rates as from time to time in effect.  The cost of such services shall not be deemed to be Operating Expenses for the Property as described in Section 3.3.  If the Tenant has requested that such services be provided on a regular basis, the Tenant shall, if requested by the Landlord, pay for such services at their actual cost to Landlord, including, without limitation, a reasonable overhead component, at the time and in the fashion in which Annual Fixed Rent under this Lease is payable.  Otherwise, the Tenant shall pay for such additional services within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from the Landlord.

 

Section 3.6                  No Offsets.

 

Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be paid by the Tenant without offset, abatement or deduction except as provided herein.  Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant’s obligation to pay rent shall be absolute, unconditional, and independent and shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any law or regulation now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, or any other restriction on Tenant’s use, or, except as provided in Article 8, any casualty or taking, or any failure by Landlord to perform or other occurrence; except as expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant waives all rights now or hereafter existing to terminate, quit or surrender this Lease or the Premises or any part thereof, or to assert any defense in the nature of constructive eviction to any action seeking to recover rent.  Nothing in this Section 3.6 shall be deemed to prohibit Tenant from bringing a claim for injunctive relief against Landlord or seeking monetary damages in a separate proceeding against Landlord.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

ALTERATIONS

 

Section 4.1                  Consent Required for Tenant’s Alterations.

 

The Tenant shall not make alterations or additions to the Premises except in accordance with complete, coordinated construction plans and specifications therefor first approved by the Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  There will be no charge for Landlord’s review of Tenant’s plans, specifications and construction, except for Landlord’s reasonable, third party, out-of-pocket expenses.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant may, from time to time without the Landlord’s prior consent and at the Tenant’s own expense, make interior non-structural alterations and changes in and to the Premises, provided that such alterations or changes (i) do not diminish the value of the Building, (ii) do not exceed the applicable floor loading capacity of the Building; (iii) do not affect existing mechanical or electrical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems in the Building (except for standard balancing adjustments of existing systems that may be required when adding offices, conference rooms and the like), and/or (iv) do not affect the exterior appearance of the Building (including without limitation by changing glass or making changes to the Premises that are visible from the exterior of the Building), provided that any proposed alterations and changes costing Fifty Thousand

 

18


 

Dollars ($50,000) or more, and any proposed alterations and changes that do not fulfill the conditions of any of clauses (i) through (iv) above, shall require Landlord’s prior approval as aforesaid.   Whether or not the Tenant’s changes and/or alterations require the Landlord’s consent pursuant to this paragraph, the Tenant shall, in each instance, give reasonable prior notice to the Landlord of the presence of Tenant’s contractors in the Building and any alterations and changes in and to the Premises which the Tenant intends to undertake, together with a reasonable description of the proposed work and such plans and specifications as the Tenant has therefor.  The Landlord shall not be deemed unreasonable for withholding approval of any alterations or additions which (i) would adversely affect any structural or exterior element of the Building, (ii) would adversely affect the general utility of the Building for use by existing tenants or prospective future tenants thereof, (iii) would affect the exterior appearance of the Building in a manner which is not acceptable to the Landlord, in its sole discretion, (iv) will require unusual expense to readapt the Premises to normal use as laboratory space; or (v) would adversely affect existing mechanical or electrical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems in the Building, in each case, with respect to clauses (i)-(v), as reasonably determined by the Landlord in its sole discretion.  The Landlord shall not be deemed unreasonable in delaying the approval of any alterations or additions to the extent that Landlord reasonably requires consultation with third party architects or engineers to review the plans for such work.  In any notice withholding approval the Landlord shall specify, in reasonable detail, the nature of the Landlord’s objection.  Neither the Landlord’s failure to object to any proposed alterations or additions, nor the Landlord’s approval of any plans and specifications furnished by Tenant to Landlord, shall be construed as superseding in any respect, or as a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce, the Tenant’s obligation to fulfill all of the terms and conditions of this Lease applicable to any work contemplated thereby.  All alterations and additions to the Premises shall be designed in reasonable accordance with the Building design standards promulgated by Landlord from time to time.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.1, if any of the Tenant’s proposed alterations and/or additions affect the roof of the Building, the following additional conditions shall apply:

 

(a)                                 Such alterations and changes will not in any way interfere with the proper functioning of, and Landlord’s access to, equipment located on the roof of the Building or exceed roof loading requirements; and

 

(b)                                 Adequate measures are taken to reduce the visibility and noise of mechanical equipment, antennae and dishes consistent with the appearance and design scheme required by the Rules and Regulations and any applicable laws, ordinances or regulations of the City of Cambridge.

 

Promptly following the performance of any alterations or additions to the Premises, the Tenant shall furnish Landlord an “as built” set of plans and specifications for the Premises and a report evidencing the completion of air balancing (to the extent such alterations or additions affected air balancing), in a format reasonably requested by the Landlord.

 

19


 

Section 4.2                  Ownership of Alterations and Initial Leasehold Improvements.

 

All alterations and additions and the Initial Leasehold Improvements shall be part of the Building and owned by the Landlord; provided, however, that the Landlord may require the Tenant to remove certain specialized alterations and additions and Initial Leasehold Improvements at the expiration, or the early termination of this Lease.  Landlord shall specify such items at the time of its approval of their installation.  All movable equipment, trade fixtures and furnishings not attached to the Premises shall remain the personal property of the Tenant and shall be removed by the Tenant upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all improvements, specifically including movable case work, lab benches, hoods and equipment, funded by the Leasehold Improvements Allowance shall be part of the Building and owned by the Landlord.

 

Any alterations and additions, if required to be removed upon the termination or expiration of this Lease as hereinabove provided, shall be removed by the Tenant with reasonable care and diligence, including the capping off of all utility connections behind the adjacent interior finish, and the restoration of such interior finish to the extent necessary so that the Premises are left with complete wall, ceiling and floor finishes.

 

Section 4.3                  Construction Requirements for Alterations.

 

All construction work performed by or on behalf of the Tenant (“Tenant’s Work”) shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner employing only first class materials and in compliance with the Rules and Regulations (as defined in Section 6.3) that apply to construction, and with all applicable laws and all lawful ordinances, regulations and orders of governmental authority and insurers of the Building.  The Landlord or Landlord’s authorized agent may (but without any implied obligation to do so) inspect the work of the Tenant at reasonable times and shall give notice of observed defects.  Tenant’s Work and the installation of furnishings shall always be coordinated in such manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations on the Property and not to damage the Building or interfere with Building construction or operation.  Tenant’s Work shall be performed by contractors or workmen first approved by the Landlord, which approval the Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold or delay.  The Tenant, before starting any work, shall receive and comply with the Construction Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit G and shall (i) cause the Tenant’s contractors to comply therewith; (ii) obtain “builder’s risk” coverage (in an amount that is reasonable given the quality and quantity of the work to be undertaken) to enhance the insurance coverage otherwise required to be carried by the Tenant hereunder; (iii) secure all licenses and permits necessary for such work; (iv) deliver to the Landlord a statement of the names of its general contractor (or construction manager) and subcontractors who are to perform electrical or plumbing work or are otherwise to perform work that will affect the structure or base building systems of the Building, and the estimated cost to design and construct any Tenant’s Work; (v) provide security satisfactory to the Landlord in its reasonable discretion and consistent with the security requirements for comparable work in comparable buildings in the Cambridge market protecting the Landlord against liens arising out of the furnishing of such labor and material; and  (vi) cause each contractor to carry worker’s compensation insurance in statutory amounts covering all the contractors’ and subcontractors’ employees and commercial general liability insurance on an occurrence basis with limits of $1,000,000 (individual) and $5,000,000 (occurrence) covering personal injury and death and property damage (all such insurance to be written in companies approved reasonably by the Landlord and insuring the Landlord, such individuals and entities affiliated with the Landlord as

 

20


 

the Landlord may designate, any ground lessor or mortgagee that the Landlord may designate, and the Tenant as well as the contractors and to contain a requirement for at least thirty (30) days’ notice to the Landlord prior to cancellation, nonrenewal or material change), and deliver to the Landlord certificates of all such insurance prior to the commencement of the applicable Tenant’s Work.  Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord within 30 days after invoice for any reasonable third-party expenses incurred by the Landlord in connection with any request by the Tenant for consent to any alterations or additions pursuant to this Article 4.

 

Section 4.4      Payment for Tenant Alterations.

 

Except as set forth in the Work Letter, the Tenant agrees to pay promptly when due the entire cost of any work done on the Premises by the Tenant, its agents, employees or independent contractors, and not to cause or permit any liens or notice of intent to file a lien for labor or materials performed or furnished in connection therewith to attach to the Premises or the Property and promptly to discharge (or bond over in a manner satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion) any such liens which may so attach.  If any such lien or notice of intent to file a lien shall be filed against the Premises or the Property and the Tenant shall fail to cause such lien or notice to be discharged within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Tenant of notice of the filing thereof, the Landlord may cause such lien or notice to be discharged by payment or otherwise without investigation as to the validity thereof or as to any offsets or defenses which the Tenant may have with respect to the amount claimed.  The Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord, as additional rent, for any cost so incurred and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord from and against any and all claims, costs, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which may be incurred or suffered by the Landlord by reason of any such lien or its discharge.

 

Section 4.5      Initial Leasehold Improvements.

 

Tenant shall have the right to perform some initial work to the Premises prior to occupancy (the “Initial Leasehold Improvements”).  The construction of the Initial Leasehold Improvements shall be done in accordance with the terms of this Section 4 and the work letter attached hereto as Exhibit E-1 (the “Work Letter”).  Additionally, and subject to the terms set forth herein and in the Work Letter, Tenant may hire its own architect and engineer for the construction of the Initial Leasehold Improvements, subject to the approval of the Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  There shall be no construction oversight fee paid to Landlord.  However, Landlord shall be reimbursed for any third party out of pocket costs incurred by Landlord in the review and approval of Tenant’s plans, specifications, improvements and construction.  Tenant agrees to use The Richmond Group (the “Contractor”) as its general contractor for the Initial Leasehold Improvements.    As construction of the Landlord’s Work and the Initial Leasehold Improvements will be ongoing simultaneously, both Landlord and Tenant agree to use good faith efforts to cooperate with each other to ensure the various construction activities occur without unreasonable conflict.

 

21


 

ARTICLE 5

 

RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONDITION OF BUILDING AND PREMISES

 

Section 5.1      Maintenance of Building and Common Areas by Landlord.

 

Except as otherwise provided in Article 8, the Landlord shall make such repairs to the foundation, roof, exterior walls (including exterior glass), floor slabs, elevators, base building mechanical, plumbing and electrical and life safety systems (to the extent serving more than one tenant), and any other base structural elements of the Building as may be necessary to keep them in good order, condition and repair, and make such repairs to the mechanical systems and equipment serving the Building, except for any mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems and equipment that serve the Premises exclusively (“Tenant’s Dedicated Mechanical Systems and Equipment”), and other Common Areas as are necessary to keep them in good order, condition and repair.  The Landlord shall further perform the services designated as Landlord’s Services on Exhibit E.  Landlord shall also provide a dumpster and/or compactor at the loading area of the Building for use by Tenant in common with other tenants for the disposal of non-hazardous and non-controlled substances.  Costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord under this Section 5.1 shall be included in Operating Expenses of the Property as permitted under Section 3.3. Subject to Section 7.5, the Tenant shall be responsible for 100% of the cost of any repair to the Premises, the Building, or the Land caused by the negligence or misconduct of the Tenant, or any agent, employee or contractor of the Tenant, notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in Section 3.3.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord shall provide stand-by power by automatic transfer switches and power from the generator installed by Landlord on the roof of the Building, provided that Tenant’s allowance of such power is 4 watts per square foot of the Premises.

 

Section 5.2      Maintenance of Premises by Tenant.

 

The Tenant shall keep and maintain in good order, condition and repair the Premises and every part thereof and all of Tenant’s Dedicated Mechanical Systems and Equipment, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty excepted (provided that subject to Section 7.5, the Landlord shall be responsible for damage caused by the fault or neglect of the Landlord, or the Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors), excluding those repairs for which the Landlord is responsible pursuant to Sections 5.1, 8.1 and 8.5.  The Tenant shall not permit or commit any damage (waste), and the Tenant shall, subject to Section 7.5, be responsible for the cost of repairs which may be made necessary by reason of damage to the Property caused by the negligence or misconduct of the Tenant, or any of the contractors, employees, or agents of the Tenant.  Tenant’s Dedicated Mechanical Systems and Equipment, and all other systems and equipment, shall be maintained in good order, condition and repair consistent with prevailing standards at comparable first class leased laboratory buildings, reasonable wear and tear, damage by fire or other casualty, and subject to Section 7.5, damage caused by the fault or neglect of the Landlord, or the Landlord’s agents, employees, or contractors excepted.

 

22


 

Section 5.3      Delays in Landlord’s Services.

 

The Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant for any compensation or, except as expressly provided below, reduction of rent by reason of inconvenience or annoyance or for loss of business arising from the necessity of the Landlord or its agents entering the Premises for any purposes authorized in this Lease, or for repairing the Premises or any portion of the Building.  In case the Landlord is prevented or delayed from making any repairs, alterations or improvements, or furnishing any services or performing any other covenant or duty to be performed on the Landlord’s part, by reason of any External Cause, the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant therefor, nor, except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, shall the Tenant be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof, except as provided below, nor shall the same give rise to a claim in the Tenant’s favor that such failure constitutes actual or constructive, total or partial, eviction from the Premises.

 

The Landlord reserves the right to stop any service or utility system the Landlord provides or causes to be provided under this Lease when necessary by reason of accident or emergency or exercise of Landlord’s rights pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof (following notice as provided therein), or until necessary repairs have been completed; provided, however, that in each instance of stoppage, the Landlord shall exercise reasonable diligence to eliminate the cause thereof and shall not interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.  Except in case of emergency repairs, the Landlord will give the Tenant reasonable advance notice of the contemplated stoppage and will use reasonable efforts to avoid unnecessary inconvenience to the Tenant by reason thereof.  To the extent that the Landlord is providing or causing to be provided heat, light or any utility or service, in no event shall the Landlord have any liability to the Tenant for the unavailability of the same to the extent that such unavailability is caused by External Causes, provided, however, that the Landlord is obligated to exercise reasonable efforts to restore such services or utility systems’ operation.  The Landlord agrees to carry rent interruption insurance in commercially reasonable amounts which permits recovery within, to the extent reasonably available, five (5) days after the insured peril, provided however that the failure by Landlord to carry such rent interruption insurance shall not affect Tenant’s rights hereunder.

 

If the unavailability of heat, light or any utility or service provided or caused to be provided by the Landlord, other than the unavailability of the same due to the Tenant’s acts or omissions, renders all or any portion of the Premises untenantable for the Tenant’s use as permitted under this Lease, and the Tenant ceases to occupy the same for the conduct of its business, the Tenant shall receive an equitable abatement of rent, taking into account the extent of the Tenant’s loss of use of the Premises as the result thereof, beginning on and after the third (3rd) business day following the commencement of such condition of untenantability.  For all purposes of this Lease, if Tenant has responsibility for maintenance and repair of any aspect of the Building or any equipment or system therein, the functioning and performance of the same shall be the responsibility of the Tenant under this Lease, and shall in no event constitute a service or utility system that the Landlord provides or causes to be provided under this Lease.

 

Section 5.4      Tenant’s Responsibilities Regarding Hazardous Materials.

 

The Tenant covenants and agrees that the Tenant shall not use, generate, store or dispose, nor shall the Tenant suffer or permit the use, generation, storing or disposal in the Premises or otherwise by any of Tenant’s contractors, licensees, invitees, agents or employees, of any oil, toxic substances, hazardous wastes or hazardous materials (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”)

 

23


 

in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Land, except for Hazardous Materials that are necessary and customary for Tenant’s operation of Tenant’s Permitted Use (which Permitted Use is set forth on Exhibit A), and in all cases such Hazardous Materials must be used, generated, stored and disposed of by Tenant in compliance with all applicable law and regulations.  The Tenant covenants and agrees that the Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations in handling and disposing of materials used in its research and other uses of the Premises, whether or not considered Hazardous Materials, and Tenant shall not dump, flush or cause the other introduction of Hazardous Materials or such other inappropriate materials into the septic, sewage or other waste disposal systems serving the Premises, except as specifically permitted by law or regulation and subject to the conditions and qualifications imposed by any governmental license or permit.  The Tenant covenants and agrees that the Tenant shall, at its sole cost, promptly remove or remediate all Hazardous Materials that are found upon the Premises, the Building or the Land by virtue of the failure of the foregoing covenants and agreements to have been fulfilled, or otherwise as the result of the act or omission of Tenant or its contractors, licensees, agents or employees, in a manner complying with all applicable laws and regulations and the provisions of this Lease.  If the Tenant should have any responsibility under this Section 5.4 to remove or remediate Hazardous Materials, the Tenant shall keep the Landlord reasonably informed as to the status of the environmental condition at issue, promptly furnish to the Landlord copies of all regulatory filings with any governmental regulatory agencies in connection therewith, and substantiate the performance of its obligations under this Section 5.4.  At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, the Tenant shall promptly remove or remediate any Hazardous Materials from the Premises in a manner consistent with accepted “best practices” and in compliance with all legal requirements relating to the closure of laboratory facilities and disposal of equipment and supplies therein.

 

If Tenant’s transportation, storage or use of Hazardous Materials on the Premises results in the release onto or other contamination of any portion of the Property or adjacent areas, including building or parking areas, soil or surface or ground water, or loss or damage to person(s) or property, without limitation, Tenant agrees to:  (a) notify Landlord immediately of any release, threat of release, contamination, claim of contamination, loss or damage and (b) after consultation with Landlord, clean up the release, threat of release, or contamination as required by all applicable statutes, regulations and standards.  In the event of such contamination, Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord, as Landlord may reasonably request, and provide such documents, affidavits and information as may be reasonably requested by Landlord (1) to comply with any applicable laws, and/or (2) for any other reason deemed necessary by Landlord in its reasonable discretion.  Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly in the event of any spill or other release of any Hazardous Materials at, in, on, under or about the Premises that is required to be reported to a governmental authority under any applicable laws, shall promptly forward to Landlord copies of any notices received by Tenant relating to alleged violations of any applicable laws and shall promptly pay when due any fine or assessment against Landlord, Tenant, or the Premises relating to any violation during the Term of any applicable laws by Tenant, its employees, agents, or independent contractors, or with respect to the Premises or the remainder of the Property.  If any governmental authority files a lien against the Premises or the remainder of the Property due to any act or omission, intentional or unintentional, of Tenant, its agents, or employees, or for which Tenant is responsible, resulting in the releasing, spilling, leaking, leaching, pumping, emitting, pouring, emptying or dumping of any Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days from the date that Tenant is first given notice of

 

24


 

such lien (or within such shorter period of time as may be specified by Landlord if such governmental authority takes steps to cause the Premises to be sold pursuant to such lien) either (A) pay the claim and remove the lien or (B) furnish a cash deposit, bond or such other security as is reasonably satisfactory in all respects to Landlord and sufficient to discharge the lien completely.  Tenant shall defend, indemnify Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from and against any damages, liability or expense associated with claims by governmental or other third parties arising out of the presence, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is responsible for removal or remediation under this Section 5.4.

 

Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, Tenant shall not be responsible for, and the indemnification and hold harmless obligations set forth in this Section shall not include matters arising from: (A) the existing environmental condition of the Premises or Property as of the Lease Commencement Date or any earlier date of entry into the Premises by Tenant, or (B) Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from the Premises during the Term by Landlord or by another tenant or occupant of the Building or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or contractors.

 

Section 5.5      Landlord’s Responsibilities Regarding Hazardous Materials.

 

Landlord has provided Tenant with a copy of the decommissioning report(s) for the Premises.  During the Term of this Lease, if the removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials from the Premises, Building or Land is required to be undertaken, then except to the extent such obligation is the responsibility of the Tenant under Section 5.4 hereof, the Landlord covenants and agrees to undertake the same without charge to the Tenant.  Without limitation of the foregoing, if necessary to comply with any applicable legal requirements, should any existing environmental condition of the Land require the removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials, the Landlord shall perform such removal or remediation, without charge to the Tenant, when and if required by applicable legal requirements.  The Landlord shall keep the Tenant reasonably informed as to the status of the environmental condition at issue, promptly furnish to the Tenant copies of all regulatory filings with any governmental regulatory agencies in connection therewith, and substantiate the performance of its obligations under this Section 5.5.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

TENANT COVENANTS

 

The Tenant covenants during the Term and for such further time as the Tenant occupies any part of the Premises:

 

Section 6.1      Permitted Uses.

 

The Tenant shall occupy the Premises only for the Permitted Uses, and shall not injure or deface the Premises or the Property, nor permit in the Premises any auction sale.  The Tenant shall not permit in the Premises any nuisance, or the emission from the Premises of any reasonably objectionable noise, odor or vibration, nor use or devote the Premises or any part

 

25


 

thereof for any purpose which is contrary to law or ordinance, or liable to invalidate or increase premiums (above those normally incurred for the Permitted Uses) for any insurance on the Building or its contents (unless the Tenant pays for any such increase in premiums and provided such actions do not interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Land by the Landlord, other tenants, visitors or invitees of the Building) or liable to render necessary any alteration or addition to the Building, nor commit or permit any waste in or with respect to the Premises, nor shall Tenant overload existing electrical or other Building systems.

 

Section 6.2      Laws and Regulations.

 

The Tenant shall comply with all federal, state and local laws, regulations, ordinances, executive orders, guidelines, policies and similar requirements in effect from time to time, including, without limitation, all such requirements relating to Tenant’s occupancy and use of the Premises and Hazardous Materials.  Tenant shall also conform to recognized “best practices” standards with respect to the physical aspects of its operations carried on within the Premises.  Tenant shall have the right to contest any notice of violation for any of the foregoing by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted in good faithNotwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Lease, however, Tenant shall not be responsible for compliance with any such laws, regulations, or the like requiring (a) structural repairs or modifications to the Building; or (b) repairs or modifications to the utility or building service equipment serving the Building (rather than equipment installed by Tenant serving only the Premises); or (c) installation of new building service equipment, such as fire detection or suppression equipment, unless such repairs, modifications, or installations shall (i) be due to Tenant’s particular manner of use of the Premises (as opposed to laboratory use generally), or (ii) be due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any agent, employee, or contractor of Tenant.

 

Section 6.3      Rules and Regulations.

 

The Tenant agrees to comply with the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit F and such other reasonable and non discriminatorily enforced rules and regulations of general applicability (“Rules and Regulations”) as (i) may from time to time be made by the Landlord of which the Tenant is given written advanced notice, so far as the same relate to the use of the Building, the Land and the Tenant’s appurtenant parking privileges and (ii) may from time to time be promulgated with respect to all or any portion of the Building (including without limitation pursuant to the Declaration of Covenants).  The Tenant shall not obstruct in any manner any portion of the Property; and, except as set forth in this Lease, shall not permit the placing of any signs, awnings or flagpoles, or the like, visible from outside the Building.  Neither shall Tenant place curtains, blinds or shades or similar window treatments visible from outside the Building in the Premises, except as may be otherwise approved by Landlord.

 

Section 6.4      Safety Compliance.

 

The Tenant shall keep the Premises equipped with all safety appliances required by law or ordinance or any other regulations of any public authority because of the manner of use made by the Tenant and to procure all licenses and permits so required because of such manner of use and, if requested by the Landlord, do any work so required because of such use, it being

 

26


 

understood that the foregoing provisions shall not be construed to broaden in any way the Tenant’s Permitted Uses.

 

Section 6.5      Landlord’s Entry.

 

The Tenant shall permit the Landlord and its agents, after at least twenty four (24) hours’ notice except in the case of emergencies, to enter the Premises at all reasonable hours for the purpose of inspecting or making repairs to the same, monitoring Tenant’s compliance with the requirements and restrictions set forth in this Lease, and for the purpose of showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and mortgagees at all reasonable times and to prospective tenants within twelve (12) months of the end of the Term provided that in connection with such entry, Tenant may provide procedures reasonably designed so as not to jeopardize Tenant’s trade secrets, proprietary technology or critical business operations, including accompaniment of all such persons by an employee of the Tenant.  In case of an emergency, the Landlord shall make good faith efforts to notify the Tenant in person or by telephone prior to such entry, and in any event, the Landlord shall notify Tenant promptly thereafter such entry.

 

Section 6.6      Floor Load.

 

The Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor in the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot of area (as set forth on Exhibit A ) which such floor was designed to carry, which floor load is [TO BE CONFIRMED: one hundred (100) pounds] per square foot of area as of the date of this Lease, and which is allowed by law.  The Tenant’s machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by the Tenant at the Tenant’s expense in settings sufficient to absorb or prevent vibration or noise that may be transmitted to the Building structure.

 

Section 6.7      Personal Property Tax.

 

The Tenant shall pay promptly when due all taxes which may be imposed upon personal property (including, without limitation, fixtures and equipment) in the Premises to whomever assessed.  Tenant shall have the right to contest the validity or amount of any such taxes by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted in good faith.

 

Section 6.8      Assignment and Subleases.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.8, the Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublet (which term, without limitation, shall include granting of concessions, licenses and the like) the whole or any part of the Premises, nor permit the further underletting or assignment of any sublease or other occupancy agreement (each a “Transfer”) without, in each instance, having first received the consent of the Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Any purported Transfer made without such consent or otherwise not fulfilling the conditions and requirements of this Section 6.8 shall be void, and except as specifically permitted in this Section 6.8, in no event shall the Tenant or anyone claiming by, through or under the Tenant have the right to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease.  The Landlord shall not be deemed to be unreasonable in withholding its consent to any proposed Transfer that is subject to the Landlord’s consent based on any of the following factors:

 

27


 

(a)           If the manner in which the proposed occupant conducts its business operations is not consistent, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, with the image and character of the Park development as a first-class biotechnology office/research and development park, then the withholding of consent by the Landlord shall be considered reasonable; and

 

(b)           If the proposed Transfer is (i) an assignment of this Lease, or (ii) a sublease, then in either of such cases, if the proposed occupant is not sufficiently creditworthy and trustworthy in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord with reference to the monetary and other obligations which are to be fulfilled by the Tenant under this Lease, and the reasonable needs of the Landlord to protect the value of the Building, then the withholding of consent by the Landlord shall be considered reasonable.

 

(c)           If the proposed assignee or subtenant is already actively involved in discussions with either the Landlord or any affiliate of the Landlord regarding space within the Park that is or is to become available for lease, then the withholding of consent by the Landlord shall be considered reasonable.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section, Tenant shall have the right to assign or otherwise Transfer this Lease or the Premises, or part of the Premises, without obtaining the prior consent of Landlord, (a) to its parent entity or to a wholly owned subsidiary or to an entity which is wholly owned by the same entity which wholly owns Tenant or to an entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with Tenant, where control is the right to direct voting of more than 50% of the ownership interests in the applicable entity (an “Affiliate”), provided that (i) the transferee shall, prior to the effective date of the transfer, deliver to Landlord instruments evidencing such transfer and its agreement to assume and be bound by all the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, all in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and (ii) at the time of such transfer there shall not be an uncured Event of Default under this Lease except in connection with a bona fide dispute that the parties are negotiating in good faith to resolve; or (b) to the purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets or ownership interests in Tenant, or to any entity into which the Tenant may be merged or consolidated (along with all or substantially all of its assets or ownership interests) (the “Acquiring Company”), provided that (i) the net assets of the Acquiring Company at the time of the transfer or merger shall not be less than the net assets of Tenant at the time of the transfer, (ii) the Acquiring Company’s use of the Premises shall be consistent with the Permitted Uses described in Exhibit A, (iii) the Acquiring Company shall assume in writing, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, (iv) Tenant shall provide to Landlord such additional information regarding the Acquiring Company as Landlord shall reasonably request, and (v) Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable third-party expenses incurred in connection therewith.  The transfers described in this paragraph are hereinafter referred to as “Permitted Transfers.”  Upon request of Tenant, Landlord agrees to execute a reasonable confidentiality agreement prior to Tenant’s being required to deliver financial and other information on the assignee or subtenant.

 

Whether or not the Landlord consents, or is required to consent, to any Transfer, the Tenant named herein shall remain fully and primarily liable for the obligations of the Tenant hereunder, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent provided under this Lease.

 

28


 

The Tenant shall give the Landlord at least 30 days prior written notice of any proposed Transfer, specifying the provisions thereof, including (i) the name and address of the proposed occupant, subtenant, assignee or other transferee,  (ii) a copy of the proposed occupant’s, subtenant’s, assignee’s, or other transferee’s most recent annual financial statement, and (iii) all of the terms and provisions upon which the proposed Transfer is to be made including, without limitation, all of the documentation effectuating such Transfer (which shall be subject to the Landlord’s approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and such other reasonable information concerning the proposed Transfer or concerning the proposed occupant, subtenant, assignee or other transferee as the Tenant has obtained in connection with the proposed Transfer.  The Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord promptly for reasonable legal and other reasonable expenses incurred by the Landlord in connection with any request by the Tenant for consent to any Transfer.  If this Lease is assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof is sublet or occupied by anyone other than the Tenant, or there is otherwise a Transfer, then during any time when an Event of Default is subsisting, the Landlord may, at any time and from time to time, collect rent and other charges from the assignee, sublessee, occupant or transferee, and apply the net amount collected to the rent and other charges herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of the prohibitions contained in this Section 6.8 or the acceptance of the assignee, sublessee or occupant as a tenant or a release of the Tenant from the further performance by the Tenant of covenants on the part of the Tenant herein contained.

 

Except for Transfers to an Affiliate or an Acquiring Company, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any amounts the Tenant receives from any occupant, subtenant, assignee or other transferee as rent, additional rent or other forms of compensation or reimbursement (if any) in excess of the aggregate amount of (i) the proportionate monthly share of Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and all other monies due to Landlord pursuant to this Lease (allocable in the case of a sublease to that portion of the Premises being subleased), (ii) all costs associated with assigning or subleasing the Premises or any portion of the Premises, including without limitation, rent concessions, brokerage commissions and reasonable fees for legal services associated with the transaction, (iii) Tenant’s costs to prepare the space for the assignee or subtenant  (“Sublease Transaction Expenses”), (iv) the costs of Tenant’s leasehold improvement in excess of the LIA, and (v) consideration payable to Tenant other than for the transfer of the interest in the leasehold estate hereunder, such as charges for use of shared equipment and services to be provided by Tenant to such transferee.  In the circumstances where the transferee pays the consideration due to the Tenant on account of such transfer over time (e.g. monthly rental payments under a sublease), Sublease Transaction Expenses referred to in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the preceding sentence shall be amortized on a straight line basis over the term of the transfer in question.  The consent by the Landlord to a Transfer for which the Landlord’s consent is required shall not be construed to relieve the Tenant from the obligation to obtain the express consent in writing of the Landlord to any further Transfer whether by the Tenant or by anyone claiming by, through or under the Tenant including, without limitation, any occupant, assignee, subtenant or other transferee.

 

Except for Transfers to an Affiliate if the portion of the Premises that is subject to the proposed assignment or subletting is larger than 25% of the Premises and the proposed assignment or subletting is for the duration of the then remaining Term, then the Landlord may elect, within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice from the Tenant of any proposed

 

29


 

assignment or sublease of all or any portion of the Premises prior to approving or disapproving any such proposed assignment or sublease, to repossess the Premises or the portion of the Premises under consideration.  The Landlord may thereafter lease the Premises in such a manner as the Landlord may in its sole discretion determine.  In the event the Landlord elects to repossess the Premises or the portion of the Premises under consideration as provided above, then all of the Tenant’s rights and obligations hereunder with respect to the Premises shall cease and shall be of no further force and effect.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

 

Section 7.1      Indemnity.

 

To the maximum extent this agreement may be made effective according to law, the Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and save harmless the Landlord from and against all claims, loss, or damage of whatever nature arising from any breach by Tenant of any obligation of Tenant under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods or from any act, omission or negligence of the Tenant, or the Tenant’s contractors, licensees, invitees, agents, servants or employees, or arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person or property, occurring after the date that possession of the Premises is first delivered to the Tenant and until the end of the Term and thereafter, so long as the Tenant is in occupancy of any part of the Premises, in or about the Premises or arising from any accident, injury or damage occurring outside the Premises but within the Building, on the Land, on the access roads and ways, in the parking facilities provided pursuant to the Lease, within University Park or any adjacent area maintained by Landlord or any individual or entity affiliated with Landlord, where such accident, injury or damage results from a negligent act or omission or willful misconduct on the part of the Tenant or the Tenant’s agents or employees, licensees, invitees, servants or contractors, provided that the foregoing indemnity shall not include any cost or damage to the extent arising from any act, omission or negligence of the Landlord, or the Landlord’s contractors, licensees, invitees, agents, servants or employees.

 

Landlord agrees to defend, indemnify and save harmless Tenant from legal action, damages, loss, liability and any other expense in connection with loss of life, bodily or personal injury or property damage, arising from or out of the intentional or willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord, its agents, employees, licensees, servants, invitees or contractors, which occur in or about the Premises, outside the Premises but within the Building, on the Land, on the access roads and ways, in the parking facilities provided pursuant to the Lease, within University Park or any adjacent area maintained by Landlord, except to the extent that such loss of life, bodily or personal injury or property damage is due to the willful misconduct or negligent act, omission or neglect of Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees, licensees, invitees or servants.

 

The foregoing indemnities and hold harmless agreements shall include indemnity against reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof.

 

30


 

Section 7.2      Liability Insurance.

 

The Tenant agrees to maintain in full force from the date upon which the Tenant first enters the Premises for any reason, throughout the Term, and thereafter, so long as the Tenant is in occupancy of any part of the Premises, by a program of self-insurance acceptable to Landlord, or by a policy of commercial general liability insurance under which the Landlord (and the Building’s managing agent, any ground lessor and any holder of a first mortgage on the Property of whom the Tenant is notified by the Landlord, collectively, the “Additional Named Insureds”) and the Tenant are named as insureds, and under which the insurer provides a contractual liability endorsement insuring against all cost, expense and liability arising out of or based upon any and all claims, accidents, injuries and damages described in Section 7.1, in the broadest form of such coverage from time to time available. Unless provided by self-insurance, each such policy shall be noncancellable and nonamendable (to the extent that any proposed amendment reduces the limits or the scope of the insurance required in this Lease) with respect to the Landlord and such ground lessor and first mortgagee without thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the Landlord and the Additional Named Insureds, except for notice of cancellation due to non-payment of premium, if any, which shall be ten (10) days’ prior notice, and a certificate of insurance shall be delivered to the Landlord.  The minimum limits of liability of such insurance as of the Commencement Date shall be Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence for combined bodily injury (or death) and damage to property.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant may elect to self-insure against any and all of the risks, or portion thereof, against which Tenant is required to insure pursuant to the terms of this Lease, provided that either (i) the Chief Financial Officer of Tenant certifies annually that Tenant has a US tax tangible net worth, as of the end of the Tenant’s most recent reporting period of not less than One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000) as computed in accordance with the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), (“Tenant’s Net Worth”), or (ii) the Chief Financial Officer of Guarantor certifies annually that Guarantor has a US tax tangible net worth, as of the end of the Guarantor’s most recent reporting period, of not less than One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000) as computed in accordance with GAAP, (“Guarantor’s Net Worth”).  With regard to this Lease, self-insurance will be considered as insurance for the purposes of complying with the terms and conditions of the Lease.  Should Tenant’s Net Worth be less than $150 Million, Tenant may not avail itself of the election to self-insure.

 

Section 7.3      Alterations, Improvements and Betterments; Personal Property at Risk.

 

The Tenant agrees to maintain in full force at all times throughout the Term, policy(s) of all risk property damage insurance, naming Landlord (and the Additional Named Insureds) and the Tenant as insureds as their interests may appear, or a program of self-insurance acceptable to Landlord, covering all of Tenant’s leasehold improvements and alterations to the extent of their full replacement costs as updated from time to time during the Term.

 

Unless caused by the Landlord or its agents, employees, servants or contractors, the Tenant agrees that all of the furnishings, fixtures, equipment, effects and property of every kind, nature and description of the Tenant and of all persons claiming by, through or under the Tenant which, during the continuance of this Lease or any occupancy of the Premises by the Tenant or anyone claiming under the Tenant which, during the continuance of this Lease or any occupancy of the Premises by the Tenant or anyone claiming under the Tenant, may be on the Premises or elsewhere in the Building

 

31


 

or on the Land or parking facilities provided hereby, shall be at the sole risk and hazard of the Tenant, and if the whole or any part thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, water or otherwise, or by the leakage or bursting of water pipes, steam pipes, or other pipes, by theft or from any other cause, no part of said loss or damage is to be charged to or be borne by the Landlord, except that the Landlord shall in no event be exonerated from any liability to the Tenant (subject to Section 7.5 hereof) for any injury, loss, damage or liability to the extent same is caused by Landlord’s, or its agents’, employees’, servants’ or contractors’,  negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 7.4      Landlord’s Insurance.

 

The Landlord shall carry, or cause to be carried, such casualty and liability insurance upon and with respect to operations at the Building as may from time to time be deemed reasonably prudent by the Landlord or required by any mortgagee holding a mortgage thereon or any ground lessor of the Land, and in any event, insurance against loss by fire and the risks now covered by extended coverage endorsement No. 4 in an amount at least equal to the full replacement cost of the Building, exclusive of foundations, excavations and footings.

 

Section 7.5      Waiver of Subrogation.

 

Any insurance carried by either party, or caused to be carried by either party, with respect to the Building, Land, Premises, parking facilities or any property therein or occurrences thereon shall, without further request by either party, include a clause or endorsement denying to the insurer rights of subrogation against the other party to the extent rights have been waived by the insured prior to occurrence of any claim, damage, injury or loss.  Each party, notwithstanding any provisions of this Lease to the contrary, hereby waives any claims or rights of recovery against the other for injury or loss, including, without limitation, injury or loss caused by negligence of such other party to the extent covered by insurance actually carried or required to be carried hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

CASUALTY AND EMINENT DOMAIN

 

Section 8.1      Restoration Following Casualties.

 

If, during the Term, the Building or the Premises shall be damaged by fire or casualty, subject to termination rights of the Landlord and the Tenant provided below in this Article 8, the Landlord shall proceed promptly to exercise diligent efforts to restore, or cause to be restored, the Building to substantially the condition thereof just prior to time of such damage, but the Landlord shall not be responsible for delay in such restoration which may result from External Causes.  Provided that the Landlord complies with its obligations to carry casualty insurance in accordance with Section 7.4, the Landlord shall have no obligation to expend in the reconstruction of the Building more than the sum of the amount of any deductible and the actual amount of insurance proceeds made available to the Landlord by its insurer, and any additional costs associated with changes to the Premises desired by the Tenant and permitted by Article 4 shall be paid by the Tenant in the manner reasonably required by the Landlord.  Any restoration of the Building or the Premises shall be altered to the extent necessary to comply with then current and applicable laws and codes.  The Landlord shall, as soon as possible after any

 

32


 

casualty, but in any event no later than sixty (60) days after such casualty, provide to the Tenant a reasonable written estimate (“Contractor’s Estimate”) from a reputable construction or design professional as to the time frame within which the Landlord will be able to repair the casualty damage and the cost of repairing such damage.

 

Section 8.2      Landlord’s Termination Election.

 

If the Landlord reasonably determines, based upon the Contractor’s Estimate, that (a) the amount of insurance proceeds available to the Landlord is insufficient to cover the cost of restoring the Building by more than the amount of any deductible, or (b) the Landlord will be unable to restore the Building within twelve (12) months from the date of such casualty, then the Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving notice to the Tenant.  Any such termination shall be effective on the date designated in such notice from the Landlord, but in any event not later than sixty (60) days after such notice, and if no date is specified, effective upon the delivery of such notice.  Failure by the Landlord to give the Tenant notice of termination within sixty (60) days following the occurrence of the casualty shall constitute the Landlord’s agreement to restore the Building as contemplated in Section 8.1.

 

Section 8.3      Tenant’s Termination Elections.

 

If, based upon the Contractor’s Estimate, the time period for repairing any casualty damage will exceed twelve (12) months after the date of any casualty, then the Tenant shall have the right, exercisable by written notice given on or before the date thirty (30) days after the Landlord gives to the Tenant the Contractor’s Estimate, to terminate this Lease.

 

If neither the Landlord nor the Tenant exercise their termination rights, but the Landlord has failed to restore the Building, within the longer of twelve (12) months from the date of the casualty or taking or the period of restoration set forth in the Contractor’s Estimate set forth in the Contractor’s Estimate, such period to be subject, however, to extension where the delay in completion of such work is due to External Causes, the Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease at any time after the expiration of such period (in either case, as extended by delay due to External Causes as aforesaid) until the restoration is substantially completed, such termination to take effect as of the date of the Tenant’s notice.  However, if the Landlord has been diligently prosecuting the repair of all casualty and damage, and if the Landlord reasonably determines at any time, and from time to time, during the restoration, based upon certification by its architect or other design professional, that such restoration will not be able to be completed before the deadline date after which the Tenant may terminate this Lease under this Section 8.3, and the Landlord specifies in a notice to Tenant to such effect a later date that the Landlord estimates will be the date upon which such restoration will be completed, then the Tenant may terminate this Lease within thirty (30) days of the Landlord’s notice as aforesaid, failing which the deadline date shall be extended to the date set forth in Landlord’s notice (as extended by delay due to External Causes as aforesaid).  The Landlord shall exercise reasonable efforts to keep the Tenant advised of the status of restoration work from time to time, and promptly following any request for information during the course of the performance of the restoration work.

 

33


 

Section 8.4      Casualty at Expiration of Lease.

 

If the Premises shall be damaged by fire or casualty in such a manner that the Premises cannot, in the ordinary course, reasonably be expected to be repaired within sixty (60) days from the commencement of repair work and such casualty or damage occurs within the last twelve (12) months of the Term (as the same may have been extended prior to such casualty or damage), either party shall have the right, by giving notice to the other not later than sixty (60) days after such casualty or damage, to terminate this Lease, whereupon this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such notice.

 

Section 8.5      Eminent Domain.

 

Except as hereinafter provided, if the Premises, or such portion thereof as to render the balance (if reconstructed to the maximum extent practicable in the circumstances) unsuitable for continued occupancy for the purposes contemplated under this Lease, or if access to the Building or Premises, shall be taken by condemnation or right of eminent domain, the Landlord and the Tenant shall each have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to the other of its desire to do so, provided that such notice is given not later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Tenant of notice of the effective date of such taking.  If so much of the Building shall be so taken that the Landlord reasonably determines, in good faith, that it would be necessary to substantially alter the Building so that a rebuilt Building will not be substantially similar to the Building before such taking, the Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice to the Tenant of the Landlord’s desire to do so not later than thirty (30) days after the effective date of such taking.

 

Should any part of the Premises be so taken or condemned during the Term, and should this Lease be not terminated in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to put what may remain of the Premises into proper condition for use and occupation as nearly like the condition of the Premises prior to such taking as shall be practicable, subject, however, to applicable laws and codes then in existence.  The Landlord shall have no obligation to expend in the aforesaid restoration more than the proceeds of any award received in any condemnation or eminent domain proceeding, or any sum paid in lieu thereof.

 

Section 8.6      Rent After Casualty or Taking.

 

If the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, until the Lease is terminated or the Premises is restored, the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be justly and equitably abated and reduced according to the nature and extent of the loss of use thereof suffered by the Tenant.  In the event of a taking which permanently reduces the area of the Premises, a just proportion of the Annual Fixed Rent and applicable Additional Rent shall be abated for the remainder of the Term.

 

Section 8.7      Temporary Taking.

 

In the event of any taking of the Premises or any part thereof for a temporary use not in excess of six (6) months, (i) this Lease shall be and remain unaffected thereby and Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall not abate, and (ii) the Tenant shall be entitled to receive for itself such portion or portions of any award made for such use with respect to the period of the taking which is within the Term.

 

34


 

Section 8.8      Taking Award.

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.7, the Landlord shall have and hereby reserves and accepts, and the Tenant hereby grants and assigns to the Landlord, all rights to recover for damages to the Building and the Land, and the leasehold interest hereby created, and to compensation accrued or hereafter to accrue by reason of such taking, damage or destruction, as aforesaid, and by way of confirming the foregoing, the Tenant hereby grants and assigns to the Landlord, all rights to such damages or compensation.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent the Tenant from prosecuting in any condemnation proceedings a separate claim for relocation expenses, Tenant’s personal property and any amounts paid by Tenant for the Tenant Improvements in excess of the LIA.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

DEFAULT

 

Section 9.1      Tenant’s Default.

 

Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

 

(a)           Failure on the part of the Tenant to pay the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or other charges for which provision is made herein on or before the date on which the same become due and payable, if such condition continues for ten (10) days after written notice that the same are due.

 

(b)           Failure on the part of the Tenant to perform or observe any other term or condition contained in this Lease if the Tenant shall not cure such failure within thirty (30) days after written notice from the Landlord to the Tenant thereof, provided that in the case of breaches that are not reasonably susceptible to cure within thirty (30) days through the exercise of due diligence, then so long as the Tenant commences such cure within thirty (30) days, and the Tenant diligently pursues such cure to completion, such breach shall not be deemed to create an Event of Default.

 

(c)           The taking of the estate hereby created on execution or by other process of law against Tenant; or a judicial declaration that the Tenant, or any guarantor of this Lease, is bankrupt or insolvent according to law; or any assignment of the property of the Tenant, or any guarantor of this Lease, for the benefit of creditors; or the appointment of a receiver, guardian, conservator, trustee  in bankruptcy or other similar officer to take charge of all or any substantial part of the property of Tenant, or any guarantor of this Lease, by a court of competent jurisdiction, which officer is not dismissed or removed within  (60) days; or the filing of an involuntary petition against the Tenant, or any guarantor of this Lease, under any provisions of the bankruptcy act now or hereafter enacted if the same is not dismissed within sixty (60) days; the filing by the Tenant, or any guarantor of this Lease, of any voluntary petition for relief under provisions of any bankruptcy law now or hereafter enacted.

 

If an Event of Default shall occur, then, in any such case, whether or not the Term shall have begun, Landlord and its agents lawfully may, in addition to any remedies for any preceding

 

35


 

Event of Default and any remedies otherwise available at law or equity, immediately or at any time thereafter without further demand or notice in accordance with process of law, enter upon any part of the Premises in the name of the whole or mail or deliver a notice of termination of the Term of this Lease addressed to Tenant at the Premises or any other address herein, and thereby terminate the Term and repossess the Premises as of Landlord’s former estate.  At Landlord’s election such notice of termination may be included in any notice of default.  Upon such entry or mailing the Term shall terminate, all executory rights of Tenant and all obligations of Landlord will immediately cease, and Landlord may expel Tenant and all persons claiming under Tenant and remove their effects without any trespass and without prejudice to any remedies for arrears of rent or prior breach; and Tenant waives all statutory and equitable rights to its leasehold (including rights in the nature of further cure or redemption, if any to the extent such rights may be waived).  Subject to Section 9.5, if Landlord engages attorneys in connection with any failure to perform by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable fees of such attorneys on demand as Additional Rent.  Without implying that other provisions do not survive, the provisions of this Article shall survive the Term or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 9.2      Damages.

 

In the event that this Lease is terminated, the Tenant covenants to pay to the Landlord punctually all the sums (“Periodic Payments”) and perform all the obligations which the Tenant covenants in this Lease to pay and to perform in the same manner and to the same extent and at the same time as if this Lease had not been terminated, and all of the Landlord’s expenses in connection with reletting the Premises including, without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, fees for legal services and expenses of preparing the Premises for such reletting.  However, the Landlord may elect, at any time, to demand in lieu of any further obligations to make Periodic Payments, and payments on account of the Landlord’s reletting costs thereafter accruing, as compensation, an amount (the “Lump Sum Payment”) equal to the excess, if any, of the discounted present value of the total rent reserved for the then remainder of the Term over the then discounted present fair rental value of the Premises for the then remainder of the Term.  The discount rate for calculating such sum under the preceding clause (x) shall be the then current rate of United States Treasury securities having a maturity date as close as possible to the end of the Term (had the Lease not been terminated).  In calculating the rent reserved, there shall be included, in addition to the Annual Fixed Rent and all Additional Rent, the value of all other considerations agreed to be paid or performed by the Tenant over the remainder of the Term.  Should the parties be unable to agree on a fair rental value for the purposes of determining the Lump Sum Payment under clause (x), above, the matter shall be submitted, upon the demand of either party, to the Boston office of the American Arbitration Association, with a request for arbitration in accordance with the rules of the Association by a single arbitrator who shall be real estate broker with at least ten years’ experience marketing major office and laboratory projects in the Boston, Massachusetts area.  The parties agree that a decision of the arbitrator shall be conclusive and binding upon them.

 

In calculating the Periodic Payments to be made by the Tenant under the foregoing covenant, the Tenant shall be credited with the net proceeds of any rent obtained by reletting the Premises, after deducting all the Landlord’s expenses in connection with such reletting, including, without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, fees for legal services and expenses of preparing the Premises for such reletting, provided that Tenant shall

 

36


 

never be entitled to receive any portion of the re-letting proceeds, even if the same exceed the rent originally due hereunder but Tenant shall be credited with such excess amount to offset its obligation to Landlord.  The Landlord may (i) relet the Premises, or any part or parts thereof, for a term or terms which may, at the Landlord’s option, exceed or be equal to or less than the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term, and may grant such concessions and free rent as the Landlord in its reasonable commercial judgment considers advisable or necessary to relet the same, (ii) make such alterations, repairs and improvements in the Premises as the Landlord in its reasonable commercial judgment considers advisable or necessary to relet the same, and (iii) any obligation to relet imposed by law shall be subject to the reasonable requirements of Landlord to lease to high quality tenants on such terms (based on then-market standards) as Landlord may from time to time deem appropriate and to develop the Building and Park in a harmonious manner with an appropriate mix of uses, tenants, floor areas and terms of tenancies, and the like, and Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises to any party to whom Landlord or its affiliate may desire to lease other available space in the Park.  No action of the Landlord in accordance with foregoing or failure to relet or to collect rent under reletting shall operate to release or reduce the Tenant’s liability.  The Landlord shall be entitled to seek to rent other properties of the Landlord prior to reletting the Premises without being in breach of any obligation to the Tenant.  Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages in the event of a default by Tenant.

 

Section 9.3      Cumulative Rights.

 

The specific remedies to which either party may resort under the terms of this Lease are cumulative and, except as expressly set forth herein, are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which it may be lawfully entitled in case of any breach or threatened breach by the other party of any provisions of this Lease.  In addition to the other remedies provided in this Lease, each party shall be entitled to seek the restraint by injunction of the violation or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease or to a decree compelling specific performance of any such covenants, conditions or provisions.  Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of the Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy, insolvency or like proceedings by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above.

 

Landlord shall not be required to serve Tenant with any notices or demands as a prerequisite to its exercise of any of its rights or remedies under this Lease, other than those notices and demands specifically required under this Lease.  Tenant expressly waives the service of any statutory demand or notice which is a prerequisite to Landlord’s commencement of eviction proceedings against Tenant, including the demands and notices specified in any applicable state statute or case law.

 

Section 9.4      Landlord’s Self help.

 

If there shall be an Event of Default, or if emergency circumstances should exist where, upon the giving of notice or passage of time, such circumstances would constitute an Event of

 

37


 

Default, then the Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, after the giving by the Landlord of notice thereof to the Tenant (except in case of emergency circumstances in which case no prior notice need be given), to perform such obligation.  In the event the Landlord exercises its rights under this Section 9.4 in case of emergency, the Landlord shall notify the Tenant as soon as reasonably possible after the taking of such action.  The Landlord may exercise its rights under this Section without waiving any other of its rights or releasing the Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.  The Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for all of the Landlord’s reasonable costs associated with effecting such cure.

 

Section 9.5      Enforcement Expenses; Litigation.

 

Each party hereto shall promptly reimburse the other for all costs and expenses, including without limitation legal fees, incurred by such party in exercising and enforcing its rights under this Lease following the other party’s failure to comply with its obligations hereunder, whether or not such failure constitutes an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 9.1 or 9.7 hereof.

 

If either party hereto, without fault, is made or becomes a party to any litigation commenced by or against the other party by or against a third party, or incurs costs or expenses related to such litigation, involving any part of the Property and the enforcement of any of the rights, obligations or remedies of such party without fault, then the party becoming involved in any such litigation because of a claim against such other party hereto shall receive from such other party hereto all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by such party in such litigation.  Landlord shall pay all reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Tenant in connection with any legal action concerning an alleged breach of this Lease to the extent that Tenant is the prevailing party.  Tenant shall pay all reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with any legal action concerning an alleged breach of this Lease to the extent that Landlord is the prevailing party.

 

LANDLORD AND TENANT WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION TO WHICH THEY ARE PARTIES UNDER THIS LEASE.

 

Section 9.6      Late Charges; Interest on Overdue Payments.

 

(a)           In the event that any payment of Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent shall remain unpaid for a period of ten (10) days following notice by the Landlord to the Tenant that such payment is overdue, there shall become due to the Landlord from the Tenant, as Additional Rent and as compensation for the Landlord’s extra administrative costs in investigating the circumstances of late rent, a late charge of two percent (2%) of the amount overdue.

 

(b)           Any Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent or other amount which is due from either party to the other party which is not paid within ten (10) days after the same is due and payable shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the variable rate (the “Default Interest Rate”) equal to the annual rate from time to time announced by Bank of America as its base rate, plus two percent (2%), or if such rate can no longer be determined, the annual prime rate from time to time announced by The Wall Street Journal, plus four percent (4%).

 

38


 

Section 9.7      Landlord’s Right to Notice and Cure.

 

The Landlord shall in no event be in default in the performance of any of the Landlord’s obligations hereunder unless and until the Landlord shall have failed to perform such obligations within thirty (30) days, or such additional time as is reasonably required to correct any such default, after written notice by the Tenant to the Landlord expressly specifying wherein the Landlord has failed to perform any such obligation.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

MORTGAGEES’ RIGHTS

 

Section 10.1    Subordination.

 

At the election of the holder of any mortgage (which term for the purpose of this Article shall include a “deed of trust,” “ground lease” or similar financing encumbrance) encumbering the Landlord’s interest in the Property, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgages thereon, so that the rights of any such mortgagee shall be superior to all rights hereby or hereafter vested in the Tenant, subject however to Section 10.5 hereof, provided, that such mortgagee or ground lessor shall have entered into a subordination non-disturbance and attornment agreement with Tenant.  The form of subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) attached hereto as Exhibit    is acceptable to Tenant in connection with any mortgage to which this lease shall be subordinated.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with agreements in the forms attached to this Lease as Exhibit   .

 

Section 10.2    Attornment; Prepayment of Rent not to Bind Mortgagee.

 

In the event any holder shall succeed to the interest of Landlord, the Tenant shall, and does hereby agree to attorn to such holder and to recognize such holder as its Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that such holder may reasonably request to evidence such attornment.  Upon such attornment, the holder shall not be:  (i) liable in any way to the Tenant for any act or omission, neglect or default on the part of Landlord under this Lease; (ii) subject to any counterclaim or setoff which theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord, provided that Tenant shall be entitled to the abatement of rent as provided in Sections 2.1, 2.5, 5.3 and Article 8; (iii) bound by any modification of this Lease subsequent to such mortgage entered into without such holder’s consent or by any previous prepayment of regularly scheduled monthly installments of Annual Fixed Rent or more than (1) month, which was not approved in writing by the holder; (iv) liable to the Tenant beyond the holder’s interest in the Property; or (v) liable for any portion of a security deposit not actually received by the holder.  The covenant and agreement contained in this Lease with respect to the rights, powers and benefits of any such holder constitute a continuing offer to any person, corporation or other entity, which by accepting or requiring an assignment of this Lease or by entry of foreclosure assumes the obligations herein set forth with respect to such holder; every such holder is hereby constituted a party to this Lease and an obligee hereunder to the same extent as though its name was written hereon as such; and such holder shall at its written election be entitled to enforce

 

39


 

such provisions in its own name.  No Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent (other than estimated monthly payments on account of Additional Rent which the Tenant is required to pay pursuant to the provisions of this Lease), or any other charge payable to the Landlord shall be paid more than thirty (30) days prior to the due date thereof under the terms of this Lease and payments made in violation of this provision shall, except to the extent that such payments are actually received by a mortgagee (which term shall for the purpose of this Lease include a “trustee,” “ground lessor” or similar holder of a financing encumbrance) be a nullity as against any of Landlord’s mortgagees and the Tenant shall be liable for the amount of such payments to such mortgagee.

 

Section 10.3    Tenant’s Duty to Notify Mortgagee and Mortgagee’s Ability to Cure.

 

The Tenant hereby agrees that, if the Tenant provides the Landlord with any notice of default or claimed default on the part of the Landlord under the Lease, the Tenant shall concurrently therewith send a copy of such notice to the holder of any mortgage of whom the Tenant has been given prior written notice together with its address.  In such event, the mortgagee shall be permitted (but not obligated) to cure any such default within the cure period provided to Landlord and any additional period to which such mortgagee shall be entitled pursuant to this Section 10.3.  No act or failure to act on the part of the Landlord which would entitle the Tenant under the terms of this Lease, or by law, to be relieved of the Tenant’s obligations to pay Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent hereunder or to terminate this Lease, shall result in a release or termination of such obligations of the Tenant or a termination of this Lease unless (i) the Tenant shall have first given written notice of the Landlord’s act or failure to act to any mortgagee of whom Tenant has been given prior notice, specifying the act or failure to act on the part of the Landlord which would give basis to the Tenant’s rights; and (ii) no such mortgagee, after receipt of such notice, shall have corrected or cured the condition complained of within the period provided for Landlord’s cure, plus a reasonable period thereafter not to exceed thirty (30) days.

 

Section 10.4    Estoppel Certificates.

 

The Tenant shall from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written request by the Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Landlord a statement in writing certifying to the Landlord or an independent third party, with a true and correct copy of this Lease attached thereto, together with all amendments thereto, to the extent such statements continue to be true and accurate, (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been any modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications); (ii) that the Tenant has no knowledge of any defenses, offsets or counterclaims against its obligations to pay the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and to perform its other covenants under this Lease (or if there are any defenses, offsets, or counterclaims, setting them forth in reasonable detail); (iii) that there are no known uncured defaults of the Landlord or the Tenant under this Lease (or if there are known defaults, setting them forth in reasonable detail); (iv) the dates to which the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges have been paid; (v) that the Tenant has accepted, and is in full possession of the Premises, including all improvements, additions and alterations thereto required to be made by Landlord under the Lease (except to the extent stated); (vi) that the Landlord has satisfactorily complied with all of the requirements and conditions precedent to the occurrence of the

 

40


 

Commencement Date (except to the extent stated); (vii) that the Tenant has been in occupancy since the Commencement Date and paying rent since the specified dates (except to the extent stated); (viii) that no monetary or other considerations, including, but not limited to, rental concessions for Landlord, special tenant improvements or Landlord’s assumption of prior lease obligations of Tenant have been granted to Tenant by Landlord for entering into Lease (except as set forth in this Lease or as otherwise specified in such estoppel); (ix) that the Tenant has no notice of a prior assignment, hypothecation, or pledge of rents or of the Lease (except to the extent stated); (x) that the Lease represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant; (xi) that any notice to Tenant may be given it by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or delivered, at the Premises, or at another address specified; and (xii) such factual other matters with respect to the Tenant and this Lease as the Landlord may reasonably request.  Any statement delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser, mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor of the Premises or any interest therein, and shall be binding on the Tenant.

 

Landlord shall from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written request by the Tenant, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Tenant a statement in writing certifying to the Tenant or an independent third party, with a true and correct copy of this Lease attached thereto, to the extent such statements continue to be true and accurate (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been any modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications); (ii) that the Landlord has no knowledge of any defenses, offsets or counterclaims against its obligations to perform its covenants under this Lease (or if there are any defenses, offsets, or counterclaims, setting them forth in reasonable detail); (iii) that there are no known uncured defaults of the Tenant or the Landlord under this Lease (or if there are known defaults, setting them forth in reasonable detail); (iv) the dates to which the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges have been paid; (v) that the Tenant is in full possession of the Premises; (vi) that Landlord has no notice of a prior assignment of the Lease or sublease of space therein; (vii) that the Lease represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant; (viii) that any notice to Landlord may be given if by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or delivered to the Landlord’s address listed on Exhibit A, or at another address specified; and (xii) such other factual matters with respect to the Tenant and this Lease as the Tenant may reasonably request.  Any statement delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by any prospective assignee or sublessee of Tenant and shall be binding on the Landlord.

 

Section 10.5    Assignment of Rents.

 

With reference to any assignment by the Landlord of the Landlord’s interest in this Lease, or the rents payable hereunder, conditional in nature or otherwise, which assignment is made to the holder of a mortgage or a ground lessor on property which includes the Premises, the Tenant agrees;

 

(a)           That the execution thereof by the Landlord, and the acceptance thereof by the holder of such mortgage or ground lessor, shall never be treated as an assumption by such holder or ground lessor of any of the obligations of the Landlord hereunder, unless such holder or ground lessor shall, by notice sent to the Tenant, specifically make such election; and

 

41


 

(b)           That, except as aforesaid, such holder or ground lessor shall be treated as having assumed the Landlord’s obligations hereunder only upon foreclosure of such holder’s mortgage or the taking of possession of the Property, or, in the case of a ground lessor, the termination of the ground lease.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

(a)           Letter of Credit.  Upon the execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord as security for the performance of the obligations of Tenant hereunder, either a cash deposit or a letter of credit in the Security Deposit amount specified in Exhibit A in accordance with this Section (as renewed, replaced, increased and/or reduced pursuant to this Section, the “Letter of Credit”).  If Tenant elects to deliver a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit shall be in such form as Landlord may reasonably approve.  If there is more than one Letter of Credit so delivered by Tenant, such Letters of Credit shall be collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Letter of Credit”.  The Letter of Credit (i) shall be irrevocable and shall be issued by a commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord (Landlord acknowledging that Silicon Valley Bank is an acceptable bank), (ii) shall require only the presentation to the issuer of a certificate of the holder of the Letter of Credit stating either (a) that a default has occurred under this Lease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period (or stating that transmittal of a default notice is barred by applicable bankruptcy or other law if such is the case), or (b) stating that Tenant has not delivered to Landlord a new Letter of Credit having a commencement date immediately following the expiration of the existing Letter of Credit in accordance with the requirements of the Lease, (iii) shall be payable to Landlord and its successors in interest as the Landlord and shall be freely transferable without cost to any such successor or any lender holding a collateral assignment of Landlord’s interest in the Lease, (iv) shall be for an initial term of not less than one year and contain a provision that such term shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year periods unless the issuer shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled expiration date, give Landlord written notice of such nonrenewal, and (v) shall otherwise be substantially in the form of the letter of credit attached hereto as Exhibit J.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of the Letter of Credit for the final period of the Term shall be for a term ending not earlier then the date forty-five (45) days after the last day of the Term.

 

If Tenant shall be in default under the Lease, after the expiration of any applicable notice or cure period (or if transmittal of a default or other notice is stayed or barred by applicable bankruptcy or other law), Landlord shall be entitled to draw upon the Letter of Credit to the extent reasonably necessary to cure such default.  If, not less than thirty (30) days before the scheduled expiration of the Letter of Credit, Tenant has not delivered to Landlord a new Letter of Credit having a commencement date immediately following the expiration of the existing Letter of Credit in accordance with this Section, Landlord shall also have the right to draw upon the full amount of the Letter of Credit without giving any further notice to Tenant.  Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, apply the amount so drawn to the extent necessary to cure Tenant’s default under the Lease.  Any funds drawn by Landlord on the Letter of Credit and not applied against amounts due hereunder shall be held by Landlord as a cash security deposit, provided that Landlord shall have

 

42


 

no fiduciary duty with regard to such amounts, shall have the right to commingle such amounts with other funds of Landlord, and shall pay no interest on such amounts.  After any application of the Letter of Credit by Landlord in accordance with this paragraph, Tenant shall reinstate the Letter of Credit to the amount then required to be maintained hereunder, within thirty (30) days of demand.  Within forty-five (45) days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term the Letter of Credit and any cash security deposit then being held by Landlord, to the extent not applied, shall be returned to the Tenant provided that no Event of Default is then continuing.

 

(b)           Pledge.

 

The Landlord may pledge its right and interest in and to the cash deposit or Letter of Credit to any mortgagee or ground lessor and, in order to perfect such pledge, have such cash deposit or Letter of Credit held in escrow by such mortgagee or ground lessee or grant such mortgagee or ground lessee a security interest therein.  In connection with any such pledge or grant of security interest by the Landlord to a mortgagee or ground lessee (“Pledgee”) of which Tenant receives notice, Tenant covenants and agrees to cooperate as reasonably requested by the Landlord at no additional cost to Tenant, in order to permit the Landlord to implement the same on terms and conditions reasonably required by such Pledgee.

 

(c)           Transfer of Security Deposit.

 

In the event of a sale or other transfer of the Building or transfer of this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the cash deposit or Letter of Credit to the transferee at no cost to Tenant, and upon the assumption in writing of such transferee of the obligations of Landlord under this Lease, Landlord shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such security.  The provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the security to such a transferee.  Tenant further covenants that it will not voluntarily assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof, and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.1    Notice of Lease.

 

Tenant agrees not to record this Lease or any short form or memorandum hereof but Landlord shall, together with this Lease, execute and deliver to Tenant for recording a Notice of Lease in accordance with statutory requirements.  If required by applicable securities laws, Tenant may file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a copy of this Lease with terms not required to be reported having been redacted.

 

Section 12.2    Notices.

 

Whenever any notice, approval, consent, request, election, offer or acceptance is given or made pursuant to this Lease, it shall be in writing. Communications and payments shall be

 

43


 

addressed, if to the Landlord, at the Landlord’s Address for Notices as set forth in Section 1.2 or at such other address as may have been specified by prior notice to the Tenant; and if to the Tenant, at the Tenant’s Original Address or at such other place as may have been specified by prior notice to the Landlord.  Any communication so addressed shall be deemed duly given on the earlier of (i) the date received, or (ii) on the next business day if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service.  If the Landlord by notice to the Tenant at any time designates some other person to receive payments or notices, all payments or notices thereafter by the Tenant shall be paid or given to the agent designated until notice to the contrary is received by the Tenant from the Landlord.  Notices to either party under this Lease may be given by legal counsel to such party.

 

Section 12.3    Successors and Limitation on Liability.

 

The obligations of this Lease shall run with the land, and this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that the original Landlord named herein and each successor Landlord shall be liable only for obligations accruing during the period of its ownership or otherwise reflected in a certificate delivered to it by Tenant pursuant to section 10.4 (or would have been reflected in such a certificate had one been timely requested).  Neither the Tenant, nor anyone claiming by, under or through the Tenant, shall be entitled to obtain any judgment in enforcing the terms and conditions of this Lease creating personal liability on the part of the Landlord or enforcing any obligations of the Landlord against any assets of the Landlord other than its interest in the Property, and proceeds therefrom and, without limitation of the foregoing, in no event shall any personal liability arise on the part of any of the Landlord’s officers, employees, directors or shareholders.  Likewise, no personal liability shall arise on the part of the Tenant’s officers, employees, directors or shareholders, as this Lease shall create liability on the part of the Tenant and not personal liability on the part of such officers, employees, directors or shareholders.

 

Section 12.4    Waivers.

 

The failure of the Landlord or the Tenant to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease, shall not be deemed a waiver of such violation nor prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of an original violation.  The receipt by the Landlord of Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.  No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by the Landlord or the Tenant, as the case may be, unless such waiver be in writing signed by the Landlord or the Tenant, as the case may be.  No consent or waiver, express or implied, by the Landlord or Tenant to or of any breach of any agreement or duty shall be construed as a waiver or consent to or of any other breach of the same or any other agreement or duty.

 

Section 12.5    Acceptance of Partial Payments of Rent.

 

No acceptance by either party of a lesser sum than the amount then due to such party shall be deemed to be other than a partial installment of such rent due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed

 

44


 

an accord and satisfaction, and either party may accept such check or payment without prejudice to the other party’s right to recover the balance of such installment or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided.  The delivery of keys to any employee of the Landlord or to the Landlord’s agent or any employee thereof shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises.

 

Section 12.6    Interpretation and Partial Invalidity.

 

If any term of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.  The titles of the Articles are for convenience only and not to be considered in construing this Lease.  This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes all prior dealings between them with respect to such subject matter.

 

Section 12.7    Quiet Enjoyment.

 

So long as the Tenant pays Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent as and when due and no default on the part of Tenant exists beyond any applicable notice and cure period the Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises free of any claims by, through or under, or superior title to, the Landlord including, without limitation, any ground lessor, mortgagee, or manager of the Property.

 

Section 12.8    Brokerage.

 

Each party represents and warrants to the other that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent other than the Broker in connection with this Lease and shall indemnify and hold harmless the other from claims for any brokerage commission (other than by the Broker) arising out a breach of the foregoing representations.  Landlord shall be responsible for any commission due to the Broker pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement.

 

Section 12.9    Surrender of Premises and Holding Over.

 

The Tenant shall surrender possession of the Premises on the last day of the Term and the Tenant waives the right to any notice of termination or notice to quit at the end of the Term.  The Tenant covenants that upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, it shall, without notice, deliver up and surrender possession of the Premises broom clean and in the same condition in which the Tenant has agreed to keep the same during the continuance of this Lease and in accordance with the terms hereof, normal wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty excepted, first removing therefrom all personal property of the Tenant and any alterations or additions required to be removed pursuant to Section 4.2, and repairing all damage caused by such removal.  Upon the expiration of this Lease or if the Premises should be abandoned by the Tenant, or this Lease should terminate for any cause, and at the time of such expiration, vacation, abandonment or termination, the Tenant or Tenant’s agents, subtenants or any other person should leave any property of any kind or character on or in the Premises after

 

45


 

having vacated the Premises, the fact of such leaving of property on or in the Premises shall be conclusive evidence of intent by the Tenant, and individuals and entities deriving their rights through the Tenant, to abandon such property so left in or upon the Premises, and such leaving shall constitute abandonment of the property.  Landlord shall have the right and authority without notice to the Tenant or anyone else, to remove and destroy, or to sell or authorize disposal of such property, or any part thereof, without being in any way liable to the Tenant therefor and the proceeds thereof shall belong to the Landlord as compensation for the removal and disposition of such property.

 

If the Tenant fails to surrender possession of the Premises upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, then Tenant shall be deemed a tenant at sufferance only and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as rent for any period after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Annual Fixed Rent to be paid under this Lease, together with all Additional Rent required under this Lease.  Acceptance by the Landlord of such payments shall not constitute a consent to a holdover hereunder or result in a renewal or extension of the Tenant’s rights of occupancy.  Such payments shall be in addition to and shall not affect or limit the Landlord’s right of re entry, Landlord’s right to collect such damages as may be available at law, or any other rights of the Landlord under this Lease or as provided by law.

 

Prior to the expiration of the Lease, Tenant shall clean and otherwise decommission all interior surfaces (including floors, walls, ceilings and counters), piping, supply lines, waste lines and plumbing in or serving the Premises, and all exhaust or other ductwork in or serving the Premises, in each case that has carried, released or otherwise been exposed to any Hazardous Material due to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and shall otherwise clean the Premises so as to permit the report hereinafter called for by this Section 11.10 to be issued.  Prior to the expiration of this Lease (or within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination), Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall obtain for Landlord a report addressed to Landlord (and, at Tenant’s election, Tenant) by a reputable licensed environmental engineer or industrial hygienist that is designated by Tenant and acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, which report shall be based on the environmental engineer’s or industrial hygienist’s inspection of the Premises and shall state, to the Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, that (a) the Hazardous Materials described in the first sentence of this paragraph, to the extent if any, existing prior to such decommissioning, have been removed in accordance with applicable laws; (b) all Hazardous Materials described in the first sentence of this paragraph, if any, have been removed in accordance with applicable laws from the interior surfaces of the Premises (including floors, walls, ceilings, and counters), piping, supply lines, waste lines and plumbing, and all such exhaust or other ductwork in the Premises, may be re-used by a subsequent tenant or disposed of in compliance with applicable laws without incurring special costs or undertaking special procedures for demolition, disposal, investigation, assessment, cleaning or removal of such Hazardous Materials and without giving notice in connection with such Hazardous Materials; and (c) the Premises may be re-occupied for office or laboratory use, demolished or renovated without incurring special costs or undertaking special procedures for disposal, investigation, assessment, cleaning or removal of Hazardous Materials described in the first sentence of this paragraph and without giving notice in connection with Hazardous Materials.  Further, for purposes of clauses (b) and (c), “special costs” or  “special procedures” shall mean costs or procedures, as the case may be, that would not be incurred but for the nature of the Hazardous

 

46


 

Materials as Hazardous Materials instead of non-hazardous materials.  The report shall also include reasonable detail concerning the clean-up measures taken, the clean-up locations, the tests run and the analytic results.

 

If Tenant fails to perform its obligations under this Section 11.10, without limiting any other right or remedy, Landlord may, on thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant (except in an emergency when no prior notice shall be required) perform such obligations, at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of demand, reimburse Landlord for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such work.  Tenant’s obligations under this Section 11.10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  In addition, at Landlord’s election, Landlord may inspect the Premises and/or Property for Hazardous Materials at Landlord’s cost and expenses, within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Tenant shall pay for all such costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such inspection if such inspection reveals that a release or threat of release of Hazardous Materials exists at the Property or Premises as a result of the acts or omission of Tenant, its officers, employees, contractors, and agents (except to the extent resulting from the acts or omissions of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors).

 

Section 12.10     Financial Reporting.

 

Tenant shall from time to time (but at least annually) on the anniversary of the Lease provide Landlord with financial statements of Tenant, together with related statements of Tenant’s or its parent’s operations for the most recent fiscal year then ended, certified to Landlord by an independent certified public accounting firm.  Landlord agrees to keep such financial statements and related statements of operations confidential.  If Tenant or its parent is a public company, in lieu of such certification, Landlord may refer to Tenant’s or its parent’s website for such information.

 

Section 12.11     No Consequential Damages.

 

In no event shall either Landlord or Tenant be liable to the other for consequential damages.

 

Section 12.12     Governing Law.

 

This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

Section 12.13     Signage.

 

Landlord shall provide a listing identifying Tenant on the Building directory located in the Building lobby. Tenant shall be responsible for providing, at its sole cost and expense, signage at the entry to the Premises and any signage within the Premises.  All signage pursuant to this Section 12.13 shall be consistent with Landlord’s Signage and Design Standard, if any, applicable to the Building from time to time, and shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, and the approval of applicable governmental authorities.

 

47


 

Section 12.14     Ground Lease.

 

This Lease is in all respects subject to the ground lease (the “Ground Lease”) between the Landlord as lessee and Massachusetts Institute of Technology (“MIT”) as lessor dated as of August 20, 1986.  If any provision of the Ground Lease shall be inconsistent with the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of the Ground Lease shall be deemed to limit the provisions hereof, except as are expressly otherwise provided in a written agreement signed by MIT, the Landlord and the Tenant.   Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that the term of the Ground Lease extends for a period longer than the Term of this Lease, as the same may be extended pursuant to Section2.6.  This Lease is subject to the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement from MIT in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H.

 

Section 12.15     Cambridge Employment Plan.

 

The Tenant agrees to sign an agreement with the Employment and Training Agency designated by the City Manager of the City of Cambridge as provided in subsections (a) - (g) of Section 24-4 of Ordinance Number 1005 of the City of Cambridge, adopted April 23, 1984.

 

Section 12.16     Solvent Storage

 

Landlord shall manage the allocation of solvent storage quantities for tenants in the Building.  Tenant shall be allocated its proportionate share of the allowable share of the Building’s solvent storage capacity of 480 gallons (the fifth floor’s allowable share is 44 gallons, the fourth floor’s allowable share is 60 gallons), such storage to be located in the acid neutralization tank and chemical storage areas, as appropriate, as depicted on Exhibit C-1 (second page) attached hereto.  All solvent storage by Tenant shall be subject to Tenant obtaining and maintaining all required governmental permitting.

 

Section 12.17     Protection of REIT Status.

 

In the event that Landlord determines that any of the financial obligations of Tenant to Landlord as set forth in this Lease might (a) fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or (b) otherwise jeopardize the status of any of Landlord’s affiliates, including Forest City Realty Trust, Inc., as a “real estate investment trust” (“REIT”) within the meaning of Section 856 of the Code, then, at Landlord’s option, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, assign any of its rights and obligations under this Lease to a designee chosen by Landlord for such purpose (which, in each case, shall be an affiliate of Landlord), or cause one or more such designees (which, in each case, shall be an affiliate of Landlord) to perform such activities to the extent required to maintain such status as a REIT, provided, however, that any assignment permitted pursuant to this Section shall not increase Tenant’s obligations nor decrease Tenant’s rights in this Lease, and shall not result in the imposition of any additional charge or expense upon Tenant.

 

48


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Lease has been executed and delivered as of the date first above written as a sealed instrument.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

UP 26 LANDSDOWNE, LLC

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

FC HCN University Park, LLC,

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

Its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

By:

Forest City University Park, LLC,

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

Its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Farley

 

 

Name:

Michael Farley

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

FULCRUM THERAPEUTICS, Inc.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert J. Gould

 

Name:

Robert J. Gould

 

Title:

President & C.E.O.

 

49


 

EXHIBIT A

 

BASIC LEASE TERMS

 

Building:

 

26 Landsdowne Street, Cambridge, MA

 

 

 

Premises:

 

The Premises shall be comprised of approximately 28,731 rentable square feet as follows:

Floor 5: 21,736 rsf
Floor 4: 6,995 rsf

 

 

 

Annual Fixed Rent for the Term:

 

$76.00 per RSF as adjusted per the terms of Section 3.1 hereof.

 

 

 

Initial Term:

 

Approximately ten (10) years and six (6) months, commencing at the Lease Commencement Date and expiring on the last day of the month in which the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs, as set forth and in accordance with the terms of Section 2.5 hereof.

 

 

 

Extension Option:

 

Tenant shall have one (1) option to extend the term of this Lease for an additional five (5) years, as described in Section 2.6 of the Lease.

 

 

 

Lease Commencement Date:

 

As defined in Section 2.5 Anticipated to be the earlier of (i) December 1, 2017, or (ii) the date which is ten (10) days following notice from Landlord.

 

 

 

Landlord Delivery Date:

 

The date determined in accordance with Section 2.5. Anticipated to be the earlier of (i) December 1, 2017, or (ii) the date which is ten (10) days following notice from Landlord.

 

 

 

Rent Commencement Date:

 

The date determined in accordance with Section 2.5.

 

 

 

Leasehold Improvements Allowance:

 

$170.00 per rentable square foot or $4,884,270.00

 

 

 

Total Rentable Area of Building:

 

102,876 rentable square feet

 

 

 

Security Deposit:

 

$1,091,778, to be provided pursuant to the terms of Article 11.

 

 

 

Parking Privileges:

 

Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the Term, Tenant shall be entitled to use and shall pay for 1.5 parking passes per 1,000 rsf (which shall initially be equal to forty-three (43) parking passes) in accordance with Section 2.4 of the Lease. Subject to availability, Tenant shall have the right to lease additional parking spaces from Landlord; such lease for additional parking spaces shall be on a month-to-

 


 

 

 

month basis at the then-prevailing fair market value for such parking passes.

 

 

 

Permitted Uses:

 

Office and/or research and development, laboratory, and vivarium uses, and customary accessory uses supporting the foregoing.

 

 

 

Tenant’s Address for Notices:

 

Before the Rent Commencement Date:

Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.
One Kendall Square
Building 700, B7102
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

After the Rent Commencement Date:

Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc.
26 Landsdowne Street
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Attention: Lia Der Marderosian, Esq.

 

 

 

Landlord’s Original Address:

 

UP 26 Landsdowne, LLC
1100 Terminal Tower
50 Public Square
Cleveland, Ohio 44130
Attention: General Counsel

 

 

 

Landlord’s Address for Notices:

 

UP 26 Landsdowne, LLC
c/o Forest City Commercial Group, LLC
38 Sidney Street, Suite 180
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139-4234
Attention: Asset Manager